ml_tn/tn_EXO.tsv

1	Reference	ID	Tags	SupportReference	Quote	Occurrence	Note
2	front:intro	b4pp			הָ⁠אָבְנָ֑יִם	1	Introduction to Exodus Part 1: General Introduction Outline of Exodus Israel in Egypt; preparing to depart from slavery (1–12) First genealogy (1:1–6) Israel as slaves in Egypt (1:7–22) Moses’ history to the time of the Exodus (2:1–4:26) Israel suffers in Egypt (4:27–6:13) Second genealogy (6:14–27) Moses and Aaron go to Pharaoh (6:28–7:25) The plagues (8:1–11:10) Instructions for celebrating the Passover (12:1–30) From Egypt to Mount Sinai (12:31–18:27) The Passover; preparing to leave Egypt; leaving Egypt (12:31–50, 13:1–22) Journey from Egypt to Mount Sinai (14:1–18:27) Mount Sinai and the Law (19-40) Preparing for the covenant (19:1–25) The Ten Commandments (20:1–17) The covenant described (20:18–23:33) The people agree to the covenant; Moses returns to Mount Sinai (24:1–18) Design of the tabernacle and its furnishings; what was required of those who serve in it; tabernacle functions (25:1–31:18) The golden calf; Moses prays for the people (32:1–33:22) The covenant described again (34:1–35) Making of the ark and its furnishings (35:1–38:31) and priestly garments (39:1–43, 40:1–33) The cloud (40:34–38) What is the book of Exodus about? Exodus continues the story of the previous book, Genesis. The first half of Exodus is about how Yahweh made Abraham’s descendants into a nation. This nation, which would be called “Israel,” was meant to belong to Yahweh and worship him. The second half of Exodus describes how God gave the Israelites his law through Moses. The law of Moses told the Israelites how to obey and worship Yahweh properly. The book of Exodus tells how the Israelites were to build the tabernacle. The tabernacle was a tent where Yahweh would be among his people. The Israelites worshiped and sacrificed animals to Yahweh at the tabernacle. (See: [[rc:///tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]] and [[rc:///tw/dict/bible/kt/tabernacle]]) How should the title of this book be translated? “Exodus” means “exit” or “departure.” Translators may translate this title in a way that can communicate its subject clearly, for example, “About the Israelites Leaving Egypt” or “How the Israelites Left the Land of Egypt.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) Who wrote the book of Exodus? The writers of both the Old and New Testaments present Moses as being very involved with writing the book of Exodus. Since ancient times, both Jews and Christians have thought that Moses wrote Genesis, Exodus, Leviticus, Numbers, and Deuteronomy. Why did Moses write so much about God delivering or rescuing the people of Israel? Moses wrote much about God rescuing his people from the Egyptians to show that Yahweh is very powerful. Egypt was the most powerful nation at that time, but Yahweh was still able to free the Israelites from the Egyptians. Also, by rescuing the Israelites, Yahweh showed that he had chosen them as his people, and they should worship him. How does the book of Exodus show the fulfillment of the promises given to Abraham? The book of Exodus shows God beginning to fulfill his promise to Abraham. In Genesis, God promised Abraham that he would have many descendants and that they would become a large nation. When God rescued the Israelites from the Egyptians, he took them to Mount Sinai. There he made a covenant with them, and they became the nation that belonged to Yahweh. Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts What was the Jewish Passover? The Jewish Passover was a religious festival. Yahweh commanded the Israelites to celebrate it every year. Passover was a time to remember how God rescued Israel from the Egyptians. The first Passover meal was eaten in the evening just before they left Egypt. What was the law of Moses to the people of Israel? The law of Moses instructed the people of Israel about what Yahweh required them to do as his people. In the law, God told the people how they should live so that they would honor him. He also instructed them about their need to offer animal sacrifices. God required these sacrifices so that he could forgive their sins and continue living among them. The law also described the duties of the priests and told how to build the tabernacle. What did it mean that Israel was to be a “kingdom of priests and a holy nation” (19:6 ULT)? Israel was a holy nation because Yahweh separated them from all other nations to belong to him. They were to honor and worship him only. This made them different from all the other nations of the world. These other nations worshiped many false gods. Part 3: Important Translation Issues Thus says Yahweh This phrase is used many times in the Old Testament to introduce Yahweh’s speech. Your team should pick a standard translation. See 4:intro for more. Pharaoh’s stubborn heart Between chapters 4–14 there are 18 cases where Pharaoh’s heart is described as strong (11x), heavy (6x), or hard (1x), and one case where the Egyptians’ hearts are described as strong. These are metaphors for being stubborn, that is, being unwilling to obey Yahweh or even to do what is clearly in his own and Egypt’s best interest. Many cultures have similar metaphors, but not all will use the same body part. Within these cases, six times there is a neutral description that Pharaoh was stubborn without saying anyone made him so (7:13, 7:14, 7:22, 8:19, 9:7, 9:35); three times Pharaoh makes himself stubborn (8:15, 8:32, 9:34); and ten times Yahweh makes Pharaoh/the Egyptians stubborn (4:21, 7:3, 9:12, 10:1, 10:20, 10:27, 11:10, 14:4, 14:8, 14:17). Why are the details of the construction of the tabernacle in Exodus 25–32 repeated in Exodus 35–40? In Exodus 25–32, God describes exactly how the tabernacle was to be built. The details were repeated in Exodus 35–40. This showed that the people were to be careful to do exactly as God commanded. Are the events in the order that they actually happened? Most but not all of the events in the book of Exodus are told in the order that they actually happened. Translators may need to make it clear when the events are in an unusual order. What does it mean that God “lived” among his people? The book of Exodus presents God as living in the tabernacle among the nation of Israel. God is everywhere, but he lived among the Israelites in a special way. God dwelled with the Israelites because they belonged to him. He promised to lead them and bless them. In return, the people were to worship him and honor him.
3	1:intro	cj55		rc://*/ta/man/translate/​	וַ⁠יֵּ֥לֶךְ	0	Exodus 01 General Notes Structure and formatting This chapter is intended to form a smooth transition with the last chapter of the book of Genesis. Special concepts in this chapter Israel’s growth Israel grew in number. This was in fulfillment of the covenant God made with Abraham. It also caused the Egyptians great concern that there would be more Israelites than Egyptians because they would be unable to defend themselves against such a large number of people. Pharaoh also tried to kill all of the male babies so they would not become soldiers who fought against him. (See: [[rc:///tw/dict/bible/kt/fulfill]] and [[rc:///tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]]) End of the famine It is obvious that some time has passed since the beginning of the famine which brought the Israelites into Egypt. Yahweh appears to be punishing the Hebrews for not returning to the Promised Land instead of choosing to stay in Egypt. No return attempt is recorded to have been made. (See: [[rc:///tw/dict/bible/kt/promisedland]] and [[rc:///ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter “All of the descendants of Jacob were 70 in number” This number included both Jacob’s children and grandchildren. It may cause confusion, but it is important to remember Jacob only had 12 sons.
4	1:1	h51f		rc://*/ta/man/translate/​writing-background		1	Verses 1–7 are background information for the story. If your language has a way of structuring background information, consider using it for these verses. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
5	1:1	g89k		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	וּ⁠בֵית֖⁠וֹ	1	Here, house refers to all of the people who live together, usually a large family with servants. Alternate translation: “and his household” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
6	1:1	fxbx		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go	הַ⁠בָּאִ֖ים & בָּֽאוּ	1	The words translated as came in could also be translated as “went in.” Use whichever form is most natural in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go]])
7	1:1	e65z		rc://*/ta/man/translate/​translate-names	יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל & יַעֲקֹ֔ב	1	​Jacob and Israel are two names for the same man. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
8	1:5	fv84		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers	שִׁבְעִ֣ים	1	“70 in number” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
9	1:6	sh42		rc://*/ta/man/translate/​grammar-connect-time-sequential	וַ⁠יָּ֤מָת	1	Jacob and his sons spent the rest of their lives in Egypt and died there. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
10	1:6	g5qg		rc://*/ta/man/translate/​	וְ⁠כָל־אֶחָ֔י⁠ו	1	all his brothers includes ten older brothers and one younger brother. If your language has different words for those, you can say, “his ten older brothers and his younger brother”
11	1:6	hg2k		rc://*/ta/man/translate/​figs-possession	אֶחָ֔י⁠ו	1	This an instance of the possessive of social relationship. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
12	1:7	nuwr		rc://*/ta/man/translate/​figs-metonymy	וּ⁠בְנֵ֣י יִשְׂרָאֵ֗ל	1	This is the first of many times in this book that sons of Israel refers to the Israelite nation or people. Alternate translation: “And the people of Israel” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
13	1:7	tccy		rc://*/ta/man/translate/​figs-doublet	פָּר֧וּ וַֽ⁠יִּשְׁרְצ֛וּ וַ⁠יִּרְבּ֥וּ וַ⁠יַּֽעַצְמ֖וּ	1	All of these verbs mean similar things and are used together to emphasize that the Israelite people became very numerous. If your language doesn’t have as many words that mean the same thing, you can use fewer words and express the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “multiplied and became extremely numerous” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
14	1:7	uo65		rc://*/ta/man/translate/​	פָּר֧וּ & וַ⁠יִּרְבּ֥וּ & וַ⁠תִּמָּלֵ֥א הָ⁠אָ֖רֶץ	1	Compare your translation of fruitful … and multiplied … and the land was filled here to Genesis 1:28; ​9:1, 7; and especially Genesis 35:11, where God renamed Jacob to be called Israel.
15	1:7	nk2l		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	פָּר֧וּ	1	The birth of children to the Israelites is spoken of as if they were plants that were producing fruit. Alternate translation: “had many children” or “gave birth to many children” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
16	1:7	r2f1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	וַ⁠תִּמָּלֵ֥א הָ⁠אָ֖רֶץ אֹתָֽ⁠ם	1	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “they filled the land” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
17	1:7	ctcv		rc://*/ta/man/translate/​figs-idiom	בִּ⁠מְאֹ֣ד מְאֹ֑ד	1	Here, the same word is used twice to emphasize how many the Israelite people had become. If your language does not repeat words like this, express the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “with much power” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
18	1:7	piq4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants	אֹתָֽ⁠ם	1	Here, them refers to the Israelites. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
19	1:8	gy05		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent	וַ⁠יָּ֥קָם	1	This sentence introduces a new event in the story. If your language marks this with particular discourse features, apply them here. (See:[[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
20	1:8	d70t		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants	מֶֽלֶךְ־חָדָ֖שׁ	1	​The story begins with the new king. Your language may have a specific way to introduce new events or new characters in a story. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
21	1:8	t6jd		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	וַ⁠יָּ֥קָם מֶֽלֶךְ־חָדָ֖שׁ עַל־מִצְרָ֑יִם	1	Here, Egypt refers to the place and the people of Egypt. Alternate translation: “And a new king began to rule over the Egyptians and the country of Egypt” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
22	1:8	z4cx		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	לֹֽא־יָדַ֖ע אֶת־יוֹסֵֽף	1	Here, Joseph refers to both the person Joseph and to all of the good things that he did for Egypt. See the UST. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
23	1:9	tf59		rc://*/ta/man/translate/​writing-participants	וַ⁠יֹּ֖אמֶר	1	“And the king said” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
24	1:9	aku3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/​figs-exclamations	הִנֵּ֗ה	1	Here, behold draws special attention to what is about to be said. Use a way of drawing people’s attention that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Listen to me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]])
25	1:9	x65i		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession	עַמּ֑⁠וֹ	1	The people are spoken of as if they belonged to the king. This an instance of the possessive of social relationship. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
26	1:9	t7s1			עַמּ֑⁠וֹ	1	There is some ambiguity as to whom exactly Pharaoh was addressing. It could have been: 1) the people who lived in Egypt, the Egyptians or 2) some group of “his people” like his advisors, generals, nobles, or friends and family. Even if option 1 is meant, it is quite possible that he actually spoke to some smaller group of representatives, as in option 2.
27	1:9	jik8			מִמֶּֽ⁠נּוּ	1	Use a way that is natural in your language to compare non-specific sizes of groups of people. Alternate translation: “more than we are”
28	1:9	njuf		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks	הִנֵּ֗ה	1	Beginning from behold to the end of verse 10 is a direct quote of what the king said. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with an opening first-level quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the beginning of a quotation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
29	1:10	hiq4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive	נִֽתְחַכְּמָ֖ה & שֹׂ֣נְאֵ֔י⁠נוּ & בָּ֖⁠נוּ	1	The word “us” is inclusive and refers to the king and his people, the Egyptians. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
30	1:10	hwvb		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical	פֶּן־יִרְבֶּ֗ה וְ⁠הָיָ֞ה כִּֽי־תִקְרֶ֤אנָה מִלְחָמָה֙	1	The king suggests a combination of two hypothetical events: 1. There are even more Israelites, 2. There is a battle. These are followed by a series of undesirable consequences: 3. The Israelites join an enemy, 4. The Israelites attack the Egyptians, 5. The Israelites leave Egypt. While the series of consequences is also technically hypothetical, the king’s language indicates that if 1-2 happen, then 3-5 are certain. Use language that makes it clear that the first two events are hypothetical, and that the next three are consequences that could be expected if the first two events happen. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical]])
31	1:10	jc1h		rc://*/ta/man/translate/​	וְ⁠עָלָ֥ה מִן־הָ⁠אָֽרֶץ	1	“and he leaves Egypt”
32	1:10	ni77		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks	הָ⁠אָֽרֶץ	1	After this phrase, the direct quote of what the king said comes to an end. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with a closing first-level quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the end of a quotation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
33	1:11	y2mi		rc://*/ta/man/translate/​	שָׂרֵ֣י	1	Egyptians whose job it was to force the Israelites to do hard work.
34	1:11	o926		rc://*/ta/man/translate/​	מִסִּ֔ים	1	Here the plural means groups. Alternative translation: “work crews”
35	1:11	l9lj			לְמַ֥עַן עַנֹּת֖⁠וֹ בְּ⁠סִבְלֹתָ֑⁠ם	1	“to force the Israelites to do hard work for the Egyptians”
36	1:11	pkz4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/​translate-unknown	עָרֵ֤י מִסְכְּנוֹת֙	1	These were places where the leaders put away food and other important things to keep them safe. Alternative translation: “cities in which to put away things to keep them safe” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
37	1:11	dy34		rc://*/ta/man/translate/​figs-possession	עָרֵ֤י מִסְכְּנוֹת֙	1	The possessive is objective; storage of goods is what occurs in the cities. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
38	1:12	c1fy		rc://*/ta/man/translate/​grammar-connect-logic-contrast	וְ⁠כַ⁠אֲשֶׁר֙ יְעַנּ֣וּ אֹת֔⁠וֹ כֵּ֥ן יִרְבֶּ֖ה וְ⁠כֵ֣ן יִפְרֹ֑ץ	1	This sentence expresses a result that is opposite of what the king expected. If your language has a way to express something happening that was opposite of what was expected, use that structure. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
39	1:12	pdfk		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	וַ⁠יָּקֻ֕צוּ	1	“And they were afraid” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
40	1:12	qgzz		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	מִ⁠פְּנֵ֖י בְּנֵ֥י יִשְׂרָאֵֽל	1	Here, face figuratively means the presence of a person. The phrase means that the Egyptians were afraid of the Israelites’ existence in the country. Alternate translation: “whenever they saw an Israelite” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
41	1:13	j1q6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/​figs-abstractnouns	וַ⁠יַּעֲבִ֧דוּ מִצְרַ֛יִם אֶת־בְּנֵ֥י יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל בְּ⁠פָֽרֶךְ	1	Here, rigor is a noun used to modify the verb enslaved. Rigor could refer either to how hard the work was or how unkindly the Egyptians treated the Israelites. Alternate translation: “And the Egyptians made the sons of Israel work very hard” or “And the Egyptians harshly made the sons of Israel work” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
42	1:14	mx6v		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	וַ⁠יְמָרְר֨וּ	1	The difficult lives of the Israelites are spoken of as if they were bitter food that was difficult to eat. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
43	1:14	jre2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	בַּ⁠עֲבֹדָ֣ה קָשָׁ֗ה	1	Slavery is an abstract noun modified by hard. Alternative translation: “by making them work hard as slaves” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
44	1:14	cuq7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/​translate-unknown	בְּ⁠חֹ֨מֶר֙	1	This was a wet glue or mud put between bricks or stones that held them together when it dried. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
45	1:14	h5dx		rc://*/ta/man/translate/​translate-unknown	וּ⁠בִ⁠לְבֵנִ֔ים	1	A hardened rectangular block of mud, clay etc., used for building. (Source: Wiktionary) The clay or mud was hardened either in the sun or by heating it to higher temperatures in other ways. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
46	1:14	gzq7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/​	אֵ֚ת כָּל־עֲבֹ֣דָתָ֔⁠ם אֲשֶׁר־עָבְד֥וּ בָ⁠הֶ֖ם בְּ⁠פָֽרֶךְ׃	1	“the Egyptians made them work very hard” or “the Egyptians forced them to work very hard” See how you translated this in verse 13
47	1:14	fnzx		rc://*/ta/man/translate/​writing-participants	וַ⁠יְמָרְר֨וּ & בָ⁠הֶ֖ם	1	These pronouns refer to the Egyptians. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
48	1:14	acj5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/​writing-participants	חַיֵּי⁠הֶ֜ם & עֲבֹ֣דָתָ֔⁠ם & עָבְד֥וּ	1	These pronouns refer to the Israelites. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
49	1:15	yoaj		rc://*/ta/man/translate/​writing-newevent	וַ⁠יֹּ֨אמֶר֙	1	This sentence introduces a new event in the story. If your language marks this with particular discourse features, apply them here. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
50	1:15	hhw1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/​	לַֽ⁠מְיַלְּדֹ֖ת	1	These were women who helped a woman give birth to a baby.
51	1:15	h8f8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	שִׁפְרָ֔ה & פּוּעָֽה	1	These are Hebrew women’s names. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
52	1:15	h59t		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants	שִׁפְרָ֔ה & פּוּעָֽה	1	The midwives are introduced here as new participants in the story. Use your language’s way to introduce new characters in a story.​ (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
53	1:16	dwwz		rc://*/ta/man/translate/​	וַ⁠יֹּ֗אמֶר	1	In the UST, And the king said, is combined with “spoke” from verse 15 because the verb for “say” is used twice before he speaks. This may be strange in some languages. If it would be unnatural to say that the king spoke or said twice, you may leave one off.
54	1:16	yovg		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks	בְּ⁠יַלֶּדְ⁠כֶן֙ אֶת־הָֽ⁠עִבְרִיּ֔וֹת וּ⁠רְאִיתֶ֖ן עַל־הָ⁠אָבְנָ֑יִם אִם־בֵּ֥ן הוּא֙ וַ⁠הֲמִתֶּ֣ן אֹת֔⁠וֹ וְ⁠אִם־בַּ֥ת הִ֖יא וָ⁠חָֽיָה	1	This is a direct quote of what the king said. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
55	1:16	flke		rc://*/ta/man/translate/​figs-youdual	בְּ⁠יַלֶּדְ⁠כֶן֙ & וּ⁠רְאִיתֶ֖ן & וַ⁠הֲמִתֶּ֣ן	1	The king is speaking to the two midwives, so the form of you is plural. If your language uses different forms of “you” depending on the number of people addressed, use a dual or plural form here. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/​figs-youdual]])
56	1:16	h3mb		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	עַל־הָ⁠אָבְנָ֑יִם	1	Women sat on this short stool as they gave birth. Therefore, it is associated with birth. Alternate translation: “as they give birth” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
57	1:16	nms7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical	אִם־בֵּ֥ן הוּא֙ וַ⁠הֲמִתֶּ֣ן אֹת֔⁠וֹ וְ⁠אִם־בַּ֥ת הִ֖יא וָ⁠חָֽיָה	1	​These two statements are hypothetical conditions (starting at if) with instructions for what the midwives should do in each situation (starting at then). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical]])
58	1:17	gy7k		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast	וַ⁠תִּירֶ֤אןָ	1	Use a conjunction or other language structure that expresses contrast. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
59	1:18	y9g5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/​	לַֽ⁠מְיַלְּדֹ֔ת	1	These were women who helped a woman give birth to a baby. See how you translated this in Exodus 1:15.
60	1:18	z0l4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks	מַדּ֥וּעַ עֲשִׂיתֶ֖ן הַ⁠דָּבָ֣ר הַ⁠זֶּ֑ה וַ⁠תְּחַיֶּ֖יןָ אֶת־הַ⁠יְלָדִֽים	1	This is a direct quote of the king’s question. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
61	1:18	y73k		rc://*/ta/man/translate/​figs-quotations	וַ⁠יֹּ֣אמֶר לָ⁠הֶ֔ן מַדּ֥וּעַ עֲשִׂיתֶ֖ן הַ⁠דָּבָ֣ר הַ⁠זֶּ֑ה וַ⁠תְּחַיֶּ֖יןָ אֶת־הַ⁠יְלָדִֽים	1	This could be translated as an indirect quote. Alternate translation: “and he asked them why they were letting the sons live.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
62	1:18	q1sy			מַדּ֥וּעַ עֲשִׂיתֶ֖ן הַ⁠דָּבָ֣ר הַ⁠זֶּ֑ה וַ⁠תְּחַיֶּ֖יןָ אֶת־הַ⁠יְלָדִֽים	1	Alternate translation: “Why have you not killed the baby boys?”
63	1:18	honv		rc://*/ta/man/translate/​figs-youdual	עֲשִׂיתֶ֖ן	1	This you is plural. The king is speaking to the two midwives. If your language uses different forms of “you” depending on the number of people addressed, use a dual or plural form here. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/​figs-youdual]])
64	1:19	st6z		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks	כִּ֣י לֹ֧א כַ⁠נָּשִׁ֛ים הַ⁠מִּצְרִיֹּ֖ת הָֽ⁠עִבְרִיֹּ֑ת כִּֽי־חָי֣וֹת הֵ֔נָּה בְּ⁠טֶ֨רֶם תָּב֧וֹא אֲלֵ⁠הֶ֛ן הַ⁠מְיַלֶּ֖דֶת וְ⁠יָלָֽדוּ	1	This is a direct quote of the midwives’ response. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
65	1:19	ngqe		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	כִּ֣י לֹ֧א כַ⁠נָּשִׁ֛ים הַ⁠מִּצְרִיֹּ֖ת הָֽ⁠עִבְרִיֹּ֑ת כִּֽי־חָי֣וֹת הֵ֔נָּה בְּ⁠טֶ֨רֶם תָּב֧וֹא אֲלֵ⁠הֶ֛ן הַ⁠מְיַלֶּ֖דֶת וְ⁠יָלָֽדוּ	1	The midwives give a reason, the Hebrew women are not like the Egyptian women, and then they expand on that reason, for they are lively (or energetic), with the result that before the midwife comes to them, they have given birth.  (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
66	1:19	zppa		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche	וַ⁠תֹּאמַ֤רְןָ הַֽ⁠מְיַלְּדֹת֙	1	It may not make sense in your language to say that multiple people said something, so you may need to translate it in the singular (see UST). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
67	1:19	tivn			הַֽ⁠מְיַלְּדֹת֙	1	These were women who helped a woman give birth to a baby. See how you translated this in Exodus 1:15.
68	1:20	eh25		rc://*/ta/man/translate/​	לַֽ⁠מְיַלְּדֹ֑ת	1	These were women who helped a woman give birth to a baby. See how you translated this in Exodus 1:15.
69	1:20	h133		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet	וַ⁠יִּ֧רֶב הָ⁠עָ֛ם וַ⁠יַּֽעַצְמ֖וּ מְאֹֽד	1	These words mean similar things and are used together to emphasize their numeric growth. If your language doesn’t have as many words that mean the same thing, you can use fewer words and express the emphasis in another way. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
70	1:20	zwpb		rc://*/ta/man/translate/​grammar-connect-logic-result	וַ⁠יֵּ֥יטֶב אֱלֹהִ֖ים לַֽ⁠מְיַלְּדֹ֑ת	1	This phrase is more logically connected to the statements in verse 21. It describes the result of the midwives fearing God with a general statement. You may need to rearrange vs 20-21 so that the reason (vs 21) comes before both the general and specific results. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
71	1:21	cq9e		rc://*/ta/man/translate/​grammar-connect-logic-result	וַ⁠יְהִ֕י כִּֽי־יָֽרְא֥וּ הַֽ⁠מְיַלְּדֹ֖ת אֶת־הָ⁠אֱלֹהִ֑ים	1	This is the reason for what God did. You may need to rearrange vs 20-21 so that the reason (vs 21) comes before both the general and specific results. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
72	1:21	pbve		rc://*/ta/man/translate/​grammar-connect-logic-result	וַ⁠יַּ֥עַשׂ לָ⁠הֶ֖ם בָּתִּֽים	1	This describes the result of the midwives fearing God with a specific statement. You may need to rearrange vs 20-21 so that the reason (vs 21) comes before both the general and specific results. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
73	1:21	jx9c			בָּתִּֽים	1	“households”
74	1:22	ld1j		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	כָּל־הַ⁠בֵּ֣ן הַ⁠יִּלּ֗וֹד הַ⁠יְאֹ֨רָ⁠ה֙ תַּשְׁלִיכֻ֔⁠הוּ	1	This order was given in order to drown the male children. The full meaning of this may be made explicit. Alternate translation: “You must dispose of each new baby boy in the river so he will drown” or “Drown each baby boy in the river when he is born” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
75	1:22	a6b2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations	וַ⁠יְצַ֣ו פַּרְעֹ֔ה לְ⁠כָל־עַמּ֖⁠וֹ לֵ⁠אמֹ֑ר כָּל־הַ⁠בֵּ֣ן הַ⁠יִּלּ֗וֹד הַ⁠יְאֹ֨רָ⁠ה֙ תַּשְׁלִיכֻ֔⁠הוּ וְ⁠כָל־הַ⁠בַּ֖ת תְּחַיּֽוּ⁠ן	1	From You shall to the end of the verse is a direct quote of Pharaoh’s speech. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. However, it could be translated as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “And Pharaoh commanded all of his people to throw every baby boy into the river, but to let the every girl live.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
76	1:22	stag		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual	תַּשְׁלִיכֻ֔⁠הוּ & תְּחַיּֽוּ⁠ן	1	The uses of the word you here refer to all the Egyptians. If your language uses different forms of “you” depending on the number of people addressed, use a plural form here. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/​figs-youdual]])
77	2:intro	rwf3				0	Exodus 02 General Notes Special concepts in this chapter Covenant God begins to relate to the Israelites based on his covenant with Abraham, Isaac, and Jacob. Moses’ heritage In the first part of this chapter, Pharaoh’s daughter recognizes Moses as being a Hebrew, but in the last part of this chapter, the Midianites believe him to be an Egyptian. Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter Identification of participants Moses is the only participant named in most of this chapter. This is because many of the participants play very minor roles and because this part of the story is focusing on Moses’ life. Ironic situations While Pharaoh tried to diminish the power of the Israelites by killing all of their baby boys, God used Pharaoh’s own daughter to save Moses. Moses believes he is meant to be the rescuer of his people, but they reject him. Ultimately, Moses was correct, but God had not yet sent him for that mission.
78	2:1	wvj9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent	וַ⁠יֵּ֥לֶךְ	1	A new scene begins here; that may need to be marked in a certain way in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
79	2:1	riy7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants	אִ֖ישׁ & בַּת	1	These are new participants. They remain unnamed until Exodus 6:20 where they are identified as Amram and Jochebed. For now it is best to leave them unnamed in your language, if possible. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
80	2:1	d0u9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	וַ⁠יִּקַּ֖ח אֶת־בַּת־לֵוִֽי	1	This is an idiom for marrying. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
81	2:2	s49k			ט֣וֹב	1	Alternative translations: “pleasing,” “fine,” or “healthy” (UST)
82	2:2	q4c0		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	וַ⁠תֵּ֤רֶא & וַֽ⁠תִּצְפְּנֵ֖⁠הוּ	1	Hiding the boy was a result of seeing that he was good. Alternative translation: “Since she saw … she hid him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
83	2:2	z0k4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers	שְׁלֹשָׁ֥ה	1	3 (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
84	2:3	t2gj		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	תֵּ֣בַת גֹּ֔מֶא	1	This is a basket made from a tall grass that grows by the Nile River in Egypt. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
85	2:3	tn3y		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	וַ⁠תַּחְמְרָ֥⁠ה בַ⁠חֵמָ֖ר וּ⁠בַ⁠זָּ֑פֶת	1	You could explicitly state that this was to keep out water. Alternate translation: “spread tar on it to keep water from getting into it” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
86	2:3	wpb6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	וַ⁠תַּחְמְרָ֥⁠ה	1	This means that she applied a waterproof coating. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
87	2:3	ym3k		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	בַ⁠חֵמָ֖ר	1	This is a sticky black paste made from petroleum. It can be used to keep out water. Alternate translation: “with tar” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
88	2:3	v825		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	וּ⁠בַ⁠זָּ֑פֶת	1	This is a sticky brown or black paste that can be made from tree sap or from petroleum. Therefore, pitch would include not only bitumen but also plant-based resins. It too can be used to keep out water. Alternate translation: “and with tar” or “and with resin” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
89	2:3	y8gq		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	בַּ⁠סּ֖וּף	1	These reeds were a type of tall grass that grew in flat, wet areas. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
90	2:4	av8b			וַ⁠תֵּתַצַּ֥ב אֲחֹת֖⁠וֹ מֵ⁠רָחֹ֑ק	1	This means she stood far enough away so that she would not be noticed, but close enough to see the ark. Use a word that expresses this sort of distance in your language.
91	2:4	nm7y		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	מֵ⁠רָחֹ֑ק	1	This probably means somewhere in the reeds where she could see the basket but no one would see her. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
92	2:4	dd7n		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-kinship	אֲחֹת֖⁠וֹ	1	In the UST, “older” is supplied because her actions clearly show she is his older sister. In some languages a different term is used for siblings based on their relative ages and/or the gender of the siblings. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-kinship]])
93	2:4	z1cy		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal	לְ⁠דֵעָ֕ה מַה־יֵּעָשֶׂ֖ה לֽ⁠וֹ	1	This is her purpose in being close by. Alternative translation: “in order to learn what would happen to him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
94	2:5	avls		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go	וַ⁠תֵּ֤רֶד	1	Came down may be literal or figurative, as important places are often considered to be in a higher place. This means she came from her home, probably Pharaoh’s palace. If a perspective is required for Pharaoh’s daughter, you may choose go or come as works best in your language. “Come” is better as the scene is at the river and she comes to the scene location. However, you also need to consider your language’s way of introducing new participants. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go]])
95	2:5	y26h		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants	וַ⁠תֵּ֤רֶד בַּת־פַּרְעֹה֙	1	The daughter of Pharaoh is introduced here as a new participant. Along with choosing come or go as mentioned in the previous note, you may need to mark her introduction in a particular way in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
96	2:5	cvan		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants	וְ⁠נַעֲרֹתֶ֥י⁠הָ	1	These women are introduced here as new participants; however they are not mentioned again after this verse. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
97	2:5	im0d		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	עַל־יַ֣ד הַ⁠יְאֹ֑ר	1	Hand is a metaphor for “side,” which in this case can be translated as the shore or bank (UST) of the river. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
98	2:5	bi7s			וְ⁠נַעֲרֹתֶ֥י⁠הָ	1	These were the young women whose job it was to be with her and make sure nothing bad happened to her.
99	2:5	am7g		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants	וַ⁠תִּקָּחֶֽ⁠הָ	1	It is not clear who is meant by she here, either Pharaoh’s daughter or the servant. It is likely that Pharaoh’s daughter stays the subject. Alternative translation: “and she took the ark from her slave” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
100	2:6	g9n6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations	וְ⁠הִנֵּה	1	The word behold signals the surprising information that follows. See UST. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]])
101	2:6	tyub		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	וַ⁠תַּחְמֹ֣ל עָלָ֔י⁠ו	1	The text does not state exactly what caused her to have compassion on the baby. If a reason must be provided in your language it should be connected to either his crying (this is the better option) or that he was a “good” baby verse 2. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
102	2:6	jg0d		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks	מִ⁠יַּלְדֵ֥י הָֽ⁠עִבְרִ֖ים זֶֽה	1	This is a direct quote. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. It seems to have been said loud enough for the baby’s sister to hear. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
103	2:7	czvu		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks	וְ⁠קָרָ֤אתִי לָ⁠ךְ֙ אִשָּׁ֣ה מֵינֶ֔קֶת מִ֖ן הָ⁠עִבְרִיֹּ֑ת וְ⁠תֵינִ֥ק לָ֖⁠ךְ אֶת־הַ⁠יָּֽלֶד	1	This is a direct quote of the baby’s sister. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
104	2:7	x5ja			וְ⁠קָרָ֤אתִי לָ⁠ךְ֙ אִשָּׁ֣ה מֵינֶ֔קֶת מִ֖ן הָ⁠עִבְרִיֹּ֑ת	1	This is a suggestive question. The child’s sister is hopeful that Pharaoh’s daughter does not have a plan yet for the baby beyond saving his life. However, it is still a true question, for without Pharaoh’s daughter’s permission the child’s sister will not be able to fetch the woman. If your language has a way of forming questions that are also suggestions, use it here.
105	2:7	psb2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession	אֲחֹת⁠וֹ֮ & בַּת־פַּרְעֹה֒	1	These are both possessive of social relationship. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
106	2:7	d7aj			מֵינֶ֔קֶת & וְ⁠תֵינִ֥ק	1	To nurse means to feed with milk from the breast.
107	2:7	tqq9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal	וְ⁠תֵינִ֥ק לָ֖⁠ךְ אֶת־הַ⁠יָּֽלֶד	1	This is the purpose of the sister’s proposal. Alternative translation: “And she could nurse the infant for you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
108	2:8	ab1m		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go	לֵ֑כִי & וַ⁠תֵּ֨לֶךְ֙	1	The girl left Pharaoh’s daughter to go to the child’s mother. The girl was almost certainly on foot. Use verbs of motion that express this. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go]])
109	2:8	t456		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks	לֵ֑כִי	1	This is a direct quote. Pharaoh’s daughter commands the baby’s sister. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
110	2:8	lyyj		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession	בַּת־פַּרְעֹ֖ה & אֵ֥ם הַ⁠יָּֽלֶד	1	These are both the possessive of social relationship. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
111	2:9	lmko		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession	בַּת־פַּרְעֹ֗ה	1	This is the possessive of social relationship. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
112	2:9	u554		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants	לָ֣⁠הּ	1	The child’s mother is reintroduced as a participant. Alternative translation: “to the baby’s mother” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
113	2:9	xp5x		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks	הֵילִ֜יכִי אֶת־הַ⁠יֶּ֤לֶד הַ⁠זֶּה֙ וְ⁠הֵינִקִ֣⁠הוּ לִ֔⁠י וַ⁠אֲנִ֖י אֶתֵּ֣ן אֶת־שְׂכָרֵ֑⁠ךְ	1	This is a direct quote. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
114	2:9	mogg			שְׂכָרֵ֑⁠ךְ	1	This refers to payment that Pharaoh’s daughter would give to the mother in exchange for her service of nursing the baby.
115	2:9	hqsa		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	וַ⁠תִּקַּ֧ח & וַ⁠תְּנִיקֵֽ⁠הוּ	1	The mother’s acceptance of the deal is implied. You could make it explicit, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
116	2:10	zj8h		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential	וַ⁠יִגְדַּ֣ל הַ⁠יֶּ֗לֶד וַ⁠תְּבִאֵ֨⁠הוּ֙	1	An unspecified amount of time is designated by this. He would have stayed with his mother at least until he was weaned (no longer drinking his mother’s milk). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
117	2:10	ta4r		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession	לְ⁠בַת־פַּרְעֹ֔ה	1	This is the possessive of social relationship. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
118	2:10	j7n1			וַֽ⁠יְהִי־לָ֖⁠הּ לְ⁠בֵ֑ן	1	“and he became the adopted son of Pharaoh’s daughter”
119	2:10	h7to		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-simultaneous	וַֽ⁠יְהִי־לָ֖⁠הּ לְ⁠בֵ֑ן וַ⁠תִּקְרָ֤א שְׁמ⁠וֹ֙ מֹשֶׁ֔ה	1	These events were likely simultaneous, because her act of naming him may have been what made him become as a son to her. Consider using a conjunction that does not make a great separtion between these events. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-simultaneous]])
120	2:10	nh2m			מֹשֶׁ֔ה וַ⁠תֹּ֕אמֶר כִּ֥י מִן־הַ⁠מַּ֖יִם מְשִׁיתִֽ⁠הוּ	1	Translators may add a footnote that says “The name Moses sounds like the Hebrew word that means ‘draw out.’”
121	2:10	ityq		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations	וַ⁠תֹּ֕אמֶר כִּ֥י מִן־הַ⁠מַּ֖יִם מְשִׁיתִֽ⁠הוּ	1	This is a direct quote. It could be stated indirectly. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. Alternate translation: “because she said she draw him out of the water” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
122	2:10	yax4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	מֹשֶׁ֔ה	1	Moses - (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
123	2:11	tyol		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential	וַ⁠יְהִ֣י׀ בַּ⁠יָּמִ֣ים הָ⁠הֵ֗ם וַ⁠יִּגְדַּ֤ל מֹשֶׁה֙ וַ⁠יֵּצֵ֣א	1	A significant amount of time has passed; later texts state that Moses was 40 years old at this point. Alternative translation: “Many years later, once Moses was grown, he went out” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
124	2:11	p7gx		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent	וַ⁠יְהִ֣י׀ בַּ⁠יָּמִ֣ים הָ⁠הֵ֗	1	This introduces a new event in the story. In your language, use a phrase that indicates a new event occurring after significant time has passed. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
125	2:11	n17y		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go	וַ⁠יֵּצֵ֣א	1	The UST supplies a probable location that he went out from; it could also have been simply out from the Egyptian area or out to the work area or cities. Use go or come as appropriate in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go]])
126	2:11	swn3			מַכֶּ֥ה אִישׁ־עִבְרִ֖י	1	“hitting a Hebrew” or “beating a Hebrew”
127	2:12	m9bn		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism	וַ⁠יִּ֤פֶן כֹּה֙ וָ⁠כֹ֔ה	1	These two opposite directions have the combined meaning of “everywhere.” Alternate translation: “He looked all around” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
128	2:12	rmgn		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	וַ⁠יַּךְ֙	1	The context makes clear that Moses struck the Egyptian hard enough or repeatedly until Moses killed him. Consider using a word that indicates a deadly blow. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
129	2:13	qn45		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go	וַ⁠יֵּצֵא֙	1	See how you translated this in Exodus 2:11. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go]])
130	2:13	h3e6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal	הַ⁠שֵּׁנִ֔י	1	The ordinal number here could mean “the next day” (UST) or simply on some day following the events of the previous verse. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
131	2:13	rgn1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations	וְ⁠הִנֵּ֛ה	1	Here, behold shows that Moses was surprised by what he saw. You can use a word in your language that will give this meaning. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]])
132	2:13	i4d6			לָֽ⁠רָשָׁ֔ע	1	Based on Moses’s question, this means the aggressor or the man wrongfully attacking his neighbor. Alternate translation: “the man who was guilty of starting the fight”
133	2:13	duob		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks	לָ֥⁠מָּה תַכֶּ֖ה רֵעֶֽ⁠ךָ	1	This is a direct quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
134	2:14	qb2n		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	מִ֣י שָֽׂמְ⁠ךָ֞ לְ⁠אִ֨ישׁ שַׂ֤ר וְ⁠שֹׁפֵט֙ עָלֵ֔י⁠נוּ	1	The man used this question to rebuke Moses for intervening in the fight. Alternate translation: “You are not our leader and have no right to judge us!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
135	2:14	afne		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks	מִ֣י שָֽׂמְ⁠ךָ֞ לְ⁠אִ֨ישׁ שַׂ֤ר וְ⁠שֹׁפֵט֙ עָלֵ֔י⁠נוּ הַ⁠לְ⁠הָרְגֵ֨⁠נִי֙ אַתָּ֣ה אֹמֵ֔ר כַּ⁠אֲשֶׁ֥ר הָרַ֖גְתָּ אֶת־הַ⁠מִּצְרִ֑י	1	This is a direct quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
136	2:14	k6s5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-irony	הַ⁠לְ⁠הָרְגֵ֨⁠נִי֙ אַתָּ֣ה אֹמֵ֔ר כַּ⁠אֲשֶׁ֥ר הָרַ֖גְתָּ אֶת־הַ⁠מִּצְרִ֑י	1	The man used a question here to be sarcastic. Alternate translation: “We know that you killed an Egyptian yesterday. You had better not kill me!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]]
137	2:14	sqmk		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	הַ⁠לְ⁠הָרְגֵ֨⁠נִי֙ אַתָּ֣ה אֹמֵ֔ר כַּ⁠אֲשֶׁ֥ר הָרַ֖גְתָּ אֶת־הַ⁠מִּצְרִ֑י	1	The man asks a question that is intended to make a statement. Alternate translation: “Do you think you can kill me without anyone finding out? We know what you did to the Egyptian” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
138	2:14	d2ja			הַ⁠לְ⁠הָרְגֵ֨⁠נִי֙ אַתָּ֣ה אֹמֵ֔ר	1	“Are you planning to kill me” or “Are you threatening to kill me”
139	2:14	lyqh		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-aside	אָכֵ֖ן נוֹדַ֥ע הַ⁠דָּבָֽר	1	It is likely this is something Moses said to himself, that is, he thought it to himself rather than speaking to the men in front of him. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-aside]])
140	2:14	vfw5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations	וַ⁠יֹּאמַ֔ר אָכֵ֖ן נוֹדַ֥ע הַ⁠דָּבָֽר	1	It may be clearer to present as an indirect quotation what was likely a thought Moses had. Alternative translation (as indirect quotation): “because he thought that everyone knew what he had done” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
141	2:15	yutr			וַ⁠יְבַקֵּ֖שׁ לַ⁠הֲרֹ֣ג אֶת־מֹשֶׁ֑ה	1	Pharaoh most likely delegated this task. Alternative translation: “and he sought to have Moses killed” (note that the passive form will not work in every language), see UST
142	2:15	l5rc		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	מִ⁠פְּנֵ֣י	1	His face means his presence. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
143	2:15	otsl			וַ⁠יֵּ֥שֶׁב & וַ⁠יֵּ֥שֶׁב	1	These are the same verb. There are three possible interpretations: 1. Moses lived in Midian. He sat by this well one day. This may have been the well for the town he lived in. 2. Moses lived in Midian. His home was by this well. 3. Moses was a wanderer. He was in Midian and sat by this well when the next event occurred.
144	2:16	shg5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background	וּ⁠לְ⁠כֹהֵ֥ן מִדְיָ֖ן שֶׁ֣בַע בָּנ֑וֹת	1	This sentence is background information. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
145	2:16	pjzc		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent	וּ⁠לְ⁠כֹהֵ֥ן מִדְיָ֖ן שֶׁ֣בַע בָּנ֑וֹת	1	This sentence is used to mark a transition. However, the last clause of the previous verse (“and he sat down by a well”) seems to be related to this new scene so you may want to make your transition there as is done in the UST. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
146	2:16	cfe5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants	שֶׁ֣בַע בָּנ֑וֹת וַ⁠תָּבֹ֣אנָה	1	The daughters are new participants. Indicate that in a way that is natural in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
147	2:16	sm8f		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go	וַ⁠תָּבֹ֣אנָה	1	The perspective of the narrative is set at the well. The daughters came from elsewhere to the well. They were probably on foot. Here each language will need to choose the appropriate word. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go]])
148	2:16	v5yk		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession	וּ⁠לְ⁠כֹהֵ֥ן מִדְיָ֖ן שֶׁ֣בַע בָּנ֑וֹת	1	This is the possessive of social relationship. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
149	2:16	esdm		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers	שֶׁ֣בַע	1	7 (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
150	2:16	i2jh			וַ⁠תִּדְלֶ֗נָה	1	This means that they brought up water from a well.
151	2:16	g1e6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	הָ֣⁠רְהָטִ֔ים	1	These were a long, narrow, open containers for animals to eat or drink out of. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
152	2:16	p3uo		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession	צֹ֥אן אֲבִי⁠הֶֽן	1	There are two possessives here: 1) their father is the possessive of social relationship; 2) the flock of … father is the possessive of ownership. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
153	2:17	k5yc		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go	וַ⁠יָּבֹ֥אוּ	1	A group of men came. They may not have been far away before coming and driving the women away. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go]])
154	2:17	zksv		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants	הָ⁠רֹעִ֖ים	1	These are new, very brief, participants. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
155	2:17	z17m		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast	וַ⁠יָּ֤קָם	1	Use an expression that communicates that what Moses did was unexpected. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
156	2:18	omzv		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go	וַ⁠תָּבֹ֕אנָה	1	The daughters came from the well to their father, probably on foot. You can use come or go. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go]])
157	2:18	st7t		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	רְעוּאֵ֖ל	1	Reuel, a name or perhaps a title, is used of the man only here and in Numbers 10:29. He is otherwise called “Jethro.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
158	2:18	n5f3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants	רְעוּאֵ֖ל	1	The priest of Midian was mentioned in v. 16 in a background statement but is a new participant starting here. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
159	2:18	tiqh		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession	אֲבִי⁠הֶ֑ן	1	This is a possessive of social relationship. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
160	2:18	lukb		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations	וַ⁠יֹּ֕אמֶר מַדּ֛וּעַ מִהַרְתֶּ֥ן בֹּ֖א הַ⁠יּֽוֹם	1	This is a direct quote. You could use an indirect quotation such as “and he asked how they were able to return so quickly that day.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
161	2:18	d4at		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go	בֹּ֖א	1	Alternative translation: “in returning” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go]])
162	2:19	r01g		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks	אִ֣ישׁ מִצְרִ֔י הִצִּילָ֖⁠נוּ מִ⁠יַּ֣ד הָ⁠רֹעִ֑ים וְ⁠גַם־דָּלֹ֤ה דָלָה֙ לָ֔⁠נוּ וַ⁠יַּ֖שְׁקְ אֶת־הַ⁠צֹּֽאן	1	This is a direct quote. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
163	2:19	cg80			אִ֣ישׁ מִצְרִ֔י	1	Jethro’s daughters assume Moses was Egyptian. When you translate it, you should be clear that this refers to Moses.
164	2:19	hvb4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/​figs-metonymy	מִ⁠יַּ֣ד	1	Hand figuratively refers to the power, control, or actions of the shepherds. Alternative translation: “from the strength of” or “from the harm of” or see UST. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
165	2:19	ggvb		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	דָּלֹ֤ה דָלָה֙	1	The repeated word expresses surprise or emphasizes the magnitude of Moses’ act of kindness to the women. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
166	2:20	x73j		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession	בְּנֹתָ֖י⁠ו	1	This is a possessive of social relationship. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
167	2:20	x9yb		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	וְ⁠אַיּ֑⁠וֹ לָ֤⁠מָּה זֶּה֙ עֲזַבְתֶּ֣ן אֶת־הָ⁠אִ֔ישׁ	1	These questions are a mild rebuke to the daughters for not inviting Moses into their home according to the normal hospitality of that culture. Alternate translation: “You should not have left this man at the well!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
168	2:20	p6xh		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks	וְ⁠אַיּ֑⁠וֹ לָ֤⁠מָּה זֶּה֙ עֲזַבְתֶּ֣ן אֶת־הָ⁠אִ֔ישׁ קִרְאֶ֥ן ל֖⁠וֹ וְ⁠יֹ֥אכַל לָֽחֶם׃	1	This is a direct quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
169	2:20	mb8w		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants	ל֖⁠וֹ	1	Him refers to Moses. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
170	2:20	hal8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche	לָֽחֶם	1	Bread is used to refer to food in general. Alternative translation: “food”(See: Synecdoche)
171	2:21	zvr1			וַ⁠יּ֥וֹאֶל מֹשֶׁ֖ה לָ⁠שֶׁ֣בֶת אֶת־הָ⁠אִ֑ישׁ	1	“Moses agreed to live with Reuel”
172	2:21	y3q7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	צִפֹּרָ֥ה	1	Zipporah is Reuel’s (Jethro’s) daughter. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
173	2:21	dj8b		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession	בִתּ֖⁠וֹ	1	This is a possessive of social relationship. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
174	2:22	l3xg		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks	גֵּ֣ר הָיִ֔יתִי בְּ⁠אֶ֖רֶץ נָכְרִיָּֽה	1	Only this portion is a quotation. As a possibility for clarity, the UST includes both speech events as one quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
175	2:22	n5b1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	גֵּרְשֹׁ֑ם	1	This is Moses’ son. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
176	2:22	f76m		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	גֵּרְשֹׁ֑ם	1	His name, Gershom, sounds somewhat like the Hebrew for “a stranger here.” You may consider using a footnote to explain that. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
177	2:22	q7d8			גֵּ֣ר הָיִ֔יתִי בְּ⁠אֶ֖רֶץ נָכְרִיָּֽה	1	“stranger in a foreign land”
178	2:23	fjkt		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent	וַ⁠יְהִי֩ בַ⁠יָּמִ֨ים הָֽ⁠רַבִּ֜ים הָ⁠הֵ֗ם	1	This introduces a new section and series of events. A large amount of time went by. According to Stephen’s sermon in Acts 7:30, Moses was in Midian 40 years. Alternative translation: “This is what happened during the many days Moses was in Midian.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
179	2:23	akw0		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background	וַ⁠יְהִי֩ בַ⁠יָּמִ֨ים הָֽ⁠רַבִּ֜ים הָ⁠הֵ֗ם	1	Verses 23-25 give a summary of what happened in Egypt and with the Israelites and God while Moses was in exile. These verses give background information to set the scene. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
180	2:23	csg2			וַ⁠יֵּאָנְח֧וּ	1	They groaned because of their sorrow and misery. Alternate translation: “sighed deeply”
181	2:23	x84a		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification	וַ⁠תַּ֧עַל שַׁוְעָתָ֛⁠ם	1	The cries of the Israelites are spoken of as if they were a person and were able to travel up to where God is. Alternate translation: “and their cries arose” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
182	2:24	sja4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	וַ⁠יִּזְכֹּ֤ר אֱלֹהִים֙	1	This was a customary way of saying that God thought about what He had promised. Alternate translation: “and God recalled” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
183	3:intro	n6ze				0	Exodus 03 General Notes Structure and formatting This chapter records one of the most important events in the history of the Israelite people: the revelation of the name Yahweh at the burning bush. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/reveal]]) Special concepts in this chapter God’s holiness God is so holy that people could not look upon him without dying. This is why Moses covered his eyes. It is also why he took off his shoes. (See: [[rc:///tw/dict/bible/kt/holy]] and [[rc:///ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) Yahweh The name Yahweh is sacred in the Hebrew religion. It is the personal name of God, which he revealed to Moses. It is by this name that he is known. Yahweh means “I am.” Some translations use all capitals to set this apart, “I AM.” Great care must be taken in translating the phrase “I am that I am.” (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/yahweh]]) Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter Participants “The angel of Yahweh,” “Yahweh,” and “God” all appear to be speaking to Moses and interacting with him from the burning bush. Furthermore, God says that his name is “I AM.” (See note above on Yahweh and I AM.) Yahweh and God are the same while there is speculation about who the angel of Yahweh is.
184	3:1	gqvh		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent	וּ⁠מֹשֶׁ֗ה הָיָ֥ה רֹעֶ֛ה	1	This phrase brings the story focus back to Midian and Moses. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
185	3:1	oqcr		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background	וּ⁠מֹשֶׁ֗ה הָיָ֥ה רֹעֶ֛ה אֶת־צֹ֛אן יִתְר֥וֹ חֹתְנ֖⁠וֹ כֹּהֵ֣ן מִדְיָ֑ן וַ⁠יִּנְהַ֤ג אֶת־הַ⁠צֹּאן֙ אַחַ֣ר הַ⁠מִּדְבָּ֔ר וַ⁠יָּבֹ֛א אֶל־הַ֥ר הָ⁠אֱלֹהִ֖ים חֹרֵֽבָ⁠ה׃	1	Verse 1 provides immediate background context, setting the scene for Moses’ interaction with Yahweh. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
186	3:1	jv7b		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession	צֹ֛אן יִתְר֥וֹ	1	This is an ownership possessive. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
187	3:1	ap00		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession	חֹתְנ֖⁠וֹ	1	This is a possessive of social relationship. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
188	3:1	l7x6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession	כֹּהֵ֣ן מִדְיָ֑ן	1	This is a possessive of social relationship. Jethro is a priest who serves the Midianites. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
189	3:1	v97t		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go	וַ⁠יָּבֹ֛א אֶל	1	“and he arrived at” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go]])
190	3:1	p27s		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession	הַ֥ר הָ⁠אֱלֹהִ֖ים	1	This is an associative possessive. This mountain was associated with God in some way. In Exodus 3:12 God tells Moses that he and the Israelites will serve him on this mountain. Later in the story, this promise is fulfilled and it is where God makes his covenant with Israel and gives them the 10 Commandments. So it may have been called the mountain of God in retrospect (as Moses probably wrote this book sometime after the Israelites were wandering in the wilderness). However, it is possible that the mountain was already associated with God’s presence or worship somehow before Moses went there with the flock. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
191	3:2	p0nt			וַ֠⁠יֵּרָא מַלְאַ֨ךְ יְהֹוָ֥ה אֵלָ֛י⁠ו בְּ⁠לַבַּת־אֵ֖שׁ מִ⁠תּ֣וֹךְ הַ⁠סְּנֶ֑ה	1	This is a summary of what happened. The next few verses tell the story of how this happened and how Moses discovered what was happening.
192	3:2	x5ci		rc://*/ta/man/translate/​	יְהֹוָ֥ה	1	This is the name of God that he revealed to his people in the Old Testament. See the translationWord page about Yahweh concerning how to translate this.
193	3:2	d3tf		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast	וְ⁠הִנֵּ֤ה הַ⁠סְּנֶה֙ בֹּעֵ֣ר בָּ⁠אֵ֔שׁ וְ⁠הַ⁠סְּנֶ֖ה אֵינֶ֥⁠נּוּ אֻכָּֽל	1	The word behold here shows that Moses saw something that was very different from what he expected. He expected the bush to be burnt up completely by the fire. Consider using an interjection in your language that expresses that the next thing is a surprise. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
194	3:2	cbvb		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	אֻכָּֽל	1	Being consumed means being eaten completely until gone. In the case of fire, this is a metonym for burning completely until gone. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
195	3:3	fpww		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks	אָסֻֽרָה־נָּ֣א וְ⁠אֶרְאֶ֔ה אֶת־הַ⁠מַּרְאֶ֥ה הַ⁠גָּדֹ֖ל הַ⁠זֶּ֑ה מַדּ֖וּעַ לֹא־יִבְעַ֥ר הַ⁠סְּנֶֽה	1	This is a direct quote. It’s not specified who Moses spoke to; he may have been alone or with a group of shepherds or his family. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
196	3:4	ue8v		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants	יְהוָ֖ה & אֱלֹהִ֜ים	1	These terms both refer to the same being since God’s name is Yahweh. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
197	3:5	g0ah		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks	אַל־תִּקְרַ֣ב הֲלֹ֑ם שַׁל־נְעָלֶ֨י⁠ךָ֙ מֵ⁠עַ֣ל רַגְלֶ֔י⁠ךָ כִּ֣י הַ⁠מָּק֗וֹם אֲשֶׁ֤ר אַתָּה֙ עוֹמֵ֣ד עָלָ֔י⁠ו אַדְמַת־קֹ֖דֶשׁ הֽוּא	1	This is a direct quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
198	3:5	prv9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	כִּ֣י הַ⁠מָּק֗וֹם אֲשֶׁ֤ר אַתָּה֙ עוֹמֵ֣ד עָלָ֔י⁠ו אַדְמַת־קֹ֖דֶשׁ הֽוּאכִּ֣י הַ⁠מָּק֗וֹם אֲשֶׁ֤ר אַתָּה֙ עוֹמֵ֣ד עָלָ֔י⁠ו אַדְמַת־קֹ֖דֶשׁ הֽוּא	1	This is the reason Moses must stop coming close to the burning bush and take off his sandals. Your language may need to put the reason before the commands, as in, “The place on which you are standing, it is holy ground, so you must not come close to here. Take your sandals off from on your feet.”(See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
199	3:6	sxk8			אָנֹכִי֙ אֱלֹהֵ֣י אָבִ֔י⁠ךָ אֱלֹהֵ֧י אַבְרָהָ֛ם אֱלֹהֵ֥י יִצְחָ֖ק וֵ⁠אלֹהֵ֣י יַעֲקֹ֑ב	1	All of these men worshiped the same God. Alternate translation: “the God of your father, of Abraham, of Isaac, and of Jacob”
200	3:6	cqwa		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks	אָנֹכִי֙ אֱלֹהֵ֣י אָבִ֔י⁠ךָ אֱלֹהֵ֧י אַבְרָהָ֛ם אֱלֹהֵ֥י יִצְחָ֖ק וֵ⁠אלֹהֵ֣י יַעֲקֹ֑ב	1	This a direct quotation. The UST continues the quotation from verse 5 rather than including an additional “he said.” This may be more natural in some languages. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
201	3:6	l5sy		rc://*/ta/man/translate/​	אָבִ֔י⁠ךָ	1	Possible meanings are (1) “your ancestor” or (2) “your father.” If it means “your ancestor,” then the phrases following it clarify who “your father” refers to: it refers to Abraham, Isaac, and Jacob. If it means “your father,” then it refers to Moses’s own father. It most cases it will be best to translate it as “your father,” i.e. Amram, Moses’s father.
202	3:6	lfbb		rc://*/ta/man/translate/​grammar-connect-logic-result	וַ⁠יַּסְתֵּ֤ר מֹשֶׁה֙ פָּנָ֔י⁠ו כִּ֣י יָרֵ֔א מֵ⁠הַבִּ֖יט אֶל־הָ⁠אֱלֹהִֽים	1	Reason: for he was afraid from staring toward God Result: And Moses hid his face Some languages may need to put the reason before the result. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]] and Exodus 33:20)
203	3:7	nl33		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks	וַ⁠יֹּ֣אמֶר יְהוָ֔ה	1	After this phrase a direct quote begins that continues through the end of verse 10. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with an opening first-level quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the beginning of a quotation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
204	3:7	xoz0		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	רָאֹ֥ה רָאִ֛יתִי	1	The repetition of see expresses the intensity, certainty, or clarity of Yahweh’s seeing. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
205	3:7	tpk0		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession	אֶת־עֳנִ֥י עַמִּ֖⁠י	1	There are two possessives here. 1) “affliction of … people”: This is an event-related possessive where the people are the objects of affliction. They are treated badly as slaves. 2) “my people”: This one is more difficult as it involves both ownership and the possessive of social relationship. God views his people as his possession, and he is also in relationship with them as their God because they are descended from Abraham, though at this time they may not know God as theirs. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
206	3:7	p3tx		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	מִ⁠פְּנֵ֣י נֹֽגְשָׂ֔י⁠ו	1	Faces refers to the whole person or the presence of the person(s) who were oppressing the Israelites. If this image is used in your language, you may translate it. If a similar image is used, you may consider using it. If neither is the case, you may omit the word “face” and translate the meaning. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
207	3:7	xx7r			נֹֽגְשָׂ֔י⁠ו	1	“his oppressors”
208	3:7	ofxt			כִּ֥י	1	The conjunction is probably functioning modally here, intensifying the expression of Yahweh’s knowledge. Your translation should express Yahweh’s knowing with certainty or strength.
209	3:7	mfn2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-collectivenouns	נֹֽגְשָׂ֔י⁠ו & מַכְאֹבָֽי⁠ו	1	These pronouns, him and his, refer to the Israelites as a group in the singular. They agree with “people” as a collective noun in 3:6. Some languages may have to use plural pronouns. Others may have to match the pronoun’s gender to the grammatical gender of the word for “people” in their language. If necessary change “him” to “them” or change “his” to “hers” or “its” (depending on grammatical gender of “people”.) Alternate translation: “those who oppress them … their anguish” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-collectivenouns]])
210	3:7	hkcj		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession	מַכְאֹבָֽי⁠ו	1	This is an event-related possessive where the people (as a group: his) are the subjects of anguish. Your translation should express that they are in deep mental and emotional distress (anguish). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
211	3:7	ui28		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	מַכְאֹבָֽי⁠ו	1	It is implied that they are in deep mental and emotional distress (anguish) because they are treated badly as slaves. You may make this explicit. Alternate translation: “his anguish from his slavery” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
212	3:8	nia8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	וָ⁠אֵרֵ֞ד לְ⁠הַצִּיל֣⁠וֹ׀ מִ⁠יַּ֣ד מִצְרַ֗יִם וּֽ⁠לְ⁠הַעֲלֹת⁠וֹ֮ מִן־הָ⁠אָ֣רֶץ הַ⁠הִוא֒ אֶל־אֶ֤רֶץ טוֹבָה֙ וּ⁠רְחָבָ֔ה אֶל־אֶ֛רֶץ זָבַ֥ת חָלָ֖ב וּ⁠דְבָ֑שׁ אֶל־מְק֤וֹם הַֽ⁠כְּנַעֲנִי֙ וְ⁠הַ֣⁠חִתִּ֔י וְ⁠הָֽ⁠אֱמֹרִי֙ וְ⁠הַ⁠פְּרִזִּ֔י וְ⁠הַ⁠חִוִּ֖י וְ⁠הַ⁠יְבוּסִֽי׃	1	Verse 8 contains God’s intended result from his acts of seeing and hearing, expressed in both verses 7 and 9. You may need to expressly mark this, for instance by introducing verse 8 with something like “therefore,” and verse 9 with something like “again, because.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
213	3:8	xy36		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go	וָ⁠אֵרֵ֞ד	1	God is figuratively expressing that he is descending from heaven to earth to intervene. God is always everywhere, but this means his special attention will be directed to this situation. Use whatever form of come or go is appropriate in your language for this. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go]])
214	3:8	nahb		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-collectivenouns	לְ⁠הַצִּיל֣⁠וֹ & וּֽ⁠לְ⁠הַעֲלֹת⁠וֹ֮	1	Here, him refers in the singular to the Israelites as a group. It is agreeing with “people” as a collective noun in 3:6. Some languages may have to use plural pronouns. Others may have to match the pronoun’s gender to the grammatical gender of the word for “people” in their language. See what you did in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-collectivenouns]])
215	3:8	hafv		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	מִ⁠יַּ֣ד	1	Someone’s hand is a common metaphor for power and control. Use a similar image if your language has one. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
216	3:8	djbz		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession	מִ⁠יַּ֣ד מִצְרַ֗יִם	1	This is a possessive where the Egyptians are the subject of the hand, which means power. The Egyptians used their power and control to oppress the Israelites. Use a phrase in your language that expresses the idea of a group of people having power. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
217	3:8	mqyp		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism	אֶל־אֶ֤רֶץ טוֹבָה֙ וּ⁠רְחָבָ֔ה אֶל־אֶ֛רֶץ זָבַ֥ת חָלָ֖ב וּ⁠דְבָ֑שׁ	1	There are multiple levels of parallelism here. First, the statements, to a good and wide land and to a land flowing with milk and honey are in parallel with each other. Within each of those, good and wide are in parallel with each other and also milk and honey are in parallel with each other. Each of these levels is meant to reinforce and expand on one another. These are not examples of synonymous parallelism, and each part of the statement should be translated. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
218	3:8	c7fp		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	חָלָ֖ב וּ⁠דְבָ֑שׁ	1	Here, milk is a metonym for domestic animals and the food products obtained from them; honey is a metonym for the food obtained from growing plants. See UST and the next note (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
219	3:8	pxy8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	אֶ֛רֶץ זָבַ֥ת חָלָ֖ב וּ⁠דְבָ֑שׁ	1	God spoke of the land being good for animals and plants as if the milk and honey from those animals and plants were flowing through the land. If this metaphor makes sense in your language, you may translate it, if your language has metaphors that mean a land is good for producing healthy livestock and good crops, you may consider using those. If neither is the case, you may translate the meaning. See UST. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
220	3:8	dtz9			זָבַ֥ת	1	“full of” or “with an abundance of”
221	3:8	q94i		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	חָלָ֖ב	1	Since milk comes from cows and goats, this represents food produced by livestock. Alternate translation: “food from livestock” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
222	3:8	l1as		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	וּ⁠דְבָ֑שׁ	1	Since honey is produced from flowers, this represents food from crops. Alternate translation: “food from crops” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
223	3:9	a2kf		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	וְ⁠עַתָּ֕ה	1	This functions as a discourse marker expressing logical conclusion. “Therefore” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
224	3:9	tp2v		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations	הִנֵּ֛ה	1	This is a term meant to focus the attention of the listener on what the speaker is about to say. If there is not a good way to translate this term in your language, this term can be omitted from the translation, or you can use an alternate translation like “certainly.” ​(See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]])
225	3:9	uup9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification	צַעֲקַ֥ת בְּנֵי־יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל בָּ֣אָה אֵלָ֑⁠י	1	Here, the cry is spoken of as if it were a person who is capable of moving on his own. Alternate translation: “I have heard the cries of the people of Israel” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
226	3:9	gwou		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	רָאִ֨יתִי֙ אֶת־הַ⁠לַּ֔חַץ אֲשֶׁ֥ר מִצְרַ֖יִם לֹחֲצִ֥ים אֹתָֽ⁠ם	1	Here, oppression is an abstract noun which you could translate as a verb if you cannot use this form in your language. Alternate translation: “I have seen how the Egyptians are oppressing them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
227	3:10	y4m1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	וְ⁠עַתָּ֣ה	1	And now functions as a discourse marker expressing logical conclusion. “Therefore” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
228	3:10	spwh		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks	מִ⁠מִּצְרָֽיִם	1	After this phrase, the direct quote of what the Yahweh said starting in 3:7 ends. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with a closing first-level quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the end of a quotation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
229	3:11	y8cr		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	מִ֣י אָנֹ֔כִי כִּ֥י אֵלֵ֖ךְ אֶל־פַּרְעֹ֑ה וְ⁠כִ֥י אוֹצִ֛יא אֶת־בְּנֵ֥י יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל מִ⁠מִּצְרָֽיִם	1	Moses uses this question to tell God that he, Moses, is not the right person for the task. Alternate translation: See UST (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
230	3:11	ax7w		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks	מִ֣י אָנֹ֔כִי כִּ֥י אֵלֵ֖ךְ אֶל־פַּרְעֹ֑ה וְ⁠כִ֥י אוֹצִ֛יא אֶת־בְּנֵ֥י יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל מִ⁠מִּצְרָֽיִם	1	This is a direct quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
231	3:12	ykp3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks	כִּֽי־אֶֽהְיֶ֣ה עִמָּ֔⁠ךְ וְ⁠זֶה־לְּ⁠ךָ֣ הָ⁠א֔וֹת כִּ֥י אָנֹכִ֖י שְׁלַחְתִּ֑י⁠ךָ בְּ⁠הוֹצִֽיאֲ⁠ךָ֤ אֶת־הָ⁠עָם֙ מִ⁠מִּצְרַ֔יִם תַּֽעַבְדוּ⁠ן֙ אֶת־הָ֣⁠אֱלֹהִ֔ים עַ֖ל הָ⁠הָ֥ר הַ⁠זֶּֽה	1	This is a direct quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
232	3:12	xugf		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual	תַּֽעַבְדוּ⁠ן֙	1	If your language uses different forms of “you” depending on the number of people addressed, use a plural form here. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/​figs-youdual]])
233	3:13	hizv		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks	הִנֵּ֨ה אָנֹכִ֣י בָא֮ אֶל־בְּנֵ֣י יִשְׂרָאֵל֒ וְ⁠אָמַרְתִּ֣י לָ⁠הֶ֔ם אֱלֹהֵ֥י אֲבוֹתֵי⁠כֶ֖ם שְׁלָחַ֣⁠נִי אֲלֵי⁠כֶ֑ם וְ⁠אָֽמְרוּ־לִ֣⁠י מַה־שְּׁמ֔⁠וֹ מָ֥ה אֹמַ֖ר אֲלֵ⁠הֶֽם	1	This is a direct quotation containing two second-level quotes within it. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
234	3:13	lqms		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical	הִנֵּ֨ה אָנֹכִ֣י בָא֮ אֶל־בְּנֵ֣י יִשְׂרָאֵל֒ וְ⁠אָמַרְתִּ֣י לָ⁠הֶ֔ם אֱלֹהֵ֥י אֲבוֹתֵי⁠כֶ֖ם שְׁלָחַ֣⁠נִי אֲלֵי⁠כֶ֑ם וְ⁠אָֽמְרוּ־לִ֣⁠י מַה־שְּׁמ֔⁠וֹ	1	Moses presents God with a hypothetical situation here. The three events (go, say, say) are part of one hypothetical event. You should translate this in a way that makes it clear that this is a future, not-yet-real event. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical]])
235	3:13	jq42			הִנֵּ֨ה	1	Behold is a term meant to focus the attention of the listener on what the speaker is about to say. In this case, Moses uses it to introduce what he views as a probable future occurrence. Alternative translation: “Now”
236	3:13	zn81		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go	בָא֮	1	In your language, use go or “come” as makes most sense for Moses’ hypothetical action of going from the mountain to where the Israelites are. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go]])
237	3:13	m9uy		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	אֱלֹהֵ֥י אֲבוֹתֵי⁠כֶ֖ם שְׁלָחַ֣⁠נִי אֲלֵי⁠כֶ֑ם	1	This is a second-level quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with second-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation inside a quotation. However, you may also choose to translate it as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “that the God of their fathers has sent me to them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
238	3:13	vfsk		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks	מַה־שְּׁמ֔⁠וֹ	1	This is a second-level quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with second-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation inside a quotation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
239	3:13	bkei		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	מָ֥ה אֹמַ֖ר אֲלֵ⁠הֶֽם	1	Moses is asking God what he should do as a result of the hypothetical situation he presented. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
240	3:14	cli8			אֶֽהְיֶ֖ה אֲשֶׁ֣ר אֶֽהְיֶ֑ה	1	This is God’s response to Moses’s question about God’s name. This can be made explicit. Alternate translation: “God said to Moses, ‘Tell them that God says his name is “I AM THAT I AM.”’”
241	3:14	b6vk			אֶֽהְיֶ֖ה אֲשֶׁ֣ר אֶֽהְיֶ֑ה	1	Possible meanings are (1) this whole sentence is God’s name or (2) God is not telling his name but something about himself. By saying this, God is teaching that he is eternal; he has always lived and always will live.
242	3:14	s62u			אֶֽהְיֶ֖ה & אֶֽהְיֶ֑ה & אֶֽהְיֶ֖ה	1	Languages that do not have an equivalent to the verb “am” may need to render this as “I LIVE” or “I EXIST.”
243	3:14	t745			וַ⁠יֹּ֗אמֶר	1	This is still God speaking. It may make more sense to omit this in some languages.
244	3:14	s0ge		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	אֶֽהְיֶ֖ה שְׁלָחַ֥⁠נִי אֲלֵי⁠כֶֽם	1	This is a second-level quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with second-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation inside a quotation. However, you may also choose to translate it as an indirect quotation as in the UST. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
245	3:15	h97b			וַ⁠יֹּאמֶר֩ ע֨וֹד אֱלֹהִ֜ים אֶל־מֹשֶׁ֗ה	1	As God is still speaking, it may make more sense to omit this in some languages.
246	3:15	saoa		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks	אֶל־מֹשֶׁ֗ה	1	After this phrase, a direct quotation begins that continues until the end of chapter 3 at verse 22. This quotation contains four levels as God tells Moses to tell the Israelite elders a specific message from God. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with an opening first-level quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the beginning of a quotation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
247	3:15	l962		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	יְהוָ֞ה אֱלֹהֵ֣י אֲבֹתֵי⁠כֶ֗ם אֱלֹהֵ֨י אַבְרָהָ֜ם אֱלֹהֵ֥י יִצְחָ֛ק וֵ⁠אלֹהֵ֥י יַעֲקֹ֖ב שְׁלָחַ֣⁠נִי אֲלֵי⁠כֶ֑ם זֶה־שְּׁמִ֣⁠י לְ⁠עֹלָ֔ם וְ⁠זֶ֥ה זִכְרִ֖⁠י לְ⁠דֹ֥ר דֹּֽר	1	This is a second-level quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with an opening second-level quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the beginning of a quotation within a quotation. It may be possible to translate it as an indirect quotation, but you will need to be careful to correctly change the pronoun persons. Alternative translation: “You must tell the Israelites that Yahweh, the God of their fathers, the God of Abraham, the God of Isaac, and the God of Jacob, sent you to them. This is his name forever, and this is his memorial from generation to generation.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
248	3:15	ixcb		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism	לְ⁠דֹ֥ר דֹּֽר	1	The repetition of generation means something like “to each and every generation,” which means for all people at all times. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
249	3:16	ec3v		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks	יְהוָ֞ה	1	This begins a second-level quotation that continues until the end of verse 17. It contains a third-level quotation that begins at “I have certainly” and also continues to the end of verse 17. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with an opening second-level quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the beginning of a quotation within a quotation. The closing marks for both the second and third-level quotations should not occur until the end of verse 17. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
250	3:16	xqy9			אַבְרָהָ֛ם יִצְחָ֥ק וְ⁠יַעֲקֹ֖ב	1	Abraham, Isaac, and Jacob were three of the Israelites’ ancestors. They all worshiped the same God.
251	3:16	dvsz		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks	פָּקֹ֤ד פָּקַ֨דְתִּי֙	1	This begins a third-level quotation that continues until the end of verse 17. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with an opening third-level quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the beginning of a quotation within a quotation that is within a quotation. The closing marks for both the second-level and third-level quotations should not occur until the end of verse 17. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
252	3:16	efhh		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	פָּקֹ֤ד פָּקַ֨דְתִּי֙	1	The Hebrew word meaning attended, visited, or observed is repeated here for emphasis. This word often means God is coming to take action. Translate this phrase in a way that communicates God’s focused, caring observation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
253	3:16	fv77		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual	אֶתְ⁠כֶ֔ם	1	The word you refers to the people of Israel. If your language uses different forms of “you” depending on the number of people addressed, use a plural form here. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual]])
254	3:16	f5jm		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	הֶ⁠עָשׂ֥וּי	1	In some languages you may not be able to translate this in the passive form. Alternative translation: see UST. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
255	3:16	dvgc		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	בְּ⁠מִצְרָֽיִם	1	The phrase in Egypt is a metonym for the Egyptian oppressors. Alternative translation: “by the Egyptians” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
256	3:17	c54k		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	אַעֲלֶ֣ה אֶתְ⁠כֶם֮ מֵ⁠עֳנִ֣י מִצְרַיִם֒ אֶל־אֶ֤רֶץ הַֽ⁠כְּנַעֲנִי֙ וְ⁠הַ֣⁠חִתִּ֔י וְ⁠הָֽ⁠אֱמֹרִי֙ וְ⁠הַ⁠פְּרִזִּ֔י וְ⁠הַ⁠חִוִּ֖י וְ⁠הַ⁠יְבוּסִ֑י אֶל־אֶ֛רֶץ זָבַ֥ת חָלָ֖ב וּ⁠דְבָֽשׁ	1	This is a fourth-level quotation. It should be marked in some manner that distinguishes it from the outer three levels. Alternatively, it can be translated as an indirect quotation, see UST. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
257	3:17	eloj		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks	וּ⁠דְבָֽשׁ	1	If you are using direct quotations, at the end of this verse you should have three closing markers. In English, it looks like ’ ” ’ (without spaces). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
258	3:17	r8mg		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	אַעֲלֶ֣ה	1	Regardless of the geographic realities, to bring up does not primarily have a literal meaning. Rather, it means to bring the Israelites into a better situation. God promised to bring them up from their low status as slaves to a place where they would be the masters of a good land. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
259	3:17	wyvt		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	חָלָ֖ב וּ⁠דְבָֽשׁ	1	Here, milk is a metonym for domestic animals and the food products obtained from them; honey is a metonym for the food obtained from growing plants. See UST and the next note (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
260	3:17	pwn5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	אֶ֛רֶץ זָבַ֥ת חָלָ֖ב וּ⁠דְבָֽשׁ	1	God spoke of the land being good for animals and plants as if the milk and honey from those animals and plants were flowing through the land. See how you translated this in Exodus 3:8 at [[rc:///tn/help/exo/03/08/pxy8]]. Alternate translation: “a land that is excellent for raising livestock and growing crops” or “a land where milk and honey flow” (See: [[rc:///ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
261	3:17	za9l			זָבַ֥ת	1	“full of” or “with an abundance of”
262	3:17	rtr5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	חָלָ֖ב	1	Since milk comes from cows and goats, this represents food produced by livestock. Alternate translation: “food from livestock” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
263	3:17	msf8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	וּ⁠דְבָֽשׁ	1	Since honey is produced from flowers, this represents food from crops. Alternate translation: “food from crops” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
264	3:18	cy2z		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	וְ⁠שָׁמְע֖וּ	1	Listen often means “hear and do/obey.” Alternative translation: “heed” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
265	3:18	j24k		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants	לְ⁠קֹלֶ֑⁠ךָ & אַתָּה֩	1	The word you refers to Moses. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
266	3:18	nna8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche	לְ⁠קֹלֶ֑⁠ךָ	1	This phrase means the elders will listen to the message Moses brings from God. Alternative translation: “to your message” or “to my message which you tell them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
267	3:18	r74o		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession	וְ⁠זִקְנֵ֨י יִשְׂרָאֵ֜ל	1	This is a possessive of social relationship. Alternative translation: “elders in charge of the Israelites” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
268	3:18	eep7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-collectivenouns	יִשְׂרָאֵ֜ל	1	Israel is a collective noun that refers to all the Israelites. Alternative translation: “the Israelites” or “the Israelite people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-collectivenouns]])
269	3:18	ot9r		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	מִצְרַ֗יִם	1	Here, Egypt refers to the Egyptian nation. Alternate translation: “of the Egyptians” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
270	3:18	idp7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual	וַ⁠אֲמַרְתֶּ֤ם	1	If your language uses different forms of “you” depending on the number of people addressed, use a plural form here. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual]])
271	3:18	i47o		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive	עָלֵ֔י⁠נוּ & נֵֽלֲכָה & וְ⁠נִזְבְּחָ֖ה	1	These instances of us are exclusive; they include Moses, the elders, and all the Israelites, but exclude the king of Egypt. If your language makes this distinction, verify that you used the correct form. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
272	3:18	deal		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers	שְׁלֹ֤שֶׁת	1	“3” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
273	3:19	qf46		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	וְ⁠לֹ֖א בְּ⁠יָ֥ד חֲזָקָֽה	1	The word hand is a metonym for the power of the owner of the hand. Possible meanings are (1) “only if he sees that he has no power to do anything else,” where the “hand” belongs to Pharaoh; where the “hand” belongs to Yahweh, (2) “only if I force him to let you go” or (3) “not even if I force him to let you go.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]
274	3:20	nuzx		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	וְ⁠שָׁלַחְתִּ֤י	1	God says this will be a result of the king of Egypt’s stubbornness. Alternate translation: “Therefore I will send out” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
275	3:20	yds5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	וְ⁠שָׁלַחְתִּ֤י אֶת־יָדִ⁠י֙	1	Here, hand refers to God’s power. Alternate translation: “I will use my strength” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
276	3:20	dzsp		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	מִצְרַ֔יִם	1	Egypt refers to both the land and the people group, and then, by extension, to Pharaoh as well. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
277	3:20	c9a3			מִצְרַ֔יִם & בְּ⁠קִרְבּ֑⁠וֹ	1	Here, him refers to Egypt as a collective.
278	3:20	gdw3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential	וְ⁠אַחֲרֵי־כֵ֖ן	1	Here the sequential nature of these happenings is emphasized. Consider using a stronger sequential connective term than usual here. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
279	3:20	ay53		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants	יְשַׁלַּ֥ח	1	Here, he refers to the Pharaoh, the king of Egypt. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
280	3:20	awxs		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual	אֶתְ⁠כֶֽם	1	Here, you refers to the Israelites. If your language uses different forms of “you” depending on the number of people addressed, use a plural form here.(See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual]])
281	3:21	btwc		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	חֵ֥ן & בְּ⁠עֵינֵ֣י מִצְרָ֑יִם	1	In the eyes of the Egyptians is an idiom for the Egyptian’s feelings. Favor means those feelings are positive. Taken together, this means that when the Egyptians see the Israelites (Hebrews) leaving Egypt, they will gladly help them (because they want them to leave so badly due to the Egyptians suffering under God’s judgement). If your language has the same or a similar idiom, you can translate or use it. Otherwise, you can translate the meaning. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
282	3:21	h2wf		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession	בְּ⁠עֵינֵ֣י מִצְרָ֑יִם	1	This is a part-whole possessive. Also, if your language uses a specific form of the possessive for things one cannot lose, it would be appropriate to use that form here. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
283	3:21	s45u			הָֽ⁠עָם־הַ⁠זֶּ֖ה	1	“you”
284	3:21	uz3c		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual	תֵֽלֵכ֔וּ⁠ן & תֵלְכ֖וּ	1	If your language uses different forms of “you” depending on the number of people addressed, use a plural form here. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual]])
285	3:21	a9sl		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go	תֵֽלֵכ֔וּ⁠ן & תֵלְכ֖וּ	1	“leave” or “go out” or “come out” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go]])
286	3:21	h9u7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives	לֹ֥א & רֵיקָֽם	1	The double negative, not … emptily is used to mean “full.” Alternate translation: “[go] with many things” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
287	3:21	kt7b		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes	לֹ֥א תֵלְכ֖וּ רֵיקָֽם	1	This phrase is used to emphasize the opposite meaning. Alternate translation: “you will go with your hands full of good things” or “you will go with many valuable things” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
288	3:22	w2av			וּ⁠מִ⁠גָּרַ֣ת בֵּיתָ֔⁠הּ	1	Sojourning means living somewhere other than one’s native land, usually temporarily. It is unclear both who the sojourning (visiting) women are and in whose house they are sojourning, leaving several possibilities. Most translations that make a decision about who they are identify both the temporary resident and her host home as Egyptian. This makes sense as the Israelites will be plundering the Egyptians. If it is possible to leave this ambiguous in your translation, that would be best.
289	3:22	d74q		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual	וְ⁠שַׂמְתֶּ֗ם עַל־בְּנֵי⁠כֶם֙ וְ⁠עַל־בְּנֹ֣תֵי⁠כֶ֔ם וְ⁠נִצַּלְתֶּ֖ם	1	Each of these is a plural you. If your language uses different forms of “you” depending on the number of people addressed, use a plural form here. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual]])
290	3:22	h38j		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks	מִצְרָֽיִם	1	After this phrase, the direct quote of Yahweh’s word starting in verse 15 ends. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with a closing first-level quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the end of a quotation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
291	4:intro	kap5				0	Exodus 04 General Notes Potential Translation Issues Quotations There is a difficult transition between 4:4 and 4:5 because the quotation stops in the middle to inject a bit of narrative. When it resumes in 4:5, the sentence seems incomplete (even if merged directly with the quotation fragment in 4:4). (See: [[rc:///ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) Yahweh’s instructions to Moses are complex and there are up to four levels of quotations in this chapter. Translators will need to decide if some of these need to become indirect quotations (if that is possible in their language) and take great care to use the proper quotation markings in the proper location. Order of events The order of events is not always clear. In 4:14 Yahweh tells Moses that Aaron is coming to meet him, but Yahweh telling Aaron to go meet Moses in the wilderness is not recorded until 4:27. The timing of the events in 4:18-4:27, especially verse 18-19 and 27, in relation to the rest of the events of the chapter is unclear. Thus says Yahweh The first of over 400 occurrences throughout the Old Testament of a standard phrase used to introduce direct, authoritative instruction from Yahweh occurs in 4:22. It occurs ten times in the book of Exodus; nine of these are between chapters 4–11. It would be good for your team to have a standard way to translate this that makes it clear that the words that come next are directly from God. If your language has a standard way of introducing a new message from your leader that alerts the hearers that these are the words of the leader, that would be a good phrase to consider. Yahweh’s attempt to kill someone The encounter recorded from 4:24 to 4:26 is one of the strangest and most difficult passages in the entire book. Difficulties include: To whom do the pronouns refer? Masculine pronouns are used throughout the section, but there are two possible antecedents, Moses (who is not named in the narrative) and Zipporah’s son (who was presumably also Moses’ son, but this is how he is referred to in this text. For why, see below on why Yahweh did this). Most commentators believe the pronouns refer to Moses. Circumcision is described in fairly graphic detail. Different cultures will need to approach this differently. Some may have terms for circumcision, while others may be comfortable translating mostly literally, and others will need to use euphemisms or other strategies to translate. (See: [[rc:///tw/dict/bible/kt/circumcise]]) The meaning of the phrase a bridegroom of blood (ULT) is unknown. Why did Yahweh attack Moses? Many commentators conclude that Moses had neglected to circumcise one of his sons because it displeased Zipporah, and Yahweh was holding Moses responsible before he returned to lead the Israelites (who should have been circumcised). When Zipporah repented by circumcising the son herself and touching the foreskin to Moses’ feet, Yahweh relents. These conclusions should help inform translation but should not be made explicit in the text. Study concepts in this chapter Moses does not understand Although Moses believes in Yahweh, he does not trust in him. This is because Moses lacks understanding. Moses tries to believe the things he is asked to do are done by his own power. Yahweh is trying to get Moses to trust that these things are Yahweh’s doing. (See: [[rc:///tw/dict/bible/kt/believe]] and [[rc:///tw/dict/bible/kt/trust]]) Children of God This chapter introduces the concept that Israel, the people group, is the chosen people of God and God’s firstborn son. (See: [[rc:///tw/dict/bible/kt/elect]] and [[rc:///tw/dict/bible/kt/peopleofgod]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/other/firstborn]]) Yahweh hardened Pharaoh’s heart Scholars are divided over how to understand this statement. There is debate over whether Pharaoh plays an active or passive role in the hardening of his own heart. Translators should simply follow the text. In Exodus 4-14 there are ten statements that Yahweh hardens Pharaoh’s heart, and ten statements that Pharaoh hardens his own heart. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
292	4:1	j4yg			וַ⁠יַּ֤עַן מֹשֶׁה֙ וַ⁠יֹּ֔אמֶר	1	Here, answered and said is a Hebrew expression which does not convey any extra information. Unless your language naturally uses a similar structure, it is better to translate one verb and omit the other. Alternate translation: “Moses answered”
293	4:1	b3xv		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks	וְ⁠הֵן֙ לֹֽא־יַאֲמִ֣ינוּ לִ֔⁠י וְ⁠לֹ֥א יִשְׁמְע֖וּ בְּ⁠קֹלִ֑⁠י כִּ֣י יֹֽאמְר֔וּ לֹֽא־נִרְאָ֥ה אֵלֶ֖י⁠ךָ יְהוָֽה	1	This is a direct quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
294	4:1	neto		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	לֹֽא־נִרְאָ֥ה אֵלֶ֖י⁠ךָ יְהוָֽה	1	This is a second-level quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with second-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation within a quotation. However, you could translate it as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “that Yahweh has not appeared to me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
295	4:1	c27j			וְ⁠הֵן֙	1	This is a term meant to focus the attention of the listener on what the speaker is about to say. If there is not a good way to translate this term in your language, this term can be omitted from the translation, or you can use an alternate translation like “Listen to me.”
296	4:2	h7dl		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants	אֵלָ֛י⁠ו & וַ⁠יֹּ֖אמֶר	1	“Moses” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
297	4:2	r3f9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks	מ⁠זה בְ⁠יָדֶ֑⁠ךָ	1	This is a direct quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
298	4:2	p8sg		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks	מַטֶּֽה	1	This is a direct quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
299	4:3	jgir		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks	הַשְׁלִיכֵ֣⁠הוּ אַ֔רְצָ⁠ה	1	This is a direct quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
300	4:3	zycd		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	מִ⁠פָּנָֽי⁠ו	1	Here, “face” figuratively represents the snake itself. Alternative translation: “from the snake” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
301	4:4	g6bk			וֶ⁠אֱחֹ֖ז בִּ⁠זְנָב֑⁠וֹ	1	“and pick it up by the tail” or “and grasp it by the tail”
302	4:4	mqpc		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks	שְׁלַח֙ יָֽדְ⁠ךָ֔ וֶ⁠אֱחֹ֖ז בִּ⁠זְנָב֑⁠וֹ	1	This is a direct quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
303	4:4	bzmp		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential	שְׁלַח֙ יָֽדְ⁠ךָ֔ וֶ⁠אֱחֹ֖ז בִּ⁠זְנָב֑⁠וֹ	1	This direct quotation is interrupted by Moses obeying Yahweh. This is probably a tightly ordered sequence of events where Yahweh paused and then continued speaking immediately after Moses obeyed. The quote resumes in verse 5 and there is more discussion there about how to handle the resumption.(See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
304	4:4	m86n			וַ⁠יְהִ֥י לְ⁠מַטֶּ֖ה	1	“and it turned into a rod” or “and it changed into a staff”
305	4:5	l4tn		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks	לְמַ֣עַן יַאֲמִ֔ינוּ כִּֽי־נִרְאָ֥ה אֵלֶ֛י⁠ךָ יְהוָ֖ה אֱלֹהֵ֣י אֲבֹתָ֑⁠ם אֱלֹהֵ֧י אַבְרָהָ֛ם אֱלֹהֵ֥י יִצְחָ֖ק וֵ⁠אלֹהֵ֥י יַעֲקֹֽב	1	This continues the direct quotation from the first part of verse 4. It may be more natural to reorganize verses four and five to keep the quote together. If you rearrange like this, Moses picking up the snake/staff should come after the full quotation. However, it is better to do something similar to the UST, which restates that Yahweh is speaking and provides some implied directives from Yahweh to make a complete sentence. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
306	4:5	m4fk		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	לְמַ֣עַן יַאֲמִ֔ינוּ כִּֽי־נִרְאָ֥ה אֵלֶ֛י⁠ךָ יְהוָ֖ה אֱלֹהֵ֣י אֲבֹתָ֑⁠ם אֱלֹהֵ֧י אַבְרָהָ֛ם אֱלֹהֵ֥י יִצְחָ֖ק וֵ⁠אלֹהֵ֥י יַעֲקֹֽב	1	This quote is not a complete sentence; the UST provides a clarification. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
307	4:5	niok		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants	יַאֲמִ֔ינוּ & אֲבֹתָ֑⁠ם	1	These pronouns refer either to the Israelites or to the Israelite elders. God had instructed Moses to gather and speak to the elders; if you make this participant explicit, elders is a better option. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
308	4:5	oqi5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants	אֵלֶ֛י⁠ךָ	1	This refers to Moses. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
309	4:5	jr8m			אֱלֹהֵ֣י אֲבֹתָ֑⁠ם אֱלֹהֵ֧י אַבְרָהָ֛ם אֱלֹהֵ֥י יִצְחָ֖ק וֵ⁠אלֹהֵ֥י יַעֲקֹֽב	1	Abraham, Isaac and Jacob were three of their ancestors. They all worshiped the same God.
310	4:6	zhre		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks	הָֽבֵא־נָ֤א יָֽדְ⁠ךָ֙ בְּ⁠חֵיקֶ֔⁠ךָ	1	This is a direct quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
311	4:6	ep52		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations	וְ⁠הִנֵּ֥ה	1	This word is used to create an exclamation, showing surprise. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]])
312	4:6	pw7g		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile	כַּ⁠שָּֽׁלֶג	1	The word like (ULT) or “as” (UST) here is used to compare how Moses’ hand looked. You may not have a word for snow in your language. If so, consider an alternative that describes something very white. You may need to make the whiteness explicit. Alternate translation: “like wool” or “that made it look white like the sand on the beach” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
313	4:7	kv9r		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks	הָשֵׁ֤ב יָֽדְ⁠ךָ֙ אֶל־חֵיקֶ֔⁠ךָ	1	This is a direct quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
314	4:7	prr9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations	וְ⁠הִנֵּה	1	This word is used to create an exclamation, showing surprise. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]])
315	4:8	q9qb		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations	וְ⁠הָיָה֙	1	Yahweh’s speech resumes here and continues through the end of verse 9. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with an opening first-level quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the beginning of a quotation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
316	4:8	well		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification	וְ⁠לֹ֣א יִשְׁמְע֔וּ לְ⁠קֹ֖ל הָ⁠אֹ֣ת הָ⁠רִאשׁ֑וֹן וְ⁠הֶֽאֱמִ֔ינוּ לְ⁠קֹ֖ל הָ⁠אֹ֥ת הָ⁠אַחֲרֽוֹן	1	Here the signs are spoken of as if they had a voice with which they could speak. If this imagery would not make sense in your language you may need to translate this in a way that makes explicit that the signs are meant to be proof that God sent Moses. Alternative translation: “and are not convinced that God has appeared to you by seeing the first sign, then they will be convinced by seeing the second sign.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
317	4:8	gxlg		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants	יַאֲמִ֣ינוּ & יִשְׁמְע֔וּ & וְ⁠הֶֽאֱמִ֔ינוּ	1	These pronouns refer either to the Israelites or to the Israelite elders. God had instructed Moses to gather and speak to the elders; if you make this participant explicit, elders is the better option, but be sure to do the same as you did in verse 5. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
318	4:8	lsb3			לֹ֣א יַאֲמִ֣ינוּ & וְ⁠הֶֽאֱמִ֔ינוּ	1	“they do not acknowledge … then they will acknowledge” or “they do not accept … then they will accept”
319	4:9	q82r		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants	יַאֲמִ֡ינוּ & יִשְׁמְעוּ⁠ן֙	1	These pronouns refer either to the Israelites or to the Israelite elders. God had instructed Moses to gather and speak to the elders; if you make this participant explicit, elders is the better option, but be sure to do the same as you did in verse 5. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
320	4:9	thna		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks	וְ⁠הָי֥וּ לְ⁠דָ֖ם בַּ⁠יַּבָּֽשֶׁת	1	After this phrase, the direct quote of Yahweh’s speech from the previous verse ends. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with a closing first-level quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the end of a quotation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
321	4:10	aazp		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks	בִּ֣י אֲדֹנָ⁠י֒ לֹא֩ אִ֨ישׁ דְּבָרִ֜ים אָנֹ֗כִי גַּ֤ם מִ⁠תְּמוֹל֙ גַּ֣ם מִ⁠שִּׁלְשֹׁ֔ם גַּ֛ם מֵ⁠אָ֥ז דַּבֶּרְ⁠ךָ אֶל־עַבְדֶּ֑⁠ךָ כִּ֧י כְבַד־פֶּ֛ה וּ⁠כְבַ֥ד לָשׁ֖וֹן אָנֹֽכִי	1	This is a direct quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
322	4:10	t8i9			בִּ֣י	1	This word is used by a speaker to beg a superior to allow him to speak. Alternate translation: “Please”
323	4:10	w12a			לֹא֩ אִ֨ישׁ דְּבָרִ֜ים אָנֹ֗כִי גַּ֤ם מִ⁠תְּמוֹל֙ גַּ֣ם מִ⁠שִּׁלְשֹׁ֔ם	1	“I have never been an excellent speaker”
324	4:10	opes			אִ֨ישׁ דְּבָרִ֜ים	1	This expression means “a man who uses words well,” in other words, an eloquent man who can speak well and convincingly.
325	4:10	pk0l		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism	גַּ֤ם מִ⁠תְּמוֹל֙ גַּ֣ם מִ⁠שִּׁלְשֹׁ֔ם	1	This phrase simply means “in the past.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
326	4:10	wsl4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person	עַבְדֶּ֑⁠ךָ	1	Moses refers to himself as God’s servant to lower his status before God (and perhaps by doing so to make his argument of inability stronger). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
327	4:10	bv64		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet	כְבַד־פֶּ֛ה וּ⁠כְבַ֥ד לָשׁ֖וֹן	1	These phrases mean basically the same thing. Moses uses them to emphasize that he is not a good speaker. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
328	4:10	zm3y		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	לָשׁ֖וֹן	1	Here, tongue refers to Moses’ ability to speak. Alternate translation: “speech” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
329	4:11	xpgf		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks	וַ⁠יֹּ֨אמֶר יְהוָ֜ה אֵלָ֗י⁠ו	1	After this phrase, a direct quote begins which continues to the end of the [next verse]( … /04/12.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with an opening first-level quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the beginning of a quotation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
330	4:11	ks2m		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	מִ֣י שָׂ֣ם פֶּה֮ לָֽ⁠אָדָם֒	1	Yahweh uses this question to emphasize that he is the Creator who makes it possible for people to speak. Alternate translation: “I, Yahweh, am the one who created the human mouth and the ability to speak” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
331	4:11	e1y6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	מִֽי־יָשׂ֣וּם אִלֵּ֔ם א֣וֹ חֵרֵ֔שׁ א֥וֹ פִקֵּ֖חַ א֣וֹ עִוֵּ֑ר	1	Yahweh uses this question to emphasize that he is the one who decides if people can speak and hear, and if they can see. Alternate translation: “I, Yahweh, make people able to speak, or hear, or to see, or to be blind!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
332	4:11	uq7j		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	הֲ⁠לֹ֥א אָנֹכִ֖י יְהוָֽה	1	Yahweh uses this question to emphasize that he alone makes these decisions. Alternate translation: “I, Yahweh, am the one who does this!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
333	4:12	kkr1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	וְ⁠אָנֹכִי֙ אֶֽהְיֶ֣ה עִם־פִּ֔י⁠ךָ	1	Here, mouth refers to Moses’ ability to speak. Alternate translation: “I will give you the ability to speak” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
334	4:12	fdxg		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks	תְּדַבֵּֽר	1	After this phrase, the direct quote from the previous verse ends. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with a closing first-level quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the end of a quotation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
335	4:13	zy9m		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks	בִּ֣י אֲדֹנָ֑⁠י שְֽׁלַֽח־נָ֖א בְּ⁠יַד־תִּשְׁלָֽח	1	This is a direct quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
336	4:13	brer			בִּ֣י	1	This word is used by a speaker to beg a superior to allow him to speak. See what you did in verse 10. Alternate translation: “Please”
337	4:13	s8nl			שְֽׁלַֽח־נָ֖א בְּ⁠יַד־תִּשְׁלָֽח	1	In translating this phrase, it is important to make clear that Moses is asking Yahweh to send someone else. Here he is not accepting Yahweh’s commission.
338	4:13	hta6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche	בְּ⁠יַד	1	This phrase means “by a person.” The figure is of a person taking Yahweh’s message in his hand to the Israelites and Pharaoh. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
339	4:14	uy2v		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	וַ⁠יִּֽחַר־אַ֨ף יְהוָ֜ה	1	This is an idiom meaning that Yahweh is angry. Alternate translation: “Yahweh became angry” (See: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom)
340	4:14	ifax		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants	וַ⁠יֹּ֨אמֶר֙	1	“and Yahweh said” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
341	4:14	zn40		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks	בְּ⁠מֹשֶׁ֗ה וַ⁠יֹּ֨אמֶר֙	1	After this phrase a direct quote begins which continues until the end of verse 17. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with an opening first-level quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the beginning of a quotation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
342	4:14	okko		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	הֲ⁠לֹ֨א אַהֲרֹ֤ן אָחִ֨י⁠ךָ֙ הַ⁠לֵּוִ֔י	1	Yahweh uses this rhetorical question to suggest an alternative to Moses. Alternative translation: “I know you have a brother, Aaron the Levite.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
343	4:14	e0js		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-kinship	אָחִ֨י⁠ךָ֙	1	His brother Aaron was three years older than Moses (see Exodus 7:7), which may be important for translating “brother” in some languages. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-kinship]])
344	4:14	y5ed		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	דַבֵּ֥ר יְדַבֵּ֖ר	1	In Hebrew, the word speak is repeated. This means he speaks well. English cannot convey this by doubling, so the meaning of the repetition was translated in the ULT in this case. If your language can say something like “speaking speaks” to mean “speaks well,” consider it; otherwise, translate the meaning similarly to the ULT or UST. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
345	4:14	hq64			הִנֵּה	1	Behold is used to draw attention to surprising information that follows. If your language has a term that functions in that way (“Listen!” or “Look!” or “Pay Attention!”), use it here.
346	4:14	ettp		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go	יֹצֵ֣א	1	Yahweh says Aaron is coming from Egypt to Midian to find Moses. He is probably on foot. Depending on the language, the required form of go or come may vary. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go]])
347	4:14	hkn8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	וְ⁠שָׂמַ֥ח	1	Aaron will be glad because he sees Moses. Consider a conjunction or other form that expresses result as in the UST or alternative translation: “and because he sees you, he will have joy” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
348	4:14	ew4h		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	בְּ⁠לִבּֽ⁠וֹ	1	Here, heart refers to inner thoughts and emotions. If the heart is not a body part your culture uses to refer to a person’s thoughts and emotions, consider using whichever organ your culture would use for this image. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
349	4:15	u97f		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	הַ⁠דְּבָרִ֖ים	1	Words here are spoken of as if they were something that can be physically placed in a person’s mouth. Alternate translation: “the message that he is to repeat” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
350	4:15	q9cf		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	וְ⁠אָנֹכִ֗י אֶֽהְיֶ֤ה עִם־פִּ֨י⁠ךָ֙ וְ⁠עִם־פִּ֔י⁠הוּ	1	The word mouth here represents Moses’ and Aaron’s choice of words. Alternate translation: “And I will be with you as you speak and with him as he speaks” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
351	4:15	v57x		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual	אֶתְ⁠כֶ֔ם & תַּעֲשֽׂוּ⁠ן	1	These refer to Moses and Aaron. If your language uses different forms of “you” depending on the number of people addressed, use a dual form if you have one or, if not, use a plural. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual]])
352	4:16	mnsp		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile	לְ⁠פֶ֔ה	1	This phrase compares Aaron to a mouth because he will be the one to actually vocalize to the Israelites and Pharaoh what Moses tells him to say. Alternate translation: “the one to say what you tell him to say” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
353	4:16	gn5v		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile	תִּֽהְיֶה־לּ֥⁠וֹ לֵֽ⁠אלֹהִֽים	1	The word like here means Moses would represent the same authority to Aaron as God did to Moses. Alternate translation: “you will speak to Aaron with the same authority with which I speak to you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
354	4:17	zh45		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks	תַּעֲשֶׂה־בּ֖⁠וֹ אֶת־הָ⁠אֹתֹֽת	1	After this phrase, the direct quote of Yahweh ends. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with a closing first-level quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the end of a quotation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
355	4:17	gbrk		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	הַ⁠מַּטֶּ֥ה הַ⁠זֶּ֖ה	1	Yahweh assumes that Moses will know that by this staff, he means the one that Moses said he had in his hand in v. 2, and with which God told him to do a miracle in vv. 3–4. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
356	4:18	j2ix		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants	יֶ֣תֶר	1	Jethro is reintroduced as a participant in the narrative here. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
357	4:18	cbop		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go	וַ⁠יֵּ֨לֶךְ	1	Because the setting has shifted back to Jethro’s home, some languages may need to use “come” here. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go]])
358	4:18	b6mf		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-kinship	חֹֽתְנ֗⁠וֹ	1	This refers to the father of Moses’ wife. Some languages may use a different term for the husband’s or wife’s father. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-kinship]])
359	4:18	wlit		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants	וַ⁠יֹּ֤אמֶר	1	“and Moses said” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
360	4:18	szke		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants	ל⁠וֹ֙	1	“to Jethro” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
361	4:18	uvqk		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks	אֵ֣לֲכָה נָּ֗א וְ⁠אָשׁ֨וּבָה֙ אֶל־אַחַ֣⁠י אֲשֶׁר־בְּ⁠מִצְרַ֔יִם וְ⁠אֶרְאֶ֖ה הַ⁠עוֹדָ֣⁠ם חַיִּ֑ים	1	This is a direct quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
362	4:18	g7yz		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	אַחַ֣⁠י	1	“my relatives” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
363	4:18	gq2g		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	וְ⁠אֶרְאֶ֖ה הַ⁠עוֹדָ֣⁠ם	1	Later in the Bible we are told that Moses was in Midian for 40 years. Moses’ request may have been literal or an idiom that meant he wanted to know how they were doing. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
364	4:18	yay3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	לֵ֥ךְ לְ⁠שָׁלֽוֹם	1	This is a phrase of assent and blessing. It may be necessary for some languages to explicitly add, “Yes,” to the beginning of Jethro’s response. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
365	4:18	i807		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks	לֵ֥ךְ לְ⁠שָׁלֽוֹם	1	This is a direct quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
366	4:19	wwr8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential	וַ⁠יֹּ֨אמֶר יְהוָ֤ה אֶל־מֹשֶׁה֙	1	The timing and situation for Yahweh speaking to Moses here is not specified. Some conjecture that it was part of the narrative of the encounter with Yahweh from the previous verses but placed after his request to Jethro for an unknown reason. Another speculation is that Moses delayed returning to Egypt (either by his own choice, Yahweh’s instructions, or someone else delaying him) and Yahweh came and told him again (the UST explicitly offers this optional translation). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
367	4:19	aosm		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks	לֵ֖ךְ שֻׁ֣ב מִצְרָ֑יִם כִּי־מֵ֨תוּ֙ כָּל־הָ֣⁠אֲנָשִׁ֔ים הַֽ⁠מְבַקְשִׁ֖ים אֶת־נַפְשֶֽׁ⁠ךָ	1	This is a direct quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
368	4:19	clfj			הַֽ⁠מְבַקְשִׁ֖ים אֶת־נַפְשֶֽׁ⁠ךָ	1	This means they were seeking to end his life, that is, to kill him. Alternate translation: see UST.
369	4:20	fua6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants	בָּנָ֗י⁠ו	1	Moses’ second son is not introduced until 18:4 but had already been born before they left Midian. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
370	4:20	zi5m		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants	וַ⁠יָּ֖שָׁב אַ֣רְצָ⁠ה מִצְרָ֑יִם	1	It is clear from verse 24 and 25 that his family went with him, so you may need to translate as “they returned.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
371	4:20	d7k5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential	וַ⁠יָּ֖שָׁב אַ֣רְצָ⁠ה מִצְרָ֑יִם	1	After the incident on the road in verses 24-26, Moses’ family is not mentioned again until 18:2 which says that Moses sent them back, so a translation similar to the UST which only commits to the family starting on the way to Egypt may be better. This option has the further benefit of allowing for the several events that happen before Moses gets to Egypt. The ULT’s “towards” is another way of giving space in the translation for the next several events. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
372	4:20	s68n		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	מַטֵּ֥ה הָ⁠אֱלֹהִ֖ים	1	The phrase the staff of God refers to the staff that God told Moses to take with him in v. 17. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
373	4:20	se3s		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	מַטֵּ֥ה הָ⁠אֱלֹהִ֖ים	1	The book describes this staff as the staff of God because God appointed it as his instrument so that Moses could do miraculous works through it. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Make sure your translation does not lead people to think the staff was a magic wand or shaman’s staff that had its own power, or power from Moses, or that the staff gave Moses the ability to command God. In every instance where miracles happened, God told Moses to do something with the staff, Moses obeyed, and then God caused a miracle. Alternate translation: “the staff that God had told him to bring because God intended to work powerfully through it when Moses stretched it out.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
374	4:21	lva8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks	בְּ⁠לֶכְתְּ⁠ךָ֙	1	This begins a direct quotation that continues to the end of 4:23. It contains up to fourth-level quotations. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with an opening first-level quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the beginning of a quotation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
375	4:21	oajf			רְאֵ֗ה	1	Most translations and interpretations of the verb see take it to mean something like “see that you do.”
376	4:21	zgqf		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	כָּל־הַ⁠מֹּֽפְתִים֙ אֲשֶׁר־שַׂ֣מְתִּי בְ⁠יָדֶ֔⁠ךָ	1	Here the miracles are spoken of as if they were items Moses could carry. In part, this may be because the three signs already given to Moses involved the use of his hand. Alternative translation: “all the wonders I have authorized you to perform” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
377	4:21	kdsb		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	לִ⁠פְנֵ֣י פַרְעֹ֑ה	1	This time while before the face of still has the standard figurative meaning of “in the presence of,” it is a much more literal use here. Moses is to actually do the miracles in front of Pharaoh so he can see them. Alternative translation: “so Pharaoh can see them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
378	4:21	ovma		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast	וַ⁠אֲנִי֙ אֲחַזֵּ֣ק	1	Referring to himself in the opening of this sentence serves to emphasize a contrast in what might be expected and what will happen. Translate this in a way that clearly contrasts the performance of miracles before Pharaoh (which might be expected to lead to him releasing the Israelites) with what Yahweh says he will do. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
379	4:21	uvoh		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	וַ⁠אֲנִי֙ אֲחַזֵּ֣ק אֶת־לִבּ֔⁠וֹ	1	This means that God will make him stubborn. His stubborn attitude is spoken of as if his heart would be made stronger. If the heart is not the body part your culture uses to refer to a person’s will, consider using whichever organ your culture would use for this image. Alternate translation: “But as for me, I will cause Pharaoh to be stubborn” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
380	4:21	uudz		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	וְ⁠לֹ֥א יְשַׁלַּ֖ח אֶת־הָ⁠עָֽם	1	Make it clear in your translation that this is a result of God hardening Pharaoh’s heart. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
381	4:22	ftde			כֹּ֚ה אָמַ֣ר יְהוָ֔ה	1	This is the first of hundreds of occurrences throughout the Old Testament of a standard phrase used to introduce direct, authoritative instruction from Yahweh. It would be good for your team to have a standard way to translate this that makes it clear that the words that come next are directly from God. If your language has a standard way of introducing a new message from your rulers that alerts the hearers that these are the words of the rulers, that would be a good phrase to consider.
382	4:22	zb2e		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	כֹּ֚ה	1	Thus begins a second-level quotation that continues until the end of 4:23. It should be marked in some manner that distinguishes it from the outer level, the first level. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
383	4:22	teyy		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	כֹּ֚ה אָמַ֣ר יְהוָ֔ה	1	This begins a second-level quotation that continues until the end of 4:23. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with an opening second-level quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the beginning of a quotation within a quotation. However, you may want to translate this as an indirect quotation in order to reduce the levels of quotations in this passage. Alternative translation: “that Yahweh says” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
384	4:22	kud7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks	בְּנִ֥⁠י	1	This is the beginning of a third-level quotation that continues until the end of 4:23. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with an opening third-level quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the beginning of a quotation within a quotation within a quotation. (If you chose to translate, “Thus says Yahweh,” as an indirect quote, this will be a second- level quotation.) (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
385	4:22	aod0		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	בְּנִ֥⁠י בְכֹרִ֖⁠י יִשְׂרָאֵֽל׃	1	Some languages may need to change the metaphor here into a simile. See UST. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
386	4:22	pt4n		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-collectivenouns	יִשְׂרָאֵֽל	1	The word Israel here represents all the people of Israel as a group. It is important to keep the singular reference to Israel as son, rather than change it to something like ‘the Israelites are my children,’ because God is making a particular contrast here between his son and Pharaoh’s son. Some languages may not be able to use “Israel” as a collective noun and may need to choose a translation like “the nation of Israel” or “the Israelite nation.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-collectivenouns]])
387	4:22	hoc8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	יִשְׂרָאֵֽל	1	The Israelite nation is often referred to simply by the name of the patriarch. For alternative translation see: [[rc:///tn/help/exo/04/22/pt4n]] (See: [[rc:///ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
388	4:23	syar		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks	שַׁלַּ֤ח אֶת־בְּנִ⁠י֙ וְ⁠יַֽעַבְדֵ֔⁠נִי	1	This is a fourth-level quotation. It should be marked in some manner that distinguishes it from the outer levels. (If you chose to translate “Thus says Yahweh” as an indirect quote, this will be a third-level quotation.) (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
389	4:23	zpc4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations	וָ⁠אֹמַ֣ר אֵלֶ֗י⁠ךָ שַׁלַּ֤ח אֶת־בְּנִ⁠י֙ וְ⁠יַֽעַבְדֵ֔⁠נִי וַ⁠תְּמָאֵ֖ן	1	The fourth-level quotation here may be a good one to translate as an indirect quotation in order to reduce the levels of quotations in this passage. Alternative translation: “and I told you to let my son go that he may serve me. But you have refused” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
390	4:23	k7mh		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	בְּנִ⁠י֙	1	Yahweh continues to metaphorically speak of Israel as my son. See what you did at [[rc:///tn/help/exo/04/22/1od0]]. Alternative translation: “the Israelite nation which is like a son to me” (See: [[rc:///ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
391	4:23	u825		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pronouns	וְ⁠יַֽעַבְדֵ֔⁠נִי & לְ⁠שַׁלְּח֑⁠וֹ	1	The pronouns he and him agree with “son.” What you use may depend on how you translated son at [[rc:///tn/help/exo/04/23/k7mh]]. (See: [[rc:///ta/man/translate/figs-pronouns]])
392	4:23	tg32			הִנֵּה֙	1	This is used to draw attention to surprising information that follows. Alternative translation: “Know this”
393	4:23	re11			בִּנְ⁠ךָ֖	1	This refers to the actual son of Pharaoh.
394	4:23	ubcw		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks	בִּנְ⁠ךָ֖ בְּכֹרֶֽ⁠ךָ	1	After this phrase, the three levels of direct quotations end bringing a complete close to all quotations that started in verses 21 and 22. If you are using direct quotations, at the end of this verse you should have three closing markers, third level, second level and first level. In English, it looks like ” ’ ” (without spaces). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
395	4:24	sp6h		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent	וַ⁠יְהִ֥י	1	This introduces a new event. Mark the transition in a natural way in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
396	4:24	p820		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants	וַ⁠יִּפְגְּשֵׁ֣⁠הוּ & הֲמִיתֽ⁠וֹ	1	Here, it is not clear who him refers to. Most commentators believe it refers to Moses, but it could refer to the son, though that is less likely. If it is necessary to choose for your translation, use Moses. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
397	4:24	cxy0		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants	הֲמִיתֽ⁠וֹ	1	Here, he refers to Yahweh. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
398	4:25	m1la		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	צִפֹּרָ֜ה	1	This is the name of Moses’s wife. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
399	4:25	sftg		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants	צִפֹּרָ֜ה	1	Zipporah is introduced here as a new participant. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
400	4:25	a36h		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	צֹ֗ר	1	This was a knife with a sharpened stone blade. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
401	4:25	nkxn		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	עָרְלַ֣ת	1	Theforeskin is the retractable fold of skin which covers and protects the end of the penis. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
402	4:25	l6sr		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism	לְ⁠רַגְלָ֑י⁠ו	1	It is possible that the word feet may have been a more respectful way to refer to the genital area of the body. However, that possibility is not high enough that you should translate it either literally as genitals or with another euphemism meaning genitals in your language. If you have a word that means primarily feet or legs, but could in some cases also euphemistically mean genitals, you may consider it. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
403	4:25	cg3x		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks	כִּ֧י חֲתַן־דָּמִ֛ים אַתָּ֖ה לִֽ⁠י	1	This is a direct quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
404	4:25	b2t3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	כִּ֧י חֲתַן־דָּמִ֛ים אַתָּ֖ה לִֽ⁠י	1	The meaning of this metaphor is unclear. It was probably a known saying in that culture. Alternate translation: “you are related to me by this blood” or “you are my husband because of blood” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
405	4:26	ceqk		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	וַ⁠יִּ֖רֶף	1	As a result of Zipporah’s action. Consider a conjunction or other form that expresses result as in the UST. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
406	4:26	o4zt		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants	וַ⁠יִּ֖רֶף	1	“Yahweh relented” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
407	4:26	dl5u		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants	מִמֶּ֑⁠נּוּ	1	As in 4:24 this could mean either Moses or the son, but most commentators think it is still Moses. The UST uses “anyone” to preserve ambiguity. Alternative translation: “from Moses” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
408	4:26	r8hj		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations	חֲתַ֥ן דָּמִ֖ים	1	This is a unique quotation because Zipporah probably does not speak again, rather the quotation refers back to her statement in 4:25. Your language may handle this sort of quotation in a special way. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
409	4:26	abmg		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks	חֲתַ֥ן דָּמִ֖ים לַ⁠מּוּלֹֽת	1	It is not clear if the quotation includes because of the circumcision or if that is a comment explaining the quotation. Translations are divided in where they end the quotation, but most exclude because of the circumcision and it is best to follow that unless a locally respected translation includes it. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
410	4:27	xk6b		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent	וַ⁠יֹּ֤אמֶר	1	You may want to add a word that marks the beginning of a new part of the story, as the UST does. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
411	4:27	qxpc		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants	אַהֲרֹ֔ן	1	Aaron is introduced as a new participant. Some languages may mark this in some way. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
412	4:27	t21t		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks	לֵ֛ךְ לִ⁠קְרַ֥את מֹשֶׁ֖ה הַ⁠מִּדְבָּ֑רָ⁠ה	1	This is a direct quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
413	4:27	wy4n		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession	בְּ⁠הַ֥ר הָ⁠אֱלֹהִ֖ים	1	See how you translated this in 3:1, consult this this note: [[rc:///tn/help/exo/03/01/p27s]] (See: [[rc:///ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
414	4:27	tfn2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction	וַ⁠יִּשַּׁק	1	This was a traditional way of greeting which showed love. You can make this explicit as the UST. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
415	4:28	ad9x			שְׁלָח֑⁠וֹ & צִוָּֽ⁠הוּ	1	These are a bit awkward to translate in English, so the UST adds more information. Other languages may not have the same difficulty.
416	4:28	b429		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants	שְׁלָח֑⁠וֹ & צִוָּֽ⁠הוּ	1	The words he refers to Yahweh, and him refers to Moses. Alternative translation: “Yahweh sent Moses … Yahweh commanded Moses” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
417	4:29	y8o3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent	וַ⁠יֵּ֥לֶךְ	1	This begins a new event which you may need to mark in your translation with a transitional word like the UST’s “When.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
418	4:30	bm2x		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	לְ⁠עֵינֵ֥י הָ⁠עָֽם	1	This means he did the signs so they could see them. Alternative translation: “in their sight” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
419	4:30	x1v3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants	הָ⁠עָֽם	1	Context suggests that people refers to the leaders gathered in 4:29. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
420	4:31	hn78		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants	הָ⁠עָ֑ם	1	Context suggests that people refers to the leaders gathered in 4:29. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
421	4:31	q1er			פָקַ֨ד & בְּנֵ֣י יִשְׂרָאֵ֗ל	1	“saw the Israelites” or “was concerned about the Israelites”
422	4:31	g83a		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction	וַֽ⁠יִּקְּד֖וּ וַ⁠יִּֽשְׁתַּחֲוּֽוּ	1	Alternative translations: “they bowed their heads in awe” or “they bowed down low in reverence.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
423	5:intro	kea2				0	Exodus 05 General Notes Special concepts in this chapter A slave’s work The Egyptians were known for making their slaves do a lot of work. The Israelite slaves were forced to make a specific number of bricks every day. In this chapter, they were required not only to make these bricks, but also to gather straw, one of the raw materials, in order to make these bricks. Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter “Let my people go” This is a very important statement. Moses does not seek permission to leave, asking Pharaoh to “let go” of the Hebrew people. Instead, he demands that Pharaoh free the Hebrew people. Titles The leaders are given different titles in this chapter. The ULT uses “taskmasters” and “foremen.” Many cultures will not have these types of titles. Generic expressions like “Egyptian leaders” and “Hebrew leaders” may be necessary.
424	5:1	q0zv		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent	וְ⁠אַחַ֗ר בָּ֚אוּ מֹשֶׁ֣ה וְ⁠אַהֲרֹ֔ן וַ⁠יֹּאמְר֖וּ אֶל־פַּרְעֹ֑ה	1	This time phrase, and afterward, marks a transition in the narrative. Alternative translation: “After that” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
425	5:1	q9kn		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential	וְ⁠אַחַ֗ר בָּ֚אוּ מֹשֶׁ֣ה וְ⁠אַהֲרֹ֔ן וַ⁠יֹּאמְר֖וּ אֶל־פַּרְעֹ֑ה	1	It is unclear how long Moses and Aaron waited until they went to see Pharoah. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
426	5:1	cudx		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go	בָּ֚אוּ	1	In this instance, depending on how they have to set scenes, some languages may need to use “came in.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go]])
427	5:1	sl1y		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants	פַּרְעֹ֑ה	1	Pharaoh is reintroduced as a participant in the narrative for the first time since chapter two. Some languages may need to mark his reintroduction in a particular way. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
428	5:1	cl2v		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks	כֹּֽה־אָמַ֤ר יְהוָה֙ אֱלֹהֵ֣י יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל שַׁלַּח֙ אֶת־עַמִּ֔⁠י וְ⁠יָחֹ֥גּוּ לִ֖⁠י בַּ⁠מִּדְבָּֽר	1	This is a direct quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
429	5:1	ckml		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks	שַׁלַּח֙ אֶת־עַמִּ֔⁠י וְ⁠יָחֹ֥גּוּ לִ֖⁠י בַּ⁠מִּדְבָּֽר	1	This is a second-level direct quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with second-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation within a quotation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
430	5:1	lu3i			כֹּֽה־אָמַ֤ר יְהוָה֙	1	This is a standard formula used to introduce commands from Yahweh. See 4:intro for more information.
431	5:1	u2vt			וְ⁠יָחֹ֥גּוּ	1	This is a celebration to worship Yahweh. Alternative translation: “so they can worship me with eating and drinking”
432	5:2	v4c1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast	וַ⁠יֹּ֣אמֶר	1	The result here is exactly as God has said; therefore, a contrastive transition word is reasonable but not required given the immediate human context. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
433	5:2	fq6i		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks	מִ֤י יְהוָה֙ אֲשֶׁ֣ר אֶשְׁמַ֣ע בְּ⁠קֹל֔⁠וֹ לְ⁠שַׁלַּ֖ח אֶת־יִשְׂרָאֵ֑ל לֹ֤א יָדַ֨עְתִּי֙ אֶת־יְהוָ֔ה וְ⁠גַ֥ם אֶת־יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל לֹ֥א אֲשַׁלֵּֽחַ	1	This is a direct quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
434	5:2	lqwt			מִ֤י יְהוָה֙ אֲשֶׁ֣ר אֶשְׁמַ֣ע בְּ⁠קֹל֔⁠וֹ לְ⁠שַׁלַּ֖ח אֶת־יִשְׂרָאֵ֑ל	1	This is not a rhetorical question, though Pharaoh may have spoken with contempt. Pharaoh would have considered himself a go. The Egyptians had several gods, and most people groups were assumed to have their own gods. Therefore, Pharaoh had truly not heard of Yahweh (who has just told his name to Moses).
435	5:2	wpff		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-collectivenouns	יִשְׂרָאֵ֑ל & יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל	1	Here the nation is spoken of as an individual. Alternative translation: “the nation of Israel” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-collectivenouns]])
436	5:2	c653		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	בְּ⁠קֹל֔⁠וֹ	1	This represent the words God spoke. Alternate translation: “listen to what he says” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
437	5:2	gxjp			וְ⁠גַ֥ם	1	This functions to strengthen Pharaoh’s statement about his decision. Alternative translation: “and most definitely”
438	5:3	z8ny		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants	וַ⁠יֹּ֣אמְר֔וּ	1	It may not make sense in all languages for multiple people to speak. Since Aaron was appointed as Moses’ spokesman, consider the alternative translation: “Aaron replied” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
439	5:3	cli7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks	אֱלֹהֵ֥י הָ⁠עִבְרִ֖ים נִקְרָ֣א עָלֵ֑י⁠נוּ נֵ֣לֲכָה נָּ֡א דֶּרֶךְ֩ שְׁלֹ֨שֶׁת יָמִ֜ים בַּ⁠מִּדְבָּ֗ר וְ⁠נִזְבְּחָה֙ לַֽ⁠יהוָ֣ה אֱלֹהֵ֔י⁠נוּ פֶּ֨ן־יִפְגָּעֵ֔⁠נוּ בַּ⁠דֶּ֖בֶר א֥וֹ בֶ⁠חָֽרֶב	1	This is a direct quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
440	5:3	y9ip			אֱלֹהֵ֥י הָ⁠עִבְרִ֖ים	1	This term is also used for Yahweh, the Israelites’ God.
441	5:3	kclj		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive	עָלֵ֑י⁠נוּ נֵ֣לֲכָה & וְ⁠נִזְבְּחָה֙ & יִפְגָּעֵ֔⁠נוּ	1	Here, us (or “we” in UST) refers to the Hebrew people (the Israelites). It exclude Pharaoh and his people. Some languages may need to consider whether to use an inclusive or exclusive form. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
442	5:3	gfs5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	בֶ⁠חָֽרֶב	1	Here, sword represents war or an attack by enemies. Alternate translation: “cause our enemies to attack us” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
443	5:4	cb7w		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks	לָ֚⁠מָּה מֹשֶׁ֣ה וְ⁠אַהֲרֹ֔ן תַּפְרִ֥יעוּ אֶת־הָ⁠עָ֖ם מִ⁠מַּֽעֲשָׂ֑י⁠ו לְכ֖וּ לְ⁠סִבְלֹתֵי⁠כֶֽם	1	This is a direct quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
444	5:4	kl1i		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	לָ֚⁠מָּה מֹשֶׁ֣ה וְ⁠אַהֲרֹ֔ן תַּפְרִ֥יעוּ אֶת־הָ⁠עָ֖ם מִ⁠מַּֽעֲשָׂ֑י⁠ו	1	Pharaoh uses this question to express his anger towards Moses and Aaron for taking the Israelites away from their work. Alternate translation: “Stop distracting the people from doing their work!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
445	5:4	fiw9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	לְכ֖וּ לְ⁠סִבְלֹתֵי⁠כֶֽם	1	This your could refer to Moses and Aaron, or it could mean “all you Israelite people.” The second meaning is more likely. If your language uses different forms of “you” depending on the number of people addressed, use a dual or plural form here. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual]])
446	5:5	nqbe		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-aside	וַ⁠יֹּ֣אמֶר פַּרְעֹ֔ה	1	It is unusual for the same speaker to be reintroduced like this. Some translations omit the repetition, but there is another option. This statement may be more connected to the next couple of verses, so it might be appropriate to make a minor break before this verse. Pharaoh may have been more commenting to himself, or he only thought this statement silently, and it led to his next actions. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-aside]])
447	5:5	todi			הֵן	1	This is a term meant to focus the attention of the listener on what the speaker is about to say.
448	5:5	c53k		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual	וְ⁠הִשְׁבַּתֶּ֥ם	1	Here, you means Moses and Aaron. If your language uses different forms of “you” depending on the number of people addressed, use a dual form (if you have one) or plural (if not) form here. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual]])
449	5:6	ar9m			אֶת־הַ⁠נֹּגְשִׂ֣ים בָּ⁠עָ֔ם וְ⁠אֶת־שֹׁטְרָ֖י⁠ו	1	Pharaoh may have sent a messenger or messengers to the taskmasters and officers or spoken to one or a few representatives of them at his court rather than speaking to them directly. Alternative translation: “Pharaoh gave an order for the taskmasters among the people and officers that said,”
450	5:6	zd4m			הַ⁠נֹּגְשִׂ֣ים	1	Taskmasters were Egyptians whose job it was to force the Israelites to do hard work. These are probably the same as the “overseers” of labor gangs from Exodus 1:11, but here the term is harsher. Alternative translation: “oppressors”
451	5:6	hopu			שֹׁטְרָ֖י⁠ו	1	Officers were probably Israelite slaves who were in charge of the other Israelites but who answered to the Egyptian taskmasters.
452	5:6	dxih			לֵ⁠אמֹֽר	1	This is a way of introducing a direct quotation in Hebrew; most translations can omit it without harm.
453	5:7	k6io		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual	לֹ֣א תֹאסִפ֞וּ⁠ן	1	This command was given to multiple people; if your language distinguishes between singular and plural forms when giving commands, make sure this is a plural form. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual]])
454	5:7	apw9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks	לֹ֣א תֹאסִפ֞וּ⁠ן	1	Verses 7-9 are a direct quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate the start here with an opening first-level quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the beginning of the quotation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
455	5:7	p9nx		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	כִּ⁠תְמ֣וֹל שִׁלְשֹׁ֑ם	1	This is a Hebrew idiom meaning “in the past.” Alternative translation: “as before” or “as previously” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
456	5:8	izkf		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual	תָּשִׂ֣ימוּ	1	If your language uses different forms of “you” depending on the number of people addressed, use a plural form here. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual]])
457	5:8	ro25		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	הַ⁠לְּבֵנִ֜ים	1	Bricks are hardened clay blocks for building. See how you translated in [1:14][../01/14.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
458	5:8	dlzx		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	תְּמ֤וֹל שִׁלְשֹׁם֙	1	This is a Hebrew idiom meaning “in the past.” See how you translated this in 5:7 Alternative translation: “before” or “previously” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
459	5:8	vd10		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks	נֵלְכָ֖ה נִזְבְּחָ֥ה לֵ⁠אלֹהֵֽי⁠נוּ	1	This is a second-level direct quotation. It is a quote of Moses and Aaron. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with second-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation within a quotation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
460	5:9	fnz5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	וְ⁠אַל־יִשְׁע֖וּ בְּ⁠דִבְרֵי־שָֽׁקֶר	1	Here words are spoken of as if they could be looked upon. Alternative translation: as UST or “and not listen to words that are lies” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
461	5:10	ozzn		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent	וַ⁠יֵּ֨צְא֜וּ	1	This begins a new scene, which may need to be marked in a certain way in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
462	5:10	x4bi			נֹגְשֵׂ֤י	1	Taskmasters were Egyptians whose job was to force the Israelites to do hard work. See how you translated this in 5:6. See [[rc://*/tn/help/exo/05/06/zd4m]]
463	5:10	znqn			כֹּ֚ה אָמַ֣ר פַּרְעֹ֔ה	1	This is the same quote formula as is used for when Yahweh gives a direct command. See 4:intro for more information.
464	5:10	djoe		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations	וַ⁠יֹּאמְר֥וּ אֶל־הָ⁠עָ֖ם לֵ⁠אמֹ֑ר כֹּ֚ה אָמַ֣ר פַּרְעֹ֔ה	1	It might be helpful in some languages to translate thus says Pharaoh as an indirect quote so that his conveyed command is not a quote within a quote. Alternate translation: “and told the people that Pharaoh says” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
465	5:10	mkom		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	אֵינֶ֛⁠נִּי	1	This is a the beginning of a second-level quotation that continues until the end of verse 11. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with an opening second-level quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the start of a quotation within a quotation. However, you could also translate this as an indirect quote. See UST. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
466	5:10	szfp		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast	אֵינֶ֛⁠נִּי נֹתֵ֥ן לָ⁠כֶ֖ם תֶּֽבֶן	1	The structure of this phrase and the one that opens the next verse create a strong contrast between what I (Pharaoh) and you (you all, the Israelites) will do. Translate this in a way that emphasizes, if possible, the contrast between “I” and “you.” Alternative translation: “It is not I who will give you straw.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
467	5:10	si2e		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	אֵינֶ֛⁠נִּי	1	Pharaoh does not physically give the Israelites straw. Rather, he had commanded his servants take straw that belongs to Pharaoh and give it to the Israelites. Now he told his servants to stop providing straw. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
468	5:10	gb4d		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual	לָ⁠כֶ֖ם	1	Youis plural and refers to the Israelite people. If your language uses different forms of “you” depending on the number of people addressed, use a plural form here. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual]])
469	5:11	ewg6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast	אַתֶּ֗ם לְכ֨וּ קְח֤וּ לָ⁠כֶם֙ תֶּ֔בֶן מֵ⁠אֲשֶׁ֖ר תִּמְצָ֑אוּ	1	The structure of this phrase serves as the opposing side of the contrast Pharaoh sets up in the last phrase. By explicitly using a pronoun with a command, he is emphasizing who will go get straw. If possible, translate this in a way that emphasizes the contrast between “I” and “you.” See [[rc:///tn/help/exo/05/10/7zfp]] for more info. Alternative translation: “Rather, it is you yourselves who must go get straw from wherever you might find it” (See: [[rc:///ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
470	5:11	xe4i		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual	אַתֶּ֗ם	1	Here, you is plural and refers to the Israelite people. If your language uses different forms of “you” depending on the number of people addressed, use a plural form here. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual]])
471	5:11	w918		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns	אַתֶּ֗ם & לָ⁠כֶם֙	1	The repetition of you emphasizes that the Egyptians will no longer help the slaves. Alternative translation: see UST (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
472	5:11	g5vb		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives	כִּ֣י אֵ֥ין נִגְרָ֛ע מֵ⁠עֲבֹדַתְ⁠כֶ֖ם דָּבָֽר	1	This can be stated in positive form. Alternate translation: “for you must continue to make the same number of bricks as before” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
473	5:11	ucrc		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks	כִּ֣י אֵ֥ין נִגְרָ֛ע מֵ⁠עֲבֹדַתְ⁠כֶ֖ם דָּבָֽר	1	After this phrase (at the end of the verse), the direct quotes end. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with a closing first-level (and second-level if you made both levels direct quotes) quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the end of a quotation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
474	5:12	s9dk		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole	בְּ⁠כָל־אֶ֣רֶץ מִצְרָ֑יִם	1	This is a generalization used to show the extra effort Israel made to meet Pharaoh’s demands. Alternate translation: “to many places throughout Egypt” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
475	5:12	q7y7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	קַ֖שׁ	1	Stubble is the part of a plant that is left over after harvest. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
476	5:13	th6x			וְ⁠הַ⁠נֹּגְשִׂ֖ים	1	Taskmasters were Egyptians whose job it was to force the Israelites to do hard work. See how you translated this in Exodus 5:6.
477	5:13	ikkf		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants	וְ⁠הַ⁠נֹּגְשִׂ֖ים	1	The change of subject is emphasized here. If your language has a way of specifically focusing on the actor in a narrative, use it here. See the UST for how that is done in English. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
478	5:13	hye4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks	כַּלּ֤וּ מַעֲשֵׂי⁠כֶם֙ דְּבַר־י֣וֹם בְּ⁠יוֹמ֔⁠וֹ כַּ⁠אֲשֶׁ֖ר בִּ⁠הְי֥וֹת הַ⁠תֶּֽבֶן	1	This is a direct quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
479	5:13	a5ja			דְּבַר־י֣וֹם בְּ⁠יוֹמ֔⁠וֹ	1	Day by day means “daily.” Alternative translation: “the daily task”
480	5:14	h4uo			נֹגְשֵׂ֥י	1	Taskmasters are Egyptians whose job it was to force the Israelites to do hard work. See how you translated this in Exodus 5:6.
481	5:14	unbc		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	וַ⁠יֻּכּ֗וּ שֹֽׁטְרֵי֙ בְּנֵ֣י יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל	1	The text does not specify who beat the officers. It was probably either the taskmasters or someone the taskmasters ordered to beat the officers. If your language cannot express this with the passive, you can make the taskmasters the subject. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
482	5:14	eq22		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	מַדּ֡וּעַ לֹא֩ כִלִּיתֶ֨ם חָקְ⁠כֶ֤ם לִ⁠לְבֹּן֙ כִּ⁠תְמ֣וֹל שִׁלְשֹׁ֔ם גַּם־תְּמ֖וֹל גַּם־הַ⁠יּֽוֹם	1	The taskmasters used this question to show they were angry with the lack of bricks. Alternate translation: “You are not producing enough bricks, either yesterday or today, as you did in the past!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
483	5:14	s67c		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks	מַדּ֡וּעַ לֹא֩ כִלִּיתֶ֨ם חָקְ⁠כֶ֤ם לִ⁠לְבֹּן֙ כִּ⁠תְמ֣וֹל שִׁלְשֹׁ֔ם גַּם־תְּמ֖וֹל גַּם־הַ⁠יּֽוֹם	1	This is a direct quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
484	5:14	oh6o		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual	כִלִּיתֶ֨ם חָקְ⁠כֶ֤ם	1	Here, you and your are plural. If your language uses different forms of “you” depending on the number of people addressed, use a plural form here. However, also see [[rc:///tn/help/exo/05/14/emq7]]. (See: [[rc:///ta/man/translate/figs-youdual]])
485	5:14	emq7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche	כִלִּיתֶ֨ם חָקְ⁠כֶ֤ם	1	Here, you and your do not simply refer to the officers; they refer to the groups of Israelite workers the officers are in charge of. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
486	5:14	liz8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	כִּ⁠תְמ֣וֹל שִׁלְשֹׁ֔ם	1	This is a Hebrew idiom meaning “in the past.” Here it specifically refers to the time before the Egyptians stopped giving the Israelites straw. See how you translated this in 5:7 Alternative translation: “before” or “previously” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
487	5:14	zklg			גַּם־תְּמ֖וֹל גַּם־הַ⁠יּֽוֹם	1	This time expression refers to more recent days, ones since the Egyptians stopped providing the straw to the Israelites.
488	5:15	bk9h		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent	וַ⁠יָּבֹ֗אוּ	1	This begins a new scene, which may need to be marked in a certain way in your language. The officers have gone to where Pharaoh is. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
489	5:15	thlj		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go	וַ⁠יָּבֹ֗אוּ	1	You will need to decide if go or come is the better translation in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go]])
490	5:15	en1t		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks	לָ֧⁠מָּה	1	This begins a direct quote that continues to the end of the next verse. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with an opening first-level quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the beginning of a quotation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
491	5:15	m2nz		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person	לַ⁠עֲבָדֶֽי⁠ךָ	1	Here, the Israelite officers use the term your servants to refer to themselves in the third person as a way of showing humility. It is also possible that they mean to include all the Israelites. Either option is valid if your language must state who is meant by “your servants.” Alternate translation: “to us” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
492	5:16	yeql		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	תֶּ֗בֶן אֵ֤ין נִתָּן֙ לַ⁠עֲבָדֶ֔י⁠ךָ	1	The text does not specify who is not giving them straw. From context, the taskmasters and, by implication, Pharaoh himself are the ones not doing this. If your language cannot express this with the passive, you can make the taskmasters or Pharaoh the subject. Alternative translation: “You are not giving your servants any straw.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
493	5:16	qp5j		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person	לַ⁠עֲבָדֶ֔י⁠ךָ & עֲבָדֶ֛י⁠ךָ	1	Here, the Israelite officers use the term your servants to refer to themselves in the third person as a way of showing humility. It is also possible that they mean to include all the Israelites. Either option is valid if your language must state who is meant by “your servants.” Alternate translation: “to us” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
494	5:16	hsa6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants	אֹמְרִ֥ים	1	They refers to the Egyptian taskmasters. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
495	5:16	cxl3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks	וּ⁠לְבֵנִ֛ים & עֲשׂ֑וּ	1	Make bricks is a second-level direct quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with second-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation within a quotation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
496	5:16	m0go			וְ⁠הִנֵּ֧ה	1	This is used to draw attention to surprising information that follows.
497	5:16	xrly		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	עֲבָדֶ֛י⁠ךָ מֻכִּ֖ים	1	The text does not specify who beat the officers. It was probably either the taskmasters or someone the taskmasters ordered to beat the officers. If your language cannot express this with the passive, you can make the taskmasters the subject. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
498	5:16	ff2k		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism	וְ⁠חָטָ֥את עַמֶּֽ⁠ךָ	1	The Israelites are indirectly accusing Pharaoh of doing wrong. To translate this, consider polite or indirect ways of making accusations in your culture. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
499	5:16	l7sn			וְ⁠חָטָ֥את	1	“but it is the wrong-doing of”
500	5:17	tvso		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual	אַתֶּ֖ם & אַתֶּ֣ם	1	These uses of you are plural. If your language uses different forms of “you” depending on the number of people addressed, use a plural form here. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual]])
501	5:17	ft4m		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations	נִרְפִּ֥ים אַתֶּ֖ם נִרְפִּ֑ים	1	Pharaoh repeats himself for emphasis. In your translation, make sure the idea of laziness or idleness is repeated or strengthened in a way that is natural. Alternative translation: “You are extremely lazy” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]])
502	5:17	a8o2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks	נֵלְכָ֖ה נִזְבְּחָ֥ה לַֽ⁠יהוָֽה	1	Here the king is quoting another person’s speech. This is a second-level quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with second-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation within a quotation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
503	5:18	g8ax		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	וְ⁠תֶ֖בֶן לֹא־יִנָּתֵ֣ן לָ⁠כֶ֑ם	1	You can translate this in active voice if needed. The subject could be “I” (as in Pharaoh) or “we” (as in the Egyptians or Pharaoh and his taskmasters) or “my people.” See UST. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
504	5:18	z6wt		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual	לָ⁠כֶ֑ם & תִּתֵּֽנּוּ	1	This means all the Israelites or the officers as representatives of all the Israelites. If your language uses different forms of “you” depending on the number of people addressed, use a plural form here. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual]])
505	5:19	x6pp		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	וַ⁠יִּרְא֞וּ שֹֽׁטְרֵ֧י בְנֵֽי־יִשְׂרָאֵ֛ל אֹתָ֖⁠ם בְּ⁠רָ֣ע לֵ⁠אמֹ֑ר לֹא־תִגְרְע֥וּ מִ⁠לִּבְנֵי⁠כֶ֖ם דְּבַר־י֥וֹם בְּ⁠יוֹמֽ⁠וֹ	1	You may need to reorder the events in this verse in your language to put the reason before the result. See UST. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
506	5:19	i3ot		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks	לֹא־תִגְרְע֥וּ מִ⁠לִּבְנֵי⁠כֶ֖ם דְּבַר־י֥וֹם בְּ⁠יוֹמֽ⁠וֹ	1	This is a direct quotation of what Pharaoh said. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation of another person’s speech. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
507	5:19	l9d2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns	אֹתָ֖⁠ם	1	Here the officers are both the subject and object because they are thinking about their own situation. Different languages have different methods of marking this. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
508	5:19	g03u			וַ⁠יִּרְא֞וּ & אֹתָ֖⁠ם בְּ⁠רָ֣ע לֵ⁠אמֹ֑ר	1	“knew that they were in trouble because the king said” or “perceived themselves in danger because the king said”
509	5:20	ve3z		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent	וַֽ⁠יִּפְגְּעוּ֙	1	A new scene begins here, which may need to be marked in a certain way in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
510	5:20	g0cj		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants	וַֽ⁠יִּפְגְּעוּ֙ & לִ⁠קְרָאתָ֑⁠ם בְּ⁠צֵאתָ֖⁠ם	1	Here, they and them refer to the officers. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
511	5:21	jsbv		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks	יֵ֧רֶא יְהוָ֛ה עֲלֵי⁠כֶ֖ם וְ⁠יִשְׁפֹּ֑ט אֲשֶׁ֧ר הִבְאַשְׁתֶּ֣ם אֶת־רֵיחֵ֗⁠נוּ בְּ⁠עֵינֵ֤י פַרְעֹה֙ וּ⁠בְ⁠עֵינֵ֣י עֲבָדָ֔י⁠ו לָֽ⁠תֶת־חֶ֥רֶב בְּ⁠יָדָ֖⁠ם לְ⁠הָרְגֵֽ⁠נוּ	1	This is a direct quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
512	5:21	kv0v			יֵ֧רֶא יְהוָ֛ה עֲלֵי⁠כֶ֖ם וְ⁠יִשְׁפֹּ֑ט	1	They used this form to curse Moses and Aaron.
513	5:21	dlou		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual	עֲלֵי⁠כֶ֖ם וְ⁠יִשְׁפֹּ֑ט	1	You refers to Moses and Aaron. If your language uses different forms of “you” depending on the number of people addressed, use a dual or plural form here. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual]])
514	5:21	j3zp		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	הִבְאַשְׁתֶּ֣ם אֶת־רֵיחֵ֗⁠נוּ בְּ⁠עֵינֵ֤י פַרְעֹה֙ וּ⁠בְ⁠עֵינֵ֣י עֲבָדָ֔י⁠ו	1	The Egyptians responded to the Israelites the same way they would respond to a foul odor. Alternate translation: “you have caused Pharaoh and his servants to hate us” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
515	5:21	d592		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	חֶ֥רֶב בְּ⁠יָדָ֖⁠ם	1	Here, a sword into their hand is a metonym for “a reason in their mind.” The Israelites are afraid that the Egyptians will feel that they are doing the right thing if they kill the Israelites because Moses and Aaron are making demands to the king and because the Egyptians view the Israelites as lazy and dangerous. Alternate translation: “them a reason to think they would be right” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
516	5:22	pm0l		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks	וַ⁠יֹּאמַ֑ר	1	After this phrase, a direct quote begins which continues to the end of the chapter. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with an opening first-level quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the beginning of a quotation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
517	5:22	g4d5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	לָ֥⁠מָּה זֶּ֖ה שְׁלַחְתָּֽ⁠נִי	1	This question shows how disappointed Moses was that the Egyptians were treating the Israelites even more harshly now. He is expressing that he thinks God has caused the opposite of what he promised to happen. Alternate translation: “You sent me to rescue them.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
518	5:23	v2k2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	בִּ⁠שְׁמֶ֔⁠ךָ	1	Here, in your name indicates that Moses delivers Yahweh’s message. Alternate translation: “for you” or “your message for him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
519	5:23	fzir		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	וְ⁠הַצֵּ֥ל לֹא־הִצַּ֖לְתָּ	1	In Hebrew, rescued is repeated for emphasis. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
520	5:23	ce6s		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	עַמֶּֽ⁠ךָ	1	After this phrase, the direct quote of Moses that began in the previous verse ends. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with a closing first-level quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the end of a quotation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
521	6:intro	we5k				0	Exodus 06 General Notes Possible translation difficulties in this chapter Repetition of events: Most of the content of this chapter is very similar to the events and dialogue in chapters 3-4. For consistency, translators should consult the decisions they made there while keeping in mind that this narrative is not exactly the same. Also, verses 10-12 and verses 28-30 are very similar to each other. These events are probably a recommissioning of Moses. After his first encounter with Pharaoh went very poorly and the Israelites seem to reject God, reminds Moses of God’s promises and power. Referring to God A name for God (Yahweh) and a title for God (El Shaddai) are mentioned in this chapter (6:2-6:3). The precise meaning of El Shaddai is not known, but most scholars think it means something like “almighty.” Translators who have worked on Genesis may find confusing the statement that Abraham, Isaac, and Jacob did not know Yahweh as the name of God. Other possible translation difficulties: With little explanation, a large portion of the chapter is devoted to the genealogy of Moses and Aaron. Some of the people in the genealogy lived much longer than is normal for humans today. If translators are not familiar with the lengths of people’s lives in the early days of the world (as recorded in Genesis, especially chapter 5), this may cause confusion. Study concepts in this chapter Promised Land According to the covenant Yahweh made with Abraham, Egypt is not the home of the Hebrew people. Their home is the Promised Land in Canaan. The people are to return home to their land. (See: [[rc:///tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]] and [[rc:///tw/dict/bible/kt/promisedland]]) “Let my people go” This is a very important statement. Moses is not asking Pharaoh to “let go” of the Hebrew people. Instead, he is demanding that Pharaoh free the Hebrew people. God and his people In verse 7, note mention of a very important biblical theme of God being “your God” and the special relationship that his people have with him.
522	6:1	ip5i		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks	עַתָּ֣ה תִרְאֶ֔ה אֲשֶׁ֥ר אֶֽעֱשֶׂ֖ה לְ⁠פַרְעֹ֑ה כִּ֣י בְ⁠יָ֤ד חֲזָקָה֙ יְשַׁלְּחֵ֔⁠ם וּ⁠בְ⁠יָ֣ד חֲזָקָ֔ה יְגָרְשֵׁ֖⁠ם מֵ⁠אַרְצֽ⁠וֹ	1	This is a direct quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
523	6:1	lu95		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential	עַתָּ֣ה	1	This refers to future events starting very soon. Alternative translation: “Starting soon” or “Very soon” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
524	6:1	ece6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	בְ⁠יָ֤ד חֲזָקָה֙ & וּ⁠בְ⁠יָ֣ד חֲזָקָ֔ה	1	Hand is a metonym for power. Alternate translation: “by a strong power … and by a strong power” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
525	6:1	swm5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	בְ⁠יָ֤ד חֲזָקָה֙ & וּ⁠בְ⁠יָ֣ד חֲזָקָ֔ה	1	It is not clear in the text whose hand is referred to here. The options are: (1) Both refer to God’s hand (forcing Pharaoh’s actions), (2) Both refer to Pharaoh’s hand (forcing the Israelites out), (3) They don’t refer to the same person’s hand; the first refers to God’s and the second to Pharaoh’s. The UST has followed (1) which is the most common interpretation. Alternate translation: (1) “by my strong hand … and by my strong hand” or (2) “by his strong hand … and by his strong hand” or (3) “by my strong hand … and by his strong hand”
526	6:1	dm4g		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism	כִּ֣י בְ⁠יָ֤ד חֲזָקָה֙ יְשַׁלְּחֵ֔⁠ם וּ⁠בְ⁠יָ֣ד חֲזָקָ֔ה יְגָרְשֵׁ֖⁠ם מֵ⁠אַרְצֽ⁠וֹ	1	These two phrases mean similar things. God says the same thing twice, in similar ways, for emphasis. You do not need to repeat both phrases in your translation if that might be confusing for your readers. Instead, if it would be clearer in your language, you could combine them. Alternate translation: “I will force him to let my people leave the land” However, there is a slight difference in meaning, and you could also choose to bring that out in your translation. The second phrase intensifies the first by portraying Pharaoh as not merely letting the Israelites go, but as forcing them to leave the land. Alternate translation: “I will force him to let them go, in fact, I will force him to force them to leave his land” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
527	6:1	sdon			מֵ⁠אַרְצֽ⁠וֹ	1	“from Egypt”
528	6:2	fm1a		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent	וַ⁠יְדַבֵּ֥ר אֱלֹהִ֖ים אֶל־מֹשֶׁ֑ה וַ⁠יֹּ֥אמֶר אֵלָ֖י⁠ו	1	There is a transition here. Before this verse, Yahweh was answering Moses’ question more directly. At the beginning of this verse, Yahweh is reintroduced as “God” because he begins to make a clarifying statement about himself and his relationship with the Israelites and their ancestors as well as his plans for the Israelites. Much of this section repeats what Yahweh has already told Moses. You may want to consider a section break before this verse. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
529	6:2	kcty		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks	וַ⁠יְדַבֵּ֥ר אֱלֹהִ֖ים אֶל־מֹשֶׁ֑ה וַ⁠יֹּ֥אמֶר אֵלָ֖י⁠ו	1	After this phrase a direct quote begins which continues until the end of verse 8. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with an opening first-level quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the beginning of a quotation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
530	6:3	l81y		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate	בְּ⁠אֵ֣ל שַׁדָּ֑י	1	This is a title for God that many scholars think means “almighty.” You will need to decide if you will transliterate the term into your language or translate the meaning. Either approach has broad support. Alternative translation: “as the strongest God of all” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate]])
531	6:3	m27p		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	וּ⁠שְׁמִ֣⁠י יְהוָ֔ה לֹ֥א נוֹדַ֖עְתִּי לָ⁠הֶֽם	1	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “but they did not know me by my name Yahweh” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
532	6:3	e36z			וּ⁠שְׁמִ֣⁠י יְהוָ֔ה לֹ֥א נוֹדַ֖עְתִּי לָ⁠הֶֽם	1	This statement is very difficult to understand as God’s name, Yahweh, is used throughout Genesis, including by Abraham and others. There are many theories about what it means; the view followed by the UST is that now God is revealing to the Israelites a fuller meaning of his divine name than what Abraham and others knew. Alternate translation: “but my name Yahweh was not understood by them”
533	6:4	zxvc		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations	לָ⁠תֵ֥ת לָ⁠הֶ֖ם אֶת־אֶ֣רֶץ כְּנָ֑עַן	1	This is the content of the covenant promise from God to his people. Some languages may need to make this part a direct quotation. Alternate translation: “ I said, ‘I will give you the land of Canaan’ ” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
534	6:4	gkkc		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism	אֶ֥רֶץ מְגֻרֵי⁠הֶ֖ם אֲשֶׁר־גָּ֥רוּ בָֽ⁠הּ	1	These two phrases mean similar things. If it would be clearer in your language, you could combine these phrases. Alternate translation: “the land they lived in as temporary residents”; otherwise, “the land that was not their home but where they lived as foreigners” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
535	6:5	l3yc			נַאֲקַת֙	1	This means making sad sounds because of pain and suffering.
536	6:5	zl2p			וָ⁠אֶזְכֹּ֖ר אֶת־בְּרִיתִֽ⁠י	1	I have remembered my covenant means God is going to take action. Alternative translation: “I will keep my promise”
537	6:6	rgh0		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	לָ⁠כֵ֞ן	1	God is now telling Moses to deliver a message to the Israelites of what God is going to do because of everything that he said in verses 2-5. The reason-result relationship is strongly marked here, so translations should make sure to use a connector that marks verse 6-8 as a result of verses 2-5. Alternate translation: “Because of this” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
538	6:6	yv14			לָ⁠כֵ֞ן אֱמֹ֥ר לִ⁠בְנֵֽי־יִשְׂרָאֵ֘ל	1	This is a command from Yahweh to Moses. Alternate translation: “So Yahweh told Moses to say to the Israelites”
539	6:6	yg2d		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks	אֲנִ֣י	1	This begins a second-level quotation that continues to the end of Yahweh’s speech at the close of verse 8. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with second-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation within a quotation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
540	6:6	we3z		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual	אֶתְ⁠כֶ֗ם & אֶתְ⁠כֶ֖ם & אֶתְ⁠כֶם֙	1	You refers to the Israelites. If your language uses different forms of “you” depending on the number of people addressed, use a plural form here. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual]])
541	6:6	oqnw		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche	מִ⁠תַּ֨חַת֙ סִבְלֹ֣ת מִצְרַ֔יִם	1	This refers to all the hard work the Egyptians made the Israelites do. Alternate translation: “from the hard work the Egyptians force you to do” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
542	6:6	xyn4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	בִּ⁠זְר֣וֹעַ נְטוּיָ֔ה	1	Arm here is a figurative way of referring to God’s power, influence, and capacity for action. Outstretched means that he is using that power. Alternate translation: “by my great strength” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
543	6:6	efx1			וּ⁠בִ⁠שְׁפָטִ֖ים	1	Here, the term judgments refers to the plagues that God is about to send to harm Egypt and the Egyptians. Each plague is a response to Pharaoh’s stubbornness. Alternate translation: “and by [greatly] harming the Egyptians”
544	6:7	o3lb		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual	אֶתְ⁠כֶ֥ם & לָ⁠כֶ֖ם & וִֽ⁠ידַעְתֶּ֗ם & אֱלֹ֣הֵי⁠כֶ֔ם & אֶתְ⁠כֶ֔ם	1	Here every occurrence of you refers to the Israelites. If your language uses different forms of “you” depending on the number of people addressed, use a plural form here. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual]])
545	6:7	a4ev		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche	מִ⁠תַּ֖חַת סִבְל֥וֹת מִצְרָֽיִם	1	This refers to all the hard work the Egyptians forced upon the Israelites. See what you did in the previous verse at [[rc:///tn/help/exo/06/07/oqnw]]. Alternate translation: “from the hard work the Egyptians force you to do” (See: [[rc:///ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
546	6:8	h9ho		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual	אֶתְ⁠כֶם֙ & לָ⁠כֶ֛ם	1	Here, every occurrence of you refers to the Israelites. If your language uses different forms of “you” depending on the number of people addressed, use a plural form here. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual]])
547	6:8	g9ru		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction	נָשָׂ֨אתִי֙ אֶת־יָדִ֔⁠י	1	This is an action that signifies making an oath. Raising the hand may not have the same meaning in your culture so you may need to use a different symbolic oath-taking action in your translation, or simply translate the meaning. Alternate translation: “I promised” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
548	6:8	i3vj			מוֹרָשָׁ֖ה	1	This means the Israelites will own the land. Alternate translation: “as your own land”
549	6:8	ipnm		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks	אֲנִ֥י יְהוָֽה	1	After this phrase, the direct quote of Yahweh ends. Both the first-level and second-level quotes end. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with a closing first-level and second-level quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the end of a quotation and a quotation within a quotation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
550	6:9	aalj		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	וְ⁠לֹ֤א שָֽׁמְעוּ֙ אֶל־מֹשֶׁ֔ה מִ⁠קֹּ֣צֶר ר֔וּחַ וּ⁠מֵ⁠עֲבֹדָ֖ה קָשָֽׁה	1	In some languages it will be necessary to put the reason for the people not listening before the result. Alternate translation: “but because of shortness of spirit and because of hard service, they did not listen to Moses” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
551	6:9	zjc7			מִ⁠קֹּ֣צֶר ר֔וּחַ	1	Here, the people’s spirit is spoken of as something that could be measured. By calling it “short,” the author is saying they did not have very much motivation or hope. Alternate translation: “because they had no hope”
552	6:10	tpw4			לֵּ⁠אמֹֽר	1	This is used to mark the beginning of a direct quotation. It can be omitted if it is unnatural.
553	6:11	pi7a		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks	בֹּ֣א דַבֵּ֔ר אֶל־פַּרְעֹ֖ה מֶ֣לֶךְ מִצְרָ֑יִם וִֽ⁠ישַׁלַּ֥ח אֶת־בְּנֵֽי־יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל מֵ⁠אַרְצֽ⁠וֹ	1	This is a direct quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
554	6:11	fxf2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations	וִֽ⁠ישַׁלַּ֥ח אֶת־בְּנֵֽי־יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל מֵ⁠אַרְצֽ⁠וֹ	1	This is an indirect quote; in some languages you will have to make it a direct quote. Be careful to change the third-person pronouns to second-person pronouns if you do this. Alternate translation: “saying, ‘You must let the sons of Israel go from your land’” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
555	6:12	rsag		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks	הֵ֤ן בְּנֵֽי־יִשְׂרָאֵל֙ לֹֽא־שָׁמְע֣וּ אֵלַ֔⁠י וְ⁠אֵיךְ֙ יִשְׁמָעֵ֣⁠נִי פַרְעֹ֔ה וַ⁠אֲנִ֖י עֲרַ֥ל שְׂפָתָֽיִם	1	This is a direct quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
556	6:12	h7o0		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	לִ⁠פְנֵ֥י יְהוָ֖ה	1	Here, face figuratively represents the presence of a person. There may also be a hint of impudence in Moses’ attitude that is conveyed by saying he before the face of Yahweh Alternate translation: “in the presence of Yahweh” or “boldly to Yahweh” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
557	6:12	iiui			הֵ֤ן	1	Behold is a term meant to focus the attention of the listener on what the speaker is about to say. If there is not a good way to translate this term in your language, this term can be omitted from the translation, or you can use an alternate translation like “as you know.”
558	6:12	k7hl		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	הֵ֤ן בְּנֵֽי־יִשְׂרָאֵל֙ לֹֽא־שָׁמְע֣וּ אֵלַ֔⁠י וְ⁠אֵיךְ֙ יִשְׁמָעֵ֣⁠נִי פַרְעֹ֔ה	1	Moses asked this question hoping God would change His mind about using Moses. This rhetorical question can be translated as a statement. Alternate translation: “Since the Israelites did not listen to me, neither will Pharaoh!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
559	6:12	diul		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	הֵ֤ן בְּנֵֽי־יִשְׂרָאֵל֙ לֹֽא־שָׁמְע֣וּ אֵלַ֔⁠י וְ⁠אֵיךְ֙ יִשְׁמָעֵ֣⁠נִי פַרְעֹ֔ה	1	Moses is presenting a reasoned argument: since this, then probably that. Use a natural way of expressing such arguments in your language. Alternate translation: “Since the sons of Israel have not listened to me, why would you think Pharaoh would listen to me?” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
560	6:12	k3br		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	וַ⁠אֲנִ֖י עֲרַ֥ל שְׂפָתָֽיִם	1	This is a metaphor that means that Moses was not a good speaker. It is somewhat crude; your translation of this phrase could convey that Moses spoke impolitely. Alternate translation: “And I do not speak well” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
561	6:13	no6g			וַ⁠יְצַוֵּ⁠ם֙ אֶל־בְּנֵ֣י יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל וְ⁠אֶל־פַּרְעֹ֖ה	1	This phrase is somewhat difficult to translate. Here, command could also be translated as “charge” or “commission.” Another difficulty is knowing to whom the command is directed: is it to Moses and Aaron or are they to give the command to Pharaoh and the Israelites, thus to could be translated as “for” or “regarding” Alternate translations: “and he charged them regarding the sons of Israel and regarding Pharaoh” or “and he gave them a command for the sons of Israel and for Pharaoh” or “and he gave them a commission to the sons of Israel and to Pharaoh”
562	6:14	hh3z		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background	אֵ֖לֶּה	1	Verses 14-27 are background information. If your language marks background information with particular discourse features, use them here. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
563	6:14	h195		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	רָאשֵׁ֣י	1	Here, “heads” refers to the original ancestors of the clan. Alternate translation: “the ancestors of ” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
564	6:14	wv89		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	רְאוּבֵ֜ן & יִשְׂרָאֵ֗ל & חֲנ֤וֹךְ וּ⁠פַלּוּא֙ חֶצְר֣וֹן וְ⁠כַרְמִ֔י & רְאוּבֵֽן	1	These are the names of men. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
565	6:15	c1ni		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	שִׁמְע֗וֹן יְמוּאֵ֨ל וְ⁠יָמִ֤ין וְ⁠אֹ֨הַד֙ וְ⁠יָכִ֣ין וְ⁠צֹ֔חַר וְ⁠שָׁא֖וּל & שִׁמְעֽוֹן	1	These are the names of men. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
566	6:16	k64h		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	לֵוִי֙ & גֵּרְשׁ֕וֹן וּ⁠קְהָ֖ת וּ⁠מְרָרִ֑י & לֵוִ֔י	1	These are the names of men. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
567	6:16	m36f		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers	שֶׁ֧בַע וּ⁠שְׁלֹשִׁ֛ים וּ⁠מְאַ֖ת	1	“one hundred thirty-seven” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
568	6:17	alm8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	גֵרְשׁ֛וֹן לִבְנִ֥י וְ⁠שִׁמְעִ֖י	1	These are the names of men. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
569	6:18	gzm3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	קְהָ֔ת עַמְרָ֣ם וְ⁠יִצְהָ֔ר וְ⁠חֶבְר֖וֹן וְ⁠עֻזִּיאֵ֑ל & קְהָ֔ת	1	These are the names of men. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
570	6:18	qu41		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers	שָׁלֹ֧שׁ וּ⁠שְׁלֹשִׁ֛ים וּ⁠מְאַ֖ת	1	“one hundred thirty-three” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
571	6:19	p5sz		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	מְרָרִ֖י מַחְלִ֣י וּ⁠מוּשִׁ֑י	1	These are the names of men. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
572	6:20	ni1l		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	עַמְרָ֜ם & יוֹכֶ֤בֶד & אַהֲרֹ֖ן & מֹשֶׁ֑ה & עַמְרָ֔ם	1	These are the names of people. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
573	6:20	mh02		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-kinship	דֹּֽדָת⁠וֹ֙	1	This word specifically means father’s sister. Some languages will have a term that is specific in this way, and translators should use it. Alternate translation: see UST. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-kinship]])
574	6:20	ti6q		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers	שֶׁ֧בַע וּ⁠שְׁלֹשִׁ֛ים וּ⁠מְאַ֖ת	1	“one hundred thirty-seven years” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
575	6:21	f3yr		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	יִצְהָ֑ר קֹ֥רַח וָ⁠נֶ֖פֶג וְ⁠זִכְרִֽי׃	1	These are the names of men. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
576	6:22	n7cl		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	עֻזִּיאֵ֑ל מִֽישָׁאֵ֥ל וְ⁠אֶלְצָפָ֖ן וְ⁠סִתְרִֽי	1	These are the names of men. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
577	6:23	n1xh		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	אַהֲרֹ֜ן & אֱלִישֶׁ֧בַע & עַמִּינָדָ֛ב & נַחְשׁ֖וֹן & נָדָב֙ & אֲבִיה֔וּא & אֶלְעָזָ֖ר & אִֽיתָמָֽר	1	These are the names of people. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
578	6:24	soae		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	קֹ֔רַח אַסִּ֥יר וְ⁠אֶלְקָנָ֖ה וַ⁠אֲבִיאָסָ֑ף	1	These are the names of people. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
579	6:24	i6o7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	הַ⁠קָּרְחִֽי	1	This was the name of the clan of people descended from Korah. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
580	6:25	zvg2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	וְ⁠אֶלְעָזָ֨ר & אַהֲרֹ֜ן & פּֽוּטִיאֵל֙ & פִּֽינְחָ֑ס	1	These are the names of people. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
581	6:25	fck8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	רָאשֵׁ֛י	1	The word “heads” here represents family leaders. Alternate translation: “These were the leaders of the families” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
582	6:26	dqm8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks	⁠הֶ֔ם הוֹצִ֜יאוּ אֶת־בְּנֵ֧י יִשְׂרָאֵ֛ל מֵ⁠אֶ֥רֶץ מִצְרַ֖יִם עַל־צִבְאֹתָֽ⁠ם	1	This is a direct quotation of what Yahweh said earlier. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation of a previous remark. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
583	6:26	ft6y		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	עַל־צִבְאֹתָֽ⁠ם	1	The term hosts refers to a large group of people often organized into groups for war. Alternate translation: “by their groups” or “by their divisions” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
584	6:27	o7xp		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal	לְ⁠הוֹצִ֥יא	1	This expresses their goal when they spoke to Pharaoh. See UST. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
585	6:28	xssl		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent	וַ⁠יְהִ֗י בְּ⁠י֨וֹם	1	This marks a transition from the record of the genealogy back to the narrative. Consider placing a section break at the start of this verse. Alternate translation: “One day” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
586	6:29	ss2n		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks	לֵּ⁠אמֹ֖ר	1	Here, saying is used to mark the beginning of a direct quotation. It can be omitted if unnatural. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
587	6:29	vogm		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks	אֲנִ֣י יְהוָ֑ה דַּבֵּ֗ר אֶל־פַּרְעֹה֙ מֶ֣לֶךְ מִצְרַ֔יִם אֵ֛ת כָּל־אֲשֶׁ֥ר אֲנִ֖י דֹּבֵ֥ר אֵלֶֽי⁠ךָ	1	This is a direct quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
588	6:30	zyqs		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	לִ⁠פְנֵ֣י יְהוָ֑ה	1	Here, face figuratively represents the presence of a person. There may also be a hint of impudence in Moses’ attitude that is conveyed by saying he spoke before the face of Yahweh. See how you translated this in 6:12 Alternate translation: “in the presence of Yahweh” or “boldly to Yahweh” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
589	6:30	nf3w		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	הֵ֤ן אֲנִי֙ עֲרַ֣ל שְׂפָתַ֔יִם וְ⁠אֵ֕יךְ יִשְׁמַ֥ע אֵלַ֖⁠י פַּרְעֹֽה	1	Moses asks this question hoping to change God’s mind about sending him. This rhetorical question can be translated as a statement. Alternate translation: “Behold, I am not a good speaker. Pharaoh will certainly not listen to me!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
590	6:30	qvxf		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks	הֵ֤ן אֲנִי֙ עֲרַ֣ל שְׂפָתַ֔יִם וְ⁠אֵ֕יךְ יִשְׁמַ֥ע אֵלַ֖⁠י פַּרְעֹֽה	1	This is a direct quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
591	6:30	y4g2			הֵ֤ן	1	Behold is a term meant to focus the attention of the listener on what the speaker is about to say. If there is not a good way to translate this term in your language, this term can be omitted from the translation, or you can use an alternate translation like “as you know.”
592	6:30	a8l8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	אֲנִי֙ עֲרַ֣ל שְׂפָתַ֔יִם	1	This is a metaphor that means that Moses thought he was not a good speaker. It is somewhat crude, and your translation of this phrase could convey that Moses spoke impolitely. See how you translated this in 6:12 Alternate translation: “And I always fail to speak well” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
593	7:intro	r9we				0	Exodus 07 General Notes Special concepts in this chapter Miracles When Yahweh had Moses perform miracles, Pharaoh’s men were able to copy these miracles. It is unknown how they were able to do this, but since it was not from Yahweh, they were probably done under some evil power. (See: [[rc:///tw/dict/bible/kt/miracle]] and [[rc:///tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]]) Pharaoh’s hard heart Pharaoh’s heart is often described as hard, strong, or heavy in this chapter. This means that his heart was not open or willing to understand Yahweh’s instructions. “Let my people go” This is a very important statement. Moses is not asking Pharaoh to “let go” of the Hebrew people. Instead, he is demanding that Pharaoh free the Hebrew people. Possible translation difficulties in this chapter include: Moses as God to Pharaoh A number of difficult terms: prophet, signs, wonders, miracles, sorcerers, magicians, magic, judgements, canals, reservoirs The use of “heart” to refer to the seat of will and emotion Up to third-level quotations
594	7:1	dvak		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks	מֹשֶׁ֔ה	1	After this phrase, a direct quote begins which continues to the end of verse 5. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with an opening first-level quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the beginning of a quotation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
595	7:1	gy1t			רְאֵ֛ה	1	This is used to draw attention to surprising information that follows. Alternative translation: “Listen carefully”
596	7:1	dn1s		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	נְתַתִּ֥י⁠ךָ אֱלֹהִ֖ים לְ⁠פַרְעֹ֑ה	1	This means Moses would represent the same authority to Pharaoh as God did to Moses. See how you translated the very similar phrase in Exodus 4:16, see this note. Alternate translation: “I will cause Pharaoh to consider you as a god” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
597	7:1	z163		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	וְ⁠אַהֲרֹ֥ן אָחִ֖י⁠ךָ יִהְיֶ֥ה נְבִיאֶֽ⁠ךָ	1	This phrase compares Aaron to a prophet because he will be the one actually to proclaim to Pharaoh what Moses tells him. See how you translated a similar phrase in Exodus 4:16, see this note. Alternate translation: “and Aaron your brother will act like your prophet” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
598	7:2	l44v		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-kinship	אָחִ֨י⁠ךָ֙	1	Aaron is older than Moses. Some languages will use a different term for the sibling relationship based on gender and age order. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-kinship]])
599	7:2	hdwo		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations	וְ⁠שִׁלַּ֥ח אֶת־בְּנֵֽי־יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל מֵ⁠אַרְצֽ⁠וֹ	1	Some languages may need to make this a direct quote. If so, be sure to mark it as a second-level quotation, subordinate to Yahweh’s main speech. Alternative translation: “saying, ‘You must let the sons of Israel go from your land’” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
600	7:2	t04o			מֵ⁠אַרְצֽ⁠וֹ	1	“Egypt”
601	7:3	adsq		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	אַקְשֶׁ֖ה אֶת־לֵ֣ב פַּרְעֹ֑ה	1	This means God will make him stubborn. His stubborn attitude is spoken of as if his heart were hard. If the heart is not the body part your culture uses to refer to a person’s will, consider using whichever organ your culture would use for this image. See how you translated this in Exodus 4:21, but note the slightly different metaphor there: the heart being strong vs. hard. Alternate translation: “will cause Pharaoh to be stubborn” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
602	7:3	vtt1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet	אֶת־אֹתֹתַ֛⁠י וְ⁠אֶת־מוֹפְתַ֖⁠י	1	The words signs and wonders mean basically the same thing. God uses them to emphasize the greatness of what he will do in Egypt. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
603	7:4	ar0l		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual	אֲלֵ⁠כֶם֙	1	Here, you means Moses and Aaron. If your language uses different forms of “you” depending on the number of people addressed, use a dual form (if you have one) or plural form (if not) here. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual]])
604	7:4	e2kv		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	יָדִ֖⁠י	1	The words my hand represent God’s great power. Alternate translation: “my power” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
605	7:4	zr0r		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	בְּ⁠מִצְרָ֑יִם	1	On Egypt refers to the land and everything in it, including people, animals, and plants. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
606	7:4	nilu			אֶת־צִבְאֹתַ֜⁠י אֶת־עַמִּ֤⁠י בְנֵֽי־יִשְׂרָאֵל֙	1	These phrases refer to the Israelites in three different ways; they do not refer to three different groups of people. Armies is the same word used in Exodus 6:26. Alternate translation: “the armies of my Israelite people”
607	7:5	cg3n		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	וְ⁠יָדְע֤וּ מִצְרַ֨יִם֙ כִּֽי־אֲנִ֣י יְהוָ֔ה	1	This is the result of God rescuing the Israelites. In some languages the result will have to be placed after the cause, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
608	7:5	npd6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	בִּ⁠נְטֹתִ֥⁠י אֶת־יָדִ֖⁠י עַל	1	This phrase represents God’s great power. Alternate translation: “when I show my powerful acts against” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
609	7:5	dguc		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal	וְ⁠הוֹצֵאתִ֥י אֶת־בְּנֵֽי־יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל מִ⁠תּוֹכָֽ⁠ם	1	The goal of God’s powerful acts was to rescue the Israelites. Alternate translation: “so that I bring the sons of Israel out from their midst” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
610	7:5	h576		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks	מִ⁠תּוֹכָֽ⁠ם	1	At the end of this verse, the direct quote that began in verse 1 ends. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with a closing first-level quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the end of a quotation. Note that the UST is reordered. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
611	7:6	iii5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism	וַ⁠יַּ֥עַשׂ & עָשֽׂוּ	1	This repetition emphasizes the statement. Some languages can use repetition for emphasis; others will need to use another way of expressing emphasis. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
612	7:7	liir		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background	וּ⁠מֹשֶׁה֙ בֶּן־שְׁמֹנִ֣ים שָׁנָ֔ה וְ⁠אַֽהֲרֹ֔ן בֶּן־שָׁלֹ֥שׁ וּ⁠שְׁמֹנִ֖ים שָׁנָ֑ה בְּ⁠דַבְּרָ֖⁠ם אֶל־פַּרְעֹֽה	1	This verse contains background information. If your language marks background information with particular discourse features, use them here. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
613	7:7	g7i5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers	שְׁמֹנִ֣ים & שָׁלֹ֥שׁ וּ⁠שְׁמֹנִ֖ים	1	“eighty … eighty-three” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
614	7:7	nou3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	בֶּן־שְׁמֹנִ֣ים שָׁנָ֔ה & בֶּן־שָׁלֹ֥שׁ וּ⁠שְׁמֹנִ֖ים שָׁנָ֑ה	1	This is an idiom that refers to their age. See UST. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
615	7:8	pwph		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent	וַ⁠יֹּ֣אמֶר יְהוָ֔ה	1	This verse marks the beginning of new sections, both major and minor. The major story of the plagues and Exodus itself unfolds from here until after Pharaoh’s army is defeated at the Red Sea.  The next minor event is the miracle of the rods becoming snakes. Either by using particular forms that your language uses to mark transitions or by making a section break and heading, this transition should be marked for readers.  (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
616	7:8	p2kf			לֵ⁠אמֹֽר	1	Here, saying marks the beginning of a direct quote and is often omitted in translation when such a construction is unnatural in the target language. See UST.
617	7:9	b0jl		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks	כִּי֩ יְדַבֵּ֨ר אֲלֵ⁠כֶ֤ם פַּרְעֹה֙ לֵ⁠אמֹ֔ר תְּנ֥וּ לָ⁠כֶ֖ם מוֹפֵ֑ת וְ⁠אָמַרְתָּ֣ אֶֽל־אַהֲרֹ֗ן קַ֧ח אֶֽת־מַטְּ⁠ךָ֛ וְ⁠הַשְׁלֵ֥ךְ לִ⁠פְנֵֽי־פַרְעֹ֖ה יְהִ֥י לְ⁠תַנִּֽין	1	This is a direct quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
618	7:9	jt9z		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations	כִּי֩ יְדַבֵּ֨ר אֲלֵ⁠כֶ֤ם פַּרְעֹה֙ לֵ⁠אמֹ֔ר תְּנ֥וּ לָ⁠כֶ֖ם מוֹפֵ֑ת וְ⁠אָמַרְתָּ֣ אֶֽל־אַהֲרֹ֗ן קַ֧ח אֶֽת־מַטְּ⁠ךָ֛ וְ⁠הַשְׁלֵ֥ךְ לִ⁠פְנֵֽי־פַרְעֹ֖ה יְהִ֥י לְ⁠תַנִּֽין	1	The two quotations in this verse could be stated as indirect quotes. Alternate translation: “When Pharaoh tells you to do a miracle, then you will tell Aaron to take his staff and throw it down before Pharaoh so that it may become a snake” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
619	7:9	ye9j		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks	תְּנ֥וּ לָ⁠כֶ֖ם מוֹפֵ֑ת	1	This is a second-level direct quotation. If you did not decide to make it an indirect quotation, it may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with second-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation within a quotation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
620	7:9	r0tp		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks	קַ֧ח אֶֽת־מַטְּ⁠ךָ֛ וְ⁠הַשְׁלֵ֥ךְ לִ⁠פְנֵֽי־פַרְעֹ֖ה יְהִ֥י לְ⁠תַנִּֽין	1	This is a second-level direct quotation. The second level may end after Pharaoh. If you did not decide to make it an indirect quotation, it may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with second-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation within a quotation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
621	7:9	p3xh			לֵ⁠אמֹ֔ר	1	Here, saying marks the beginning of a direct quote and is often omitted in translation when such a construction is unnatural in the target language. See UST.
622	7:9	ms5o		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual	אֲלֵ⁠כֶ֤ם & לָ⁠כֶ֖ם	1	These are plural, referring to Moses and Aaron. If your language uses different forms of “you” depending on the number of people addressed, use a dual form (if you have one) or plural form (if not) here. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual]])
623	7:9	ghfg		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	תְּנ֥וּ לָ⁠כֶ֖ם מוֹפֵ֑ת	1	This is a second-level quotation. It should be marked in some manner that distinguishes it from the outer level. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
624	7:9	s5a9			קַ֧ח אֶֽת־מַטְּ⁠ךָ֛ וְ⁠הַשְׁלֵ֥ךְ לִ⁠פְנֵֽי־פַרְעֹ֖ה יְהִ֥י לְ⁠תַנִּֽין	1	This is a second-level quotation. It should be marked in some manner that distinguishes it from the outer level. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
625	7:9	ogk9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	לִ⁠פְנֵֽי־פַרְעֹ֖ה	1	Although before the face of still has the standard figurative meaning of “in the presence of,” it is a much more literal use here. Moses and Aaron are to actually do the miracles in front of Pharaoh so that Pharaoh can see them. Alternative translation: “so Pharaoh can see it” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
626	7:10	dq7r		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	לִ⁠פְנֵ֥י פַרְעֹ֛ה וְ⁠לִ⁠פְנֵ֥י עֲבָדָ֖י⁠ו	1	This time, while before the face of still has the standard figurative meaning of “in the presence of,” it is a much more literal use here. Aaron actually does this right in front of Pharaoh and his servants so they could watch what happens. Alternative translation: “where Pharaoh and his servants could see it” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
627	7:10	cdkq			עֲבָדָ֖י⁠ו	1	His servants probably refers to important advisors that would be in the king’s court, and does not refer common servants.
628	7:11	mqde			לַֽ⁠חֲכָמִ֖ים וְ⁠לַֽ⁠מְכַשְּׁפִ֑ים & חַרְטֻמֵּ֥י	1	Here, magicians probably describes both wise men and sorcerers rather than being a third group. See translationWords articles for each term.
629	7:12	u6np			וַ⁠יִּבְלַ֥ע	1	“ate up” or “devoured”
630	7:12	m0kw		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast	וַ⁠יִּבְלַ֥ע מַטֵּֽה־אַהֲרֹ֖ן אֶת־מַטֹּתָֽ⁠ם	1	This is a surprising and amusing twist which was not what the magicians expected. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
631	7:12	prnp		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification	מַטֵּֽה & מַטֹּתָֽ⁠ם	1	It may be necessary in some languages to translate the word staff as “snake” since it had turned into one. This may be true if it would not make sense in the target language to say that a staff swallowed or ate something (because it is not living). It may also be not make sense in some languages to speak of the snakes as staffs once transformed. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
632	7:13	g42f		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	וַ⁠יֶּחֱזַק֙ לֵ֣ב פַּרְעֹ֔ה	1	Pharaoh’s stubborn attitude is spoken of as if his heart were strong. If the heart is not the body part your culture uses to refer to a person’s will, consider using whichever organ your culture would use for this image. See how you translated this in Exodus 4:21, but note that this is a neutral statement (it does not say that anyone caused him to be stubborn, as many others in this part of the narrative do). Alternate translation: “Pharaoh was still defiant” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
633	7:13	tfve			כַּ⁠אֲשֶׁ֖ר דִּבֶּ֥ר יְהוָֽה	1	Because Yahweh’s prediction precedes this event, some languages may need to place the reference to that prediction before the statement that it was fulfilled. See UST.
634	7:14	d27r		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	כָּבֵ֖ד לֵ֣ב פַּרְעֹ֑ה	1	Yahweh speaks of Pharaoh’s stubborn attitude as if Pharaoh’s heart were heavy. If the heart is not the body part your culture uses to refer to a person’s will, consider using whichever organ your culture would use for this image. This is a neutral statement (it does not say that anyone caused him to be stubborn as many others in this part of the narrative do). See how you translated this in Exodus 7:13, but note the slightly different metaphor there: the heart being heavy vs strong. Alternate translation: “Pharaoh is defiant” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
635	7:14	qiyx		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent	וַ⁠יֹּ֤אמֶר	1	A new scene begins here, which may need to be marked in a certain way in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
636	7:14	t79b		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks	מֹשֶׁ֔ה	1	After this phrase, a direct quote begins which continues to the end of verse 18. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with an opening first-level quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the beginning of a quotation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
637	7:15	ecby			הִנֵּה֙	1	This is used to draw attention to information that follows.
638	7:15	c5np			יֹצֵ֣א הַ⁠מַּ֔יְמָ⁠ה	1	There are various theories as to what Pharaoh went down to the Nile to do, but there is no need to speculate or specify in the translation.
639	7:16	yqp7			וְ⁠אָמַרְתָּ֣ אֵלָ֗י⁠ו	1	“Say to Pharaoh”
640	7:16	i4yt		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks	יְהוָ֞ה	1	This begins a second-level quotation that continues until the end of verse 18. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with second-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation within a quotation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
641	7:16	uvxe		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession	אֱלֹהֵ֤י הָ⁠עִבְרִים֙	1	Yahweh claimed the Hebrews (Israelites) as his own. They worshiped him. This is a possessive of social relationship. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
642	7:16	d16q		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	שַׁלַּח֙ אֶת־עַמִּ֔⁠י וְ⁠יַֽעַבְדֻ֖⁠נִי בַּ⁠מִּדְבָּ֑ר וְ⁠הִנֵּ֥ה לֹא־שָׁמַ֖עְתָּ עַד־כֹּֽה	1	This is a third-level quotation. It should be marked in some manner that distinguishes it from the outer levels. Alternatively, you could translate it as an indirect quotation as in the UST. If you do this, take care to adjust the pronoun person (second/third) as appropriate. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
643	7:16	cwox			וְ⁠הִנֵּ֥ה	1	Behold is used to draw attention to the information that follows. In some languages, it will not be translated.
644	7:17	j1ev			כֹּ֚ה אָמַ֣ר יְהוָ֔ה	1	This is a standard formula used to introduce commands from Yahweh. See 4:intro for more information.
645	7:17	mywj		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	בְּ⁠זֹ֣את	1	This begins a third-level quotation that continues until the end of verse 18. It should be marked in some manner that distinguishes it from the outer levels. It is possible that the third-level quote actually ends before Behold, in which case, in the rest of the quote I refers to Moses, not Yahweh. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
646	7:17	jjm3			הִנֵּ֨ה	1	Behold is a term meant to focus the attention of the listener on what the speaker is about to say. Alternate translation: “Look at this”
647	7:18	bsjn		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	וּ⁠בָאַ֣שׁ הַ⁠יְאֹ֑ר	1	The river will stink will happen because the fish die. Alternate translation: “and because of that the river will stink” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
648	7:18	nx0q		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	וְ⁠נִלְא֣וּ מִצְרַ֔יִם לִ⁠שְׁתּ֥וֹת מַ֖יִם מִן־הַ⁠יְאֹֽר	1	In some languages you will need to put the reason before the result. Alternative translation: “In order to find water to drink from the river, the Egyptians will exhaust themselves.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
649	7:18	c50i		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns	וְ⁠נִלְא֣וּ מִצְרַ֔יִם	1	Here, themselves refers back to the subject (the Egyptians) to indicated that the Egyptians are the object of the verb as well. Different languages have different methods of marking this. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
650	7:18	grwh		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks	מִן־הַ⁠יְאֹֽר	1	After this phrase, the direct quote of Yahweh’s commands ends. Depending on your decisions about the embedded quotation levels, you may have up to three levels of quotations that need to be closed here. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with closing quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the end of a quotation and quotations within quotations. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
651	7:19	jima		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks	אֱמֹ֣ר אֶֽל־אַהֲרֹ֡ן קַ֣ח מַטְּ⁠ךָ֣ וּ⁠נְטֵֽה־יָדְ⁠ךָ֩ עַל־מֵימֵ֨י מִצְרַ֜יִם עַֽל־נַהֲרֹתָ֣⁠ם׀ עַל־יְאֹרֵי⁠הֶ֣ם וְ⁠עַל־אַגְמֵי⁠הֶ֗ם וְ⁠עַ֛ל כָּל־מִקְוֵ֥ה מֵימֵי⁠הֶ֖ם וְ⁠יִֽהְיוּ־דָ֑ם וְ⁠הָ֤יָה דָם֙ בְּ⁠כָל־אֶ֣רֶץ מִצְרַ֔יִם וּ⁠בָ⁠עֵצִ֖ים וּ⁠בָ⁠אֲבָנִֽים	1	This is a direct quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
652	7:19	no1q		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks	קַ֣ח מַטְּ⁠ךָ֣ וּ⁠נְטֵֽה־יָדְ⁠ךָ֩ עַל־מֵימֵ֨י מִצְרַ֜יִם עַֽל־נַהֲרֹתָ֣⁠ם׀ עַל־יְאֹרֵי⁠הֶ֣ם וְ⁠עַל־אַגְמֵי⁠הֶ֗ם וְ⁠עַ֛ל כָּל־מִקְוֵ֥ה מֵימֵי⁠הֶ֖ם וְ⁠יִֽהְיוּ־דָ֑ם	1	This is a second-level direct quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with second-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation within a quotation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
653	7:19	ysi7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism	עַֽל־נַהֲרֹתָ֣⁠ם׀ עַל־יְאֹרֵי⁠הֶ֣ם וְ⁠עַל־אַגְמֵי⁠הֶ֗ם וְ⁠עַ֛ל כָּל־מִקְוֵ֥ה מֵימֵי⁠הֶ֖ם	1	This list is meant to expand on and reinforce the idea of all of the water in Egypt. You should translate the list in such a way that the locations of the blood are not limited to these specific places, but to imply universality. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
654	7:19	wxp2			בְּ⁠כָל־אֶ֣רֶץ	1	“in every part of”
655	7:19	msxp		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession	וּ⁠בָ⁠עֵצִ֖ים וּ⁠בָ⁠אֲבָנִֽים	1	This possessive show composition. Alternate translation: “and in containers made from wood and in containers made from stone” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
656	7:20	zy18		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	בַּ⁠יְאֹ֔ר	1	The name of the river may be made explicit. Alternate translation: “in the Nile River” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
657	7:20	mj8v		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	לְ⁠עֵינֵ֣י פַרְעֹ֔ה וּ⁠לְ⁠עֵינֵ֖י עֲבָדָ֑י⁠ו	1	This means in their sight. Alternate translation: “in the sight of Pharaoh and his servants” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
658	7:22	gnjd		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	חַרְטֻמֵּ֥י	1	See how you translated this term in 7:11. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
659	7:22	qdc7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	וַ⁠יֶּחֱזַ֤ק לֵב־פַּרְעֹה֙	1	Pharaoh’s stubborn attitude is spoken of as if his heart were strong. If the heart is not the body part your culture uses to refer to a person’s will, consider using whichever organ your culture would use for this image. This is a neutral statement (it does not say that anyone caused him to be stubborn as many others in this part of the narrative do). See how you translated this in Exodus 7:13. Alternate translation: “Pharaoh was still defiant” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
660	7:22	sbic			כַּ⁠אֲשֶׁ֖ר דִּבֶּ֥ר יְהוָֽה	1	Because Yahweh’s prediction precedes this event, some languages may need to place the reference to that prediction before the statement that it was fulfilled. See UST and how you handled this in 7:13 where the same sentence appears.
661	7:23	atdk		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	וְ⁠לֹא־שָׁ֥ת לִבּ֖⁠וֹ גַּם־לָ⁠זֹֽאת	1	This is an idiom meaning Pharaoh did not think about the meaning of the miracle he had just seen. Alternate translation: “And he did not consider what even this meant” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
662	7:24	m6zn		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole	כָל־מִצְרַ֛יִם	1	The word all here is a generalization that means “many.” At the least, the upper class would have sent their slaves to dig for them. Alternate translation: “Many of the Egyptians” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
663	7:25	n3t8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent	וַ⁠יִּמָּלֵ֖א	1	A new scene begins here, which may need to be marked in a certain way in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
664	7:25	fma1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	וַ⁠יִּמָּלֵ֖א שִׁבְעַ֣ת יָמִ֑ים	1	This is an idiom meaning seven days later. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
665	7:25	haut		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers	שִׁבְעַ֣ת	1	“7” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
666	8:intro	ww1y				0	Exodus 08 General Notes Possible translation difficulties in this chapter the exact insects in plagues 3-4 are not certain, translation teams will need to decide what insects they can use for each Pharaoh makes his own heart heavy, that is, he determines to be proud and resist Yahweh twice in this chapter the Israelites’ sacrifices are spoken of as an abomination to the Egyptians but it is not specified how or why that is Lifting up the hand and staff: In the next few chapters God will instruct Moses and/or Aaron to raise his hand and/or staff. The narrative will then record that whoever will raise his hand and/or staff. The instruction and the action do not always match exactly. God may say raise your hand and the narrative may say Moses raised his staff. These are not conflicting reports. Translators should understand that the hand and the staff are always understood together. They are one unit and they can both be mentioned or they can be mentioned separately. In each case, Moses or Aaron raises his hand with the staff in it. This fact is merely expressed differently. Special concepts in this chapter Pharaoh’s hard heart Pharaoh’s heart is often described as hard in this chapter. This means that his heart was not open or willing to understand Yahweh’s instructions. When his heart was hardened, it became less and less receptive to Yahweh. Let my people go This is a very important statement. Moses does not ask Pharaoh for permission to “let go” of the Hebrew people. Instead, he is demanding that Pharaoh free the Hebrew people.
667	8:1	tf7b		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations	בֹּ֖א	1	This begins a direct quote that continues until the end of verse 4. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
668	8:1	v6ll			כֹּ֚ה אָמַ֣ר יְהוָ֔ה	1	This is a standard formula used to introduce commands from Yahweh. See 4:intro for more information.
669	8:1	lndc		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	כֹּ֚ה	1	This begins a second-level quote that continues until the end of verse 4. It should be marked in some manner that distinguishes it from the outer level. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
670	8:1	kure		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	שַׁלַּ֥ח	1	This begins a third-level quote that continues until the end of verse 4. It should be marked in some manner that distinguishes it from the outer levels. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
671	8:2	s7y1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	לְ⁠שַׁלֵּ֑חַ	1	What Pharaoh is to let go is not specified, but “my people” or “the Israelites” are the understood object. Alternate translation: “to let the Israelites go” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
672	8:2	aei8			הִנֵּ֣ה	1	Behold is an interjection meant to focus the attention of the listener on what comes next, in this case a dire warning. Alternate translation: “look out”
673	8:3	fzo6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism	בְּ⁠בֵיתֶ֔⁠ךָ וּ⁠בַ⁠חֲדַ֥ר מִשְׁכָּבְ⁠ךָ֖ וְ⁠עַל־מִטָּתֶ֑⁠ךָ וּ⁠בְ⁠בֵ֤ית עֲבָדֶ֨י⁠ךָ֙ וּ⁠בְ⁠עַמֶּ֔⁠ךָ וּ⁠בְ⁠תַנּוּרֶ֖י⁠ךָ וּ⁠בְ⁠מִשְׁאֲרוֹתֶֽי⁠ךָ	1	This long list means “everywhere in Egypt.” It is presented in this way for rhetorical effect, that is, to convince Pharaoh of how bad this plague will be so he will obey. You should translate the list in such a way that the frogs’ location is not limited to these specific places. The list should imply universality. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
674	8:4	okok		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks		1	Up to three levels of quotes end at the end of this verse. Depending on how many levels you chose to mark as direct quotations, you should indicate them ending here with closing second-level (and third-level) quotation mark(s) or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the end of quotations and quotations within a quotation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
675	8:5	wll3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks	אֱמֹ֣ר אֶֽל־אַהֲרֹ֗ן נְטֵ֤ה אֶת־יָדְ⁠ךָ֙ בְּ⁠מַטֶּ֔⁠ךָ עַל־הַ֨⁠נְּהָרֹ֔ת עַל־הַ⁠יְאֹרִ֖ים וְ⁠עַל־הָ⁠אֲגַמִּ֑ים וְ⁠הַ֥עַל אֶת־הַֽ⁠צְפַרְדְּעִ֖ים עַל־אֶ֥רֶץ מִצְרָֽיִם	1	This is a direct quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with first-level opening and closing quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
676	8:5	ley6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations	וַ⁠יֹּ֣אמֶר יְהוָה֮ אֶל־מֹשֶׁה֒ אֱמֹ֣ר אֶֽל־אַהֲרֹ֗ן	1	It may be helpful to translate this first quotation indirectly to avoid having two levels of quotations in this verse. Alternate translation: “And Yahweh told Moses to say to Aaron” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
677	8:5	fmyy		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks	נְטֵ֤ה אֶת־יָדְ⁠ךָ֙ בְּ⁠מַטֶּ֔⁠ךָ עַל־הַ֨⁠נְּהָרֹ֔ת עַל־הַ⁠יְאֹרִ֖ים וְ⁠עַל־הָ⁠אֲגַמִּ֑ים וְ⁠הַ֥עַל אֶת־הַֽ⁠צְפַרְדְּעִ֖ים עַל־אֶ֥רֶץ מִצְרָֽיִם	1	This is a second-level direct quotation (if you chose to make Say to Aaron a direct quotation). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with second-level opening and closing quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation inside a quotation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
678	8:5	aqzz			יָדְ⁠ךָ֙ בְּ⁠מַטֶּ֔⁠ךָ	1	See note in the introduction to chapter 8 regarding the hand and staff.
679	8:5	z19q		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism	עַל־הַ֨⁠נְּהָרֹ֔ת עַל־הַ⁠יְאֹרִ֖ים וְ⁠עַל־הָ⁠אֲגַמִּ֑ים	1	This list is meant to convey the idea of all the water in Egypt where frogs might live. You should translate the list in such a way that the locations are not limited to these specific places. The list should imply universality. This is made clear in 8:6.(See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
680	8:6	wf3a		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	וַ⁠יֵּ֤ט אַהֲרֹן֙	1	It is implied that Moses told Yahweh’s instructions to Aaron. You may choose to make this explicit as in the UST. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
681	8:6	ct7n		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	יָד֔⁠וֹ	1	It is implied that Aaron was holding his staff as instructed. You may choose to make this explicit. See note in the introduction to chapter 8 regarding the hand and staff. Alternate translation: “his hand holding his staff” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
682	8:6	j1w7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche	וַ⁠יֵּ֤ט אַהֲרֹן֙ אֶת־יָד֔⁠וֹ עַ֖ל מֵימֵ֣י	1	Aaron would not have been able to reach his hand over all the water in Egypt. He likely stretched his hand over some nearby portion of the Nile symbolizing all the water of Egypt. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
683	8:6	drmg		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	וַ⁠תַּ֨עַל֙	1	Verse 3 has specified from where the frogs will come. Here it is implied, but you may make it explicit as in the UST. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
684	8:6	rxze		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-collectivenouns	הַ⁠צְּפַרְדֵּ֔עַ	1	There were so many frogs that the text uses the collective singular. If that does not make sense in your language, you may simply use the plural as in the UST. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-collectivenouns]])
685	8:6	j83d		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	וַ⁠תַּ֨עַל֙ הַ⁠צְּפַרְדֵּ֔עַ וַ⁠תְּכַ֖ס אֶת־אֶ֥רֶץ מִצְרָֽיִם	1	This means that there were frogs everywhere in Egypt. The image is like that of a blanket smothering the entire country. (Or more directly, like one giant, nation-sized frog sitting on top of the entire land). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
686	8:7	fyzg		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	הַֽ⁠חֲרְטֻמִּ֖ים בְּ⁠לָטֵי⁠הֶ֑ם	1	See how you translated these in 7:11. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
687	8:8	mhn3			וַ⁠יִּקְרָ֨א פַרְעֹ֜ה לְ⁠מֹשֶׁ֣ה וּֽ⁠לְ⁠אַהֲרֹ֗ן	1	“Then Pharaoh sent for Moses and Aaron” or “And the king summoned Moses and Aaron”
688	8:8	nfe3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	וַ⁠יִּקְרָ֨א פַרְעֹ֜ה לְ⁠מֹשֶׁ֣ה וּֽ⁠לְ⁠אַהֲרֹ֗ן וַ⁠יֹּ֨אמֶר֙	1	It is implied that Moses and Aaron came between being called and Pharaoh speaking to them. You may need to make that explicit. Alternate translation: “And Pharaoh called for Moses and for Aaron, and after they came he said” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
689	8:8	pc7e		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks	הַעְתִּ֣ירוּ אֶל־יְהוָ֔ה וְ⁠יָסֵר֙ הַֽ⁠צְפַרְדְּעִ֔ים מִמֶּ֖⁠נִּי וּ⁠מֵֽ⁠עַמִּ֑⁠י וַ⁠אֲשַׁלְּחָה֙ אֶת־הָ⁠עָ֔ם וְ⁠יִזְבְּח֖וּ לַ⁠יהוָֽה	1	This is a direct quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
690	8:8	tx3t		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations	וְ⁠יָסֵר֙ הַֽ⁠צְפַרְדְּעִ֔ים מִמֶּ֖⁠נִּי וּ⁠מֵֽ⁠עַמִּ֑⁠י	1	In some languages you may have to make the content of Pharaoh’s prayer to Yahweh a direct quote. Note that this will make it a second-level quotation and you will need to mark it with second-level quotation markings if your language uses them. Alternate translation: “ ‘Please take away the frogs from me and from my people’ ” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
691	8:8	qku4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical	וַ⁠אֲשַׁלְּחָה֙ אֶת־הָ⁠עָ֔ם וְ⁠יִזְבְּח֖וּ לַ⁠יהוָֽה	1	This promise is conditional on the frogs going away. Alternate translation: “Once the frogs are gone, I will let the people go, and they may sacrifice to Yahweh” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical]])
692	8:9	bm7x		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks	הִתְפָּאֵ֣ר עָלַ⁠י֒ לְ⁠מָתַ֣י׀ אַעְתִּ֣יר לְ⁠ךָ֗ וְ⁠לַ⁠עֲבָדֶ֨י⁠ךָ֙ וּֽ⁠לְ⁠עַמְּ⁠ךָ֔ לְ⁠הַכְרִית֙ הַֽ⁠צֲפַרְדְּעִ֔ים מִמְּ⁠ךָ֖ וּ⁠מִ⁠בָּתֶּ֑י⁠ךָ רַ֥ק בַּ⁠יְאֹ֖ר תִּשָּׁאַֽרְנָה	1	This is a direct quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
693	8:9	khfd		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-irony	הִתְפָּאֵ֣ר עָלַ⁠י֒	1	Moses speaks with false humility here. He is ironically pointing out Pharaoh’s powerlessness before Yahweh. Alternate translation: “You can choose” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])
694	8:9	g0lu		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism	לְ⁠ךָ֗ וְ⁠לַ⁠עֲבָדֶ֨י⁠ךָ֙ וּֽ⁠לְ⁠עַמְּ⁠ךָ֔ & מִמְּ⁠ךָ֖ וּ⁠מִ⁠בָּתֶּ֑י⁠ךָ	1	These lists mean “for everyone” and “from everywhere” (in Egypt). This makes clear that Moses will ask for a complete end of the plague. You should translate the list in such a way that it does not convey limitation to these specifics, but is understood to imply universality. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
695	8:10	g5e7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks	לְ⁠מָחָ֑ר	1	This is a direct quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
696	8:10	tvjo		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks	כִּ⁠דְבָ֣רְ⁠ךָ֔	1	A direct quote begins here which continues to the end of the next verse. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with an opening first-level quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the beginning of a quotation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
697	8:10	ofw3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal	לְמַ֣עַן תֵּדַ֔ע כִּי־אֵ֖ין כַּ⁠יהוָ֥ה אֱלֹהֵֽי⁠נוּ	1	This knowledge is the goal of Yahweh’s granting a respite from the frogs. In some languages you may need to place this at the end of verse 11 after Moses says the frogs will leave. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
698	8:10	h120		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive	אֱלֹהֵֽי⁠נוּ	1	Here, our refers to the Israelites’ God, excluding Pharaoh and the Egyptians. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
699	8:11	zwqo		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism	מִמְּ⁠ךָ֙ וּ⁠מִ⁠בָּ֣תֶּ֔י⁠ךָ וּ⁠מֵ⁠עֲבָדֶ֖י⁠ךָ וּ⁠מֵ⁠עַמֶּ֑⁠ךָ	1	This list means “from everywhere and everyone” (in Egypt). This shows that the end of the plague will be as complete as its extent. You should translate the list in such a way that it does not convey limitation to these specifics, but is understood to imply universality. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
700	8:11	ttyr		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks	רַ֥ק בַּ⁠יְאֹ֖ר תִּשָּׁאַֽרְנָה	1	After this phrase, the direct quote of Moses that started in the previous verse ends. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with a closing first-level quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the end of a quotation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
701	8:12	jjv2			שָׂ֥ם	1	“Yahweh had set”
702	8:12	nxyi		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent	וַ⁠יֵּצֵ֥א מֹשֶׁ֛ה וְ⁠אַהֲרֹ֖ן	1	A minor scene shift occurs here and may need to be marked in a certain way in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
703	8:13	h0ei		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism	מִן־הַ⁠בָּתִּ֥ים מִן־הַ⁠חֲצֵרֹ֖ת וּ⁠מִן־הַ⁠שָּׂדֹֽת	1	This list means “from everywhere” (in Egypt). This makes clear that there was a complete end of the plague. You should translate the list in such a way that it does not convey limitation to these specifics, but is understood to imply universality. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
704	8:14	a03n			חֳמָרִ֣ם חֳמָרִ֑ם	1	Literally, “piles piles.” Repetition is used in Hebrew to emphasize how many or how big they were.
705	8:15	lv2n		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	וְ⁠הַכְבֵּד֙ אֶת־לִבּ֔⁠וֹ	1	Pharaoh’s stubborn attitude is spoken of as if he made his own heart heavy. If the heart is not the body part your culture uses to refer to a person’s will, consider using whichever organ your culture would use for this image. See how you translated this in Exodus 7:14, but note, there, that the state of Pharaoh’s heart is reported, whereas here, Pharaoh makes his own heart heavy. Alternate translation: “and Pharaoh determined to be defiant” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
706	8:15	b47h			כַּ⁠אֲשֶׁ֖ר דִּבֶּ֥ר יְהוָֽה	1	“just as Yahweh had said Pharaoh would do”
707	8:16	stgc		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent	וַ⁠יֹּ֣אמֶר יְהוָה֮	1	A new scene begins here, which may need to be marked in a certain way in your language. This is the start of the third plague sequence. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
708	8:16	s5gh		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations	אֱמֹר֙ אֶֽל־אַהֲרֹ֔ן נְטֵ֣ה אֶֽת־מַטְּ⁠ךָ֔ וְ⁠הַ֖ךְ אֶת־עֲפַ֣ר הָ⁠אָ֑רֶץ וְ⁠הָיָ֥ה לְ⁠כִנִּ֖ם בְּ⁠כָל־אֶ֥רֶץ מִצְרָֽיִם	1	This is a direct quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. However, it may be helpful to translate one of the parts as an indirect quotation so that you do not have to have two levels of quotations here. Alternate translation: see UST or “[And Yahweh told Moses] to tell Aaron” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
709	8:16	xh9e		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks	נְטֵ֣ה אֶֽת־מַטְּ⁠ךָ֔ וְ⁠הַ֖ךְ אֶת־עֲפַ֣ר הָ⁠אָ֑רֶץ וְ⁠הָיָ֥ה לְ⁠כִנִּ֖ם בְּ⁠כָל־אֶ֥רֶץ מִצְרָֽיִם	1	This is a second-level direct quotation (unless you translated one portion as an indirect quotation). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with second-level (or first-level) quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation (within a quotation). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
710	8:16	joxz			נְטֵ֣ה אֶֽת־מַטְּ⁠ךָ֔ וְ⁠הַ֖ךְ	1	This is one action or motion but it is described with the two verbs that occur throughout this section of plague judgement.
711	8:16	dkyj			מַטְּ⁠ךָ֔	1	This is Aaron’s staff. See note in the introduction to chapter 8 regarding the hand and staff.
712	8:16	w5el		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	לְ⁠כִנִּ֖ם	1	We do not know exactly what this word means. It is probably a tiny (as in dust-particle size) biting insect. You should choose a different insect here than in the next plague (8:21-8:31). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
713	8:17	hzno			וַ⁠יֵּט֩ אַהֲרֹ֨ן אֶת־יָד֤⁠וֹ בְ⁠מַטֵּ֨⁠הוּ֙ וַ⁠יַּךְ֙ אֶת־עֲפַ֣ר הָ⁠אָ֔רֶץ	1	Again, this is one action or motion but it is described with the two verbs that occur throughout this section of plague judgement. See how you translated it in the previous verse.
714	8:17	l784			יָד֤⁠וֹ בְ⁠מַטֵּ֨⁠הוּ֙	1	See note in the introduction to chapter 8 regarding the hand and staff.
715	8:17	nhgt		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	הַ⁠כִּנָּ֔ם & כִנִּ֖ים	1	Again, we do not know this term for certain, so see how you translated it in 8:16. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
716	8:17	grg5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole	כָּל־עֲפַ֥ר הָ⁠אָ֛רֶץ & בְּ⁠כָל־אֶ֥רֶץ מִצְרָֽיִם	1	This extraordinary statement is used to emphasize the extent and severity of the plague. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
717	8:18	niqc		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	הַ⁠חַרְטֻמִּ֧ים בְּ⁠לָטֵי⁠הֶ֛ם	1	See how you translated these in 7:11. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
718	8:18	ii85		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	הַ⁠כִּנִּ֖ים & הַ⁠כִּנָּ֔ם	1	See how you translated this term in 8:16. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
719	8:19	t2be		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	הַֽ⁠חַרְטֻמִּים֙	1	See how you translated this term in 7:11. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
720	8:19	lk2k		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche	אֶצְבַּ֥ע אֱלֹהִ֖ים הִ֑וא	1	The words “finger of God” represent the power of God. Alternate translation: “This is the powerful work of God” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
721	8:19	z1w2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	וַ⁠יֶּחֱזַ֤ק לֵב־פַּרְעֹה֙	1	Pharaoh’s stubborn attitude is spoken of as if his heart was strong. If the heart is not the body part your culture uses to refer to a person’s will, consider using whichever organ your culture would use for this image. See how you translated this in Exodus 7:13. This is a neutral statement (it does not say that anyone caused him to be stubborn as many others in this part of the narrative do). Alternate translation: “Pharaoh was still defiant” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
722	8:19	rp3i		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants	אֲלֵ⁠הֶ֔ם	1	It is possible that them refers to the magicians here. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
723	8:19	gjgg			כַּ⁠אֲשֶׁ֖ר דִּבֶּ֥ר יְהוָֽה	1	Some languages will need to place this before the thing that Yahweh predicted, as in the UST.
724	8:20	j5n8			וְ⁠הִתְיַצֵּב֙ לִ⁠פְנֵ֣י פַרְעֹ֔ה	1	“and present yourself to Pharaoh”
725	8:20	frfn		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent	וַ⁠יֹּ֨אמֶר יְהוָ֜ה	1	A new scene begins here, which may need to be marked in a certain way in your language. This is the beginning of the fourth plague sequence. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
726	8:20	syv2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	לִ⁠פְנֵ֣י פַרְעֹ֔ה	1	Here, face figuratively means the presence of a person. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
727	8:20	tg25			הִנֵּ֖ה	1	This is used to draw attention to important information that is next. In some languages and translation styles it will make the most sense to omit this, as in the UST. Alternate translation: “Listen carefully”
728	8:20	uypa		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations	כֹּ֚ה אָמַ֣ר יְהוָ֔ה	1	This phrase opens a direct quote which continues until the end of verse 23. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with an opening first-level quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the beginning of a quotation. However, you may also consider making the opening portion an indirect quote so that you do not have a quote inside of a quote for the next verses. Alternate translation: “that Yahweh says” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
729	8:20	eqd2			כֹּ֚ה אָמַ֣ר יְהוָ֔ה	1	This is a standard formula used to introduce commands from Yahweh. See 4:intro for more information.
730	8:20	a7l7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks	שַׁלַּ֥ח	1	This phrase opens a second-level direct quote which continues until the end of verse 23, unless you made thus says Yahweh an indirect quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with second-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation within a quotation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
731	8:20	fgl3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal	וְ⁠יַֽעַבְדֻֽ⁠נִי	1	This is the purpose of the people being let go. Alternate translation: “so they can serve me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
732	8:21	hitq			הִנְ⁠נִי֩	1	This is used to draw attention to important information that is next. Alternate translation: “Listen carefully”
733	8:21	hwcl		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-collectivenouns	הֶ⁠עָרֹ֑ב & הֶ֣⁠עָרֹ֔ב	1	This is a collective singular noun that refers to a great number of swarming, biting insects. Alternate translation: “swarms of flies” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-collectivenouns]])
734	8:21	tg9v		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	הֶ⁠עָרֹ֑ב & הֶ֣⁠עָרֹ֔ב	1	These are probably the large common flies that bother humans and livestock. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
735	8:21	foli		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism	בְּ⁠ךָ֜ וּ⁠בַ⁠עֲבָדֶ֧י⁠ךָ וּֽ⁠בְ⁠עַמְּ⁠ךָ֛ וּ⁠בְ⁠בָתֶּ֖י⁠ךָ & בָּתֵּ֤י מִצְרַ֨יִם֙ & וְ⁠גַ֥ם הָ⁠אֲדָמָ֖ה	1	This long list means, “everywhere in Egypt.” It is presented in this way for rhetorical effect, that is, to convince Pharaoh of how bad this plague will be so he will obey. You should translate the list in such a way that the flies’ location is not limited to these specific places, but is understood to imply universality. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]]
736	8:22	mv8w		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	לְ⁠בִלְתִּ֥י הֱיֽוֹת־שָׁ֖ם עָרֹ֑ב	1	This is the result of Yahweh treating the land of Goshen differently. Alternate translation: “by keeping the swarm from there” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
737	8:22	apum		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-collectivenouns	עָרֹ֑ב	1	This is a collective singular noun that refers to a great number of swarming, biting insects. See how you translated this in 8:21. Alternate translation: “swarms of flies” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-collectivenouns]])
738	8:22	h5hp		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	עָרֹ֑ב	1	These are probably the large common flies that bother humans and livestock. See how you translated this in 8:21 (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
739	8:22	refq		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal	לְמַ֣עַן תֵּדַ֔ע כִּ֛י אֲנִ֥י יְהוָ֖ה בְּ⁠קֶ֥רֶב הָ⁠אָֽרֶץ	1	This is the goal of treating the Israelites differently. In some languages you may need to put this phrase the beginning of the verse. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
740	8:22	a28h			אֲנִ֥י יְהוָ֖ה בְּ⁠קֶ֥רֶב הָ⁠אָֽרֶץ	1	Here, am could be connecting I and Yahweh or it could be connecting I, Yahweh and in the middle of the land. Alternate translation: “I, Yahweh, am in the middle of the land”
741	8:23	hfsp		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	פְדֻ֔ת	1	This is a noun derived from a verb meaning “to buy back.” Very broadly it can mean “to save or rescue.” See the next note regarding textual variants for more information. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
742	8:23	tf4j		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants	פְדֻ֔ת	1	Many translations follow the Septuagint here, which uses the word “division.” A minor change to the Hebrew would also produce the word translated “treat differently” in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “a division” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
743	8:23	u4gs			עַמִּ֖⁠י	1	Yahweh’s people, that is, the Israelites. Alternate translation: “the Israelites”
744	8:23	rg2c			עַמֶּ֑⁠ךָ	1	Pharaoh’s people, that is, the Egyptians. Alternate translation: “the Egyptians”
745	8:23	nc85		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks	לְ⁠מָחָ֥ר יִהְיֶ֖ה הָ⁠אֹ֥ת הַ⁠זֶּֽה׃	1	After this phrase, the three levels of direct quotations of Yahweh that started in 8:20 ends. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with closing first-level, second-level, and third-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the end of quotations. You may not have three levels if you made any level an indirect quote. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
746	8:24	gw3c		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	וַ⁠יַּ֤עַשׂ יְהוָה֙ כֵּ֔ן	1	The UST supplies a brief sentence filling in the gap between Yahweh’s command to Moses and the onset of the plague. Some languages will need something like that to make the progression of events clear. Alternate translation: “Moses obeyed the instructions Yahweh gave him and Pharaoh responded as Yahweh had said he would. And Yahweh did so” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
747	8:24	lk5s		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent	וַ⁠יַּ֤עַשׂ יְהוָה֙ כֵּ֔ן	1	There is a minor scene change here, which may need to be marked in a certain way in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
748	8:24	ut0f		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	עָרֹ֣ב	1	There are probably the large common flies that bother humans and livestock. See how you translated this in 8:21 (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
749	8:24	dg0k		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-go	וַ⁠יָּבֹא֙	1	Some languages may need to translate this as going rather than coming. Alternate translation: “and … went” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go]])
750	8:24	n7aq		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism	בֵּ֥יתָ⁠ה פַרְעֹ֖ה וּ⁠בֵ֣ית עֲבָדָ֑י⁠ו	1	This means “to everyone everywhere” (in Egypt) as made explicit in the next statement. This makes clear that the insects were throughout the land. You should translate this in such a way that it does not convey limitation to these specifics, but is understood to imply universality. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
751	8:24	nd6e		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	תִּשָּׁחֵ֥ת הָ⁠אָ֖רֶץ מִ⁠פְּנֵ֥י הֶ⁠עָרֹֽב	1	This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: “The swarms of flies devastated the land” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
752	8:24	ngue		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	מִ⁠פְּנֵ֥י הֶ⁠עָרֹֽב	1	Here, face figuratively represents the presence of the insects. Alternate translation: “because the insects were everywhere” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
753	8:25	e7l0		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-simultaneous	וַ⁠יִּקְרָ֣א	1	This happened during the plague. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-simultaneous]])
754	8:25	ciy5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks	לְכ֛וּ זִבְח֥וּ לֵֽ⁠אלֹהֵי⁠כֶ֖ם בָּ⁠אָֽרֶץ	1	This is a direct quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
755	8:25	gj2w		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual	לֵֽ⁠אלֹהֵי⁠כֶ֖ם	1	Here, your is plural. it could refer either to Moses and Aaron or to the Israelites. If your language uses different forms of “you” depending on the number of people addressed, use a dual form (if you have one) if your team decides it means Moses and Aaron, otherwise use a plural form. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual]])
756	8:26	tvnj		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks	וַ⁠יֹּ֣אמֶר מֹשֶׁ֗ה	1	After this phrase a direct quote begins that continues until the end of 8:27. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with an opening first-level quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the beginning of a quotation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
757	8:26	nx8p			תּוֹעֲבַ֣ת מִצְרַ֔יִם & תּוֹעֲבַ֥ת מִצְרַ֛יִם	1	We do not know what about their sacrificing was an abomination to the Egyptians. The same term is used in Genesis 43:32 and 46:34 to describe the Egyptians’ feelings about eating with Hebrews and about the Hebrew profession of shepherding, respectively. Translators should attempt to convey the strong negative feelings that would be provoked in the Egyptians without speculating as to the cause.
758	8:26	d3cl		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive	נִזְבַּ֖ח & אֱלֹהֵ֑י⁠נוּ & נִזְבַּ֞ח & יִסְקְלֻֽ⁠נוּ	1	Here, we, our, and us should all be translated as exclusive (if your language makes that distinction). Pharaoh and the Egyptians are not included. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
759	8:26	i7dy		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	וְ⁠לֹ֥א יִסְקְלֻֽ⁠נוּ	1	Moses asks this question to show Pharaoh that the Egyptians would not allow the Israelites to worship Yahweh by making a sacrifice repugnant to them. Alternate translation: “they will certainly stone us!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
760	8:26	gy7d		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	לְ⁠עֵינֵי⁠הֶ֖ם	1	This is a figurative way of saying “where they can see.” Alternate translation: “in their sight” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
761	8:27	ju3u		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive	נֵלֵ֖ךְ & וְ⁠זָבַ֨חְנוּ֙ & אֱלֹהֵ֔י⁠נוּ & אֵלֵֽי⁠נוּ	1	Here, we, our, and us should all be translated as exclusive (if your language makes that distinction). Pharaoh and his people are not included. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
762	8:27	clc3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks	אֵלֵֽי⁠נוּ	1	After this phrase, the direct quote of Moses’ argument to Pharaoh ends. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with a closing first-level quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the end of a quotation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
763	8:28	p3pd		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks	אָנֹכִ֞י אֲשַׁלַּ֤ח אֶתְ⁠כֶם֙ וּ⁠זְבַחְתֶּ֞ם לַ⁠יהוָ֤ה אֱלֹֽהֵי⁠כֶם֙ בַּ⁠מִּדְבָּ֔ר רַ֛ק הַרְחֵ֥ק לֹא־תַרְחִ֖יקוּ לָ⁠לֶ֑כֶת הַעְתִּ֖ירוּ בַּעֲדִֽ⁠י	1	This is a direct quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
764	8:28	qxes		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual	אֶתְ⁠כֶם֙ & אֱלֹֽהֵי⁠כֶם֙ & תַרְחִ֖יקוּ	1	If your language uses different forms of “you” depending on the number of people addressed, use a plural form here. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual]])
765	8:28	mla2			אֶתְ⁠כֶם֙	1	“the Israelites”
766	8:28	hnud		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	הַרְחֵ֥ק & תַרְחִ֖יקוּ	1	In Hebrew, far is repeated to emphasize (with not) that they are absolutely not to go too far. If your language does not use repeating words like this, express the emphasis in another way. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
767	8:29	kgkx		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks	הִנֵּ֨ה אָנֹכִ֜י יוֹצֵ֤א מֵֽ⁠עִמָּ⁠ךְ֙ וְ⁠הַעְתַּרְתִּ֣י אֶל־יְהוָ֔ה וְ⁠סָ֣ר הֶ⁠עָרֹ֗ב מִ⁠פַּרְעֹ֛ה מֵ⁠עֲבָדָ֥י⁠ו וּ⁠מֵ⁠עַמּ֖⁠וֹ מָחָ֑ר רַ֗ק אַל־יֹסֵ֤ף פַּרְעֹה֙ הָתֵ֔ל לְ⁠בִלְתִּי֙ שַׁלַּ֣ח אֶת־הָ⁠עָ֔ם לִ⁠זְבֹּ֖חַ לַֽ⁠יהוָֽה	1	This is a direct quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
768	8:29	chwq			הִנֵּ֨ה	1	This is a term meant to focus the attention of the listener on what the speaker is about to say. If there is not a good way to translate this term in your language, this term can be omitted from the translation. Alternate translation: “Know this”
769	8:29	jirm		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	הֶ⁠עָרֹ֗ב	1	These are probably the large common flies that bother humans and livestock. See how you translated this in 8:21 (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
770	8:29	yvcl		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person	מִ⁠פַּרְעֹ֛ה & פַּרְעֹה֙	1	Moses may be using the third person to refer to Pharaoh to show respect because the king appears to be relenting. If use of the third person is not a way of showing respect in your culture or is not a valid way of addressing an individual at all you may need to change the form. Alternate translation: “from you... you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
771	8:29	la3z		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism	מִ⁠פַּרְעֹ֛ה מֵ⁠עֲבָדָ֥י⁠ו וּ⁠מֵ⁠עַמּ֖⁠וֹ	1	This list means “from everywhere and everyone” (in Egypt). This shows that the end of the plague will be as complete as its extent. You should translate the list in such a way that it does not convey limitation to these specifics, but is understood to imply universality. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
772	8:29	bf85		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives	אַל־יֹסֵ֤ף פַּרְעֹה֙ הָתֵ֔ל לְ⁠בִלְתִּי֙ שַׁלַּ֣ח אֶת־הָ⁠עָ֔ם	1	This can be stated in positive form. Alternate translation: “you must begin to deal truthfully with us and let our people go” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
773	8:29	hh4q			רַ֗ק אַל־יֹסֵ֤ף פַּרְעֹה֙ הָתֵ֔ל	1	“But you must not deceive us” or “But you must not lie to us”
774	8:30	d9le		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent	וַ⁠יֵּצֵ֥א מֹשֶׁ֖ה	1	There is a minor scene shift here, which may need to be marked in a certain way in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
775	8:31	rj50		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	הֶ⁠עָרֹ֔ב	1	These are probably the large common flies that bother humans and livestock. See how you translated this in 8:21 (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
776	8:31	tifs		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism	מִ⁠פַּרְעֹ֖ה מֵ⁠עֲבָדָ֣י⁠ו וּ⁠מֵ⁠עַמּ֑⁠וֹ	1	This list means “from everyone and everywhere” (in Egypt). This makes clear that there was a complete end of the plague. You should translate the list in such a way that it does not convey limitation to these specifics, but is understood to imply universality. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
777	8:31	mb4r		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole	לֹ֥א נִשְׁאַ֖ר אֶחָֽד	1	This extreme statement emphasizes how thoroughly Yahweh removed the insects from the land. Alternate translation: “There was not a single one of these insects left in the whole land” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
778	8:32	sb5l		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	וַ⁠יַּכְבֵּ֤ד פַּרְעֹה֙ אֶת־לִבּ֔⁠וֹ	1	Pharaoh’s stubborn attitude is spoken of as if he made his own heart heavy. If the heart is not the body part your culture uses to refer to a person’s will, consider using whichever organ your culture would use for this image. See how you translated this in 8:15. Alternate translation: “Pharaoh determined to be defiant” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
779	9:intro	hqw8				0	Exodus 09 General Notes Special concepts in this chapter Pharaoh’s hard heart Pharaoh’s heart is often described as hard in this chapter. This means that his heart was not open or willing to understand Yahweh’s instructions. When his heart was hardened, it became less and less receptive to Yahweh. Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter Let my people go This is a very important statement. Moses does not ask Pharaoh for permission to “let go” of the Hebrew people. Instead, he is demanding that Pharaoh free the Hebrew people.
780	9:1	se3f		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent	וַ⁠יֹּ֤אמֶר יְהוָה֙	1	A new scene begins here, which may need to be marked in a certain way in your language. This is the beginning of the fifth plague sequence. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
781	9:1	c8fo		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks	אֶל־מֹשֶׁ֔ה	1	After this phrase a direct quote begins which continues to the end of 9:4 and contains two more levels of quotes. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with an opening first-level quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the beginning of a quotation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
782	9:1	zhcz		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks	אֵלָ֗י⁠ו	1	After this phrase a second-level direct quote begins which continues to the end of 9:4 and contains one more level of quotes. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with an opening second-level quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the beginning of a quotation within a quotation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
783	9:1	fo4o		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	וְ⁠דִבַּרְתָּ֣ אֵלָ֗י⁠ו כֹּֽה־אָמַ֤ר יְהוָה֙ אֱלֹהֵ֣י הָֽ⁠עִבְרִ֔ים	1	You may want to translate the quote beginning with Thus as an indirect quotation in order to reduce the levels of quotations in this passage. Alternative translation: “and say to him that Yahweh, the God of the Hebrews says” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
784	9:1	w0lg			כֹּֽה־אָמַ֤ר יְהוָה֙	1	This is a standard formula used to introduce commands from Yahweh. See 4:intro for more information.
785	9:1	x4bd			עַמִּ֖⁠י	1	“the Israelites”
786	9:2	l7ld		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism	כִּ֛י אִם־מָאֵ֥ן אַתָּ֖ה לְ⁠שַׁלֵּ֑חַ וְ⁠עוֹדְ⁠ךָ֖ מַחֲזִ֥יק בָּֽ⁠ם	1	These two phrases mean basically the same thing. Alternate translation: “if you continue refusing to let them go” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
787	9:3	fltr			הִנֵּ֨ה	1	This is used to draw attention to surprising information that follows. Alternate translation: “look out”
788	9:3	ume2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	יַד־יְהוָ֜ה הוֹיָ֗ה בְּ⁠מִקְנְ⁠ךָ֙	1	Here, hand represents Yahweh’s power to afflict their animals with disease. Alternate translation: “then the power of Yahweh will afflict your livestock” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
789	9:3	cjt9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person	יַד־יְהוָ֜ה	1	This is part of the reported speech that Yahweh wants Moses to say to Pharaoh. Therefore you could change the third person the hand of Yahweh to first person if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “my hand” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
790	9:3	tn3z		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual	בְּ⁠מִקְנְ⁠ךָ֙	1	While the word your here is not plural, the next verse shows that it refers to all the people of Egypt who owned cattle. If your language uses different forms of “you” depending on the number of people addressed, you may want to use a plural form here. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual]])
791	9:3	v8ur		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism	בַּ⁠סּוּסִ֤ים בַּֽ⁠חֲמֹרִים֙ בַּ⁠גְּמַלִּ֔ים בַּ⁠בָּקָ֖ר וּ⁠בַ⁠צֹּ֑אן	1	This long list is meant to reinforce the universal effects of the coming plague. It is presented in this way for rhetorical effect, that is, to convince Pharaoh of how bad this plague will be so he will obey. You should translate the list in such a way that it is not limiting, but is understood to imply universality. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]]
792	9:3	tkqc		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-collectivenouns	בַּ⁠בָּקָ֖ר & וּ⁠בַ⁠צֹּ֑אן	1	These singular nouns (cattle and flock) refer to groups of animals. Alternate translation: “on your bulls and cows and on your sheep and goats” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-collectivenouns]])
793	9:3	cud8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	כָּבֵ֥ד	1	Here, the plague is spoken of as if it weighed a lot. This means it would be very bad. Alternate translation: “severe” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
794	9:4	x12r		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person	יְהוָ֔ה	1	This is part of the reported speech that Yahweh wants Moses to say to Pharaoh. Therefore you could change the third person Yahweh to first person if it would be clearer in your language. You should do the same as you did in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “I” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
795	9:4	c9ob		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession	מִקְנֵ֣ה יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל & מִקְנֵ֣ה מִצְרָ֑יִם	1	This means the livestock owned by the two groups. Alternate translation: “the livestock that the Israelites own … the livestock that the Egyptians own” or “the livestock belonging to the Israelites... the livestock belonging to the Egyptians” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
796	9:4	lp3t		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל	1	Here, Israel refers to the Israelites. Alternate translation: “the Israelite people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
797	9:4	u60c		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-collectivenouns	יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל	1	This is a collective singular noun. If your language would not refer to a group of people in this way you may need to translate it as plural. Alternate translation: “the Israelite people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-collectivenouns]])
798	9:4	fs25		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	מִקְנֵ֣ה מִצְרָ֑יִם	1	Here, Egypt refers to the Egyptians. Alternate translation: “the Egyptian people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
799	9:4	t310			דָּבָֽר	1	“animal”
800	9:4	xk5d			מִ⁠כָּל־לִ⁠בְנֵ֥י יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל	1	“which belongs to any of the sons of Israel”
801	9:4	cbsz		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks	וְ⁠לֹ֥א יָמ֛וּת מִ⁠כָּל־לִ⁠בְנֵ֥י יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל דָּבָֽר	1	After this phrase, the three levels of direct quotes of Yahweh ends. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with closing quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the end of levels of quotations. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
802	9:5	vqz2			וַ⁠יָּ֥שֶׂם יְהוָ֖ה מוֹעֵ֣ד	1	“And Yahweh made an appointed time”
803	9:5	sjof			לֵ⁠אמֹ֑ר	1	This marks the beginning of a direct quotation. It can be omitted in translation if your language does not use a similar form. However, in this sentence it is the only speech verb so you may need to translate it similar to the UST.
804	9:5	dh4h		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks	מָחָ֗ר יַעֲשֶׂ֧ה יְהוָ֛ה הַ⁠דָּבָ֥ר הַ⁠זֶּ֖ה בָּ⁠אָֽרֶץ	1	This is a direct quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
805	9:5	pxb1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person	יְהוָ֛ה	1	Yahweh is speaking here. Therefore you could change the third person Yahweh to first person if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “I, Yahweh,” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
806	9:6	aztr		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	וַ⁠יַּ֨עַשׂ יְהוָ֜ה	1	It is implied that Moses went and spoke to Pharaoh as directed. You may need to may that explicit in your translation in some languages. Alternate translation: “Moses did as Yahweh had commanded. And Yahweh did” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
807	9:6	cx5i		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole	כֹּ֖ל מִקְנֵ֣ה	1	This is exaggerated to emphasize the seriousness of the event. There were still some animals alive that were afflicted by later plagues. However, it may be best to translate this with the word “all.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
808	9:6	iccg			מִקְנֵ֣ה מִצְרָ֑יִם & וּ⁠מִ⁠מִּקְנֵ֥ה בְנֵֽי־יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל	1	This means the livestock owned by the two groups. Alternate translation: “the livestock that the Egyptians own … But from the livestock that the Israelites own” or “the livestock belonging to the Egyptians... But form the livestock belonging to the Israelites” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
809	9:6	gy7t		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	מִצְרָ֑יִם	1	Here, Egypt refers to the Egyptians. Alternate translation: “the Egyptian peoples’” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
810	9:6	gewa		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	בְנֵֽי־יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל	1	Here, sons figuratively means descendants. The phrase speaks of all of the Israelites as descendants of the patriarch Jacob, who was also known as Israel. Alternate translation: “the Israelite peoples’” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
811	9:6	i0bl		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes	וּ⁠מִ⁠מִּקְנֵ֥ה בְנֵֽי־יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל לֹא־מֵ֥ת אֶחָֽד	1	This emphatic negative statement could be stated positively. Alternate translation: “But every single one of the Israelites’ livestock lived” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
812	9:7	md84			וְ⁠הִנֵּ֗ה	1	Behold is used to draw attention to surprising information that follows. Alternate translation: “and listen”
813	9:7	rtny		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes	לֹא־מֵ֛ת מִ⁠מִּקְנֵ֥ה יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל עַד־אֶחָ֑ד	1	This emphatic negative statement could be stated positively. Alternate translation: “every single one of the Israelites’ livestock was alive” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
814	9:7	kkuc		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל	1	Here, Israel refers to the Israelites. Alternate translation: “of the Israelites” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
815	9:7	sfor		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-collectivenouns	יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל	1	Israel is a collective singular noun. If your language would not refer to a group of people in this way you may need to translate it as plural. Alternate translation: “the Israelites” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-collectivenouns]])
816	9:7	j51j		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	וַ⁠יִּכְבַּד֙ לֵ֣ב פַּרְעֹ֔ה	1	Pharaoh’s stubborn attitude is spoken of as if his heart was heavy. If the heart is not the body part your culture uses to refer to a person’s will, consider using whichever organ your culture would use for this image. This is a neutral statement (it does not say that anyone caused him to be stubborn as many others in this part of the narrative do). See how you translated this in Exodus 7:14. Alternate translation: “But Pharaoh was defiant” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
817	9:8	brm6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent	וַ⁠יֹּ֣אמֶר יְהוָה֮	1	A new scene begins here, which may need to be marked in a certain way in your language. This is the start of the sixth plague scene.(See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
818	9:8	ik2i		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks	אֶל־מֹשֶׁ֣ה וְ⁠אֶֽל־אַהֲרֹן֒	1	After this phrase a direct quote begins. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with an opening first-level quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the beginning of a quotation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
819	9:8	luhg		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual	לָ⁠כֶם֙ & חָפְנֵי⁠כֶ֔ם	1	You and your refer to both Moses and Aaron. If your language uses different forms of “you” depending on the number of people addressed, use dual form (if you have one) or plural forms (if not) here. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual]])
820	9:8	f1op			קְח֤וּ לָ⁠כֶם֙ מְלֹ֣א חָפְנֵי⁠כֶ֔ם	1	“Each of you fill both your hands with”
821	9:8	u5wn			פִּ֖יחַ כִּבְשָׁ֑ן	1	“ash from a furnace” or “ash produced by a furnace”
822	9:8	gk7f		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-collectivenouns	פִּ֖יחַ	1	Here, ash is singular. For some languages you may need to make it plural as in the UST. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-collectivenouns]])
823	9:8	gu1v			הַ⁠שָּׁמַ֖יְמָ⁠ה	1	“toward the sky”
824	9:8	p795		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	לְ⁠עֵינֵ֥י פַרְעֹֽה	1	This means in his sight. Alternate translation: “in the sight of Pharaoh” or “so Pharaoh sees it” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
825	9:9	d2v3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	לִ⁠שְׁחִ֥ין פֹּרֵ֛חַ אֲבַעְבֻּעֹ֖ת	1	This is a disease where the skin is red and hot, the skin breaks, and blood and puss comes out. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
826	9:9	jlh0		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations	הָ⁠אָדָ֜ם	1	This includes women and children. Alternate translation: “people” or “mankind” or “humans” See UST. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
827	9:9	eyc7			הַ⁠בְּהֵמָ֗ה	1	“wild and domestic animals” or “wild animals and livestock”
828	9:10	wdcn		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-collectivenouns	פִּ֣יחַ	1	Here, ash is singular. For some languages you may need to make it plural as in the UST. See how you translated this in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-collectivenouns]])
829	9:10	dp3l			פִּ֣יחַ הַ⁠כִּבְשָׁ֗ן	1	“ash from a furnace” or “ash produced by a furnace” See how you translated this in the previous verse.
830	9:10	ufpn		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	וַ⁠יַּֽעַמְדוּ֙ לִ⁠פְנֵ֣י פַרְעֹ֔ה	1	Here, before the face of means in Pharaoh’s presence. Alternate translation: “and stood in Pharaoh’s presence” See how you translated a similar statement in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
831	9:10	xmbw			הַ⁠שָּׁמָ֑יְמָ⁠ה	1	“toward the sky” See how you translated this in the previous verse.
832	9:10	jhzb		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	שְׁחִין֙ אֲבַעְבֻּעֹ֔ת פֹּרֵ֕חַ	1	This is a disease where the skin is red and hot, the skin breaks, and blood and puss comes out. See how you translated this in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
833	9:10	sq2q		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations	בָּ⁠אָדָ֖ם	1	This includes women and children. See how you translated this in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
834	9:10	iftm			וּ⁠בַ⁠בְּהֵמָֽה	1	“wild and domestic animals” or “wild animals and livestock” See how you translated this in the previous verse.
835	9:11	jrc3			הַֽ⁠חַרְטֻמִּ֗ים & בַּֽ⁠חֲרְטֻמִּ֖ם	1	See how you translated this in 7:11.
836	9:11	dxsx		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	לַ⁠עֲמֹ֛ד לִ⁠פְנֵ֥י מֹשֶׁ֖ה	1	Here, before the face of means in Moses’ presence. Alternate translation: “to stand in Moses’ presence” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
837	9:11	k9uu		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	מִ⁠פְּנֵ֣י הַ⁠שְּׁחִ֑ין	1	Here, the face of means the existence of or perhaps pain from the boils. Alternate translation: “because of the boils” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
838	9:11	lpmq		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	הַ⁠שְּׁחִ֑ין & הַ⁠שְּׁחִ֔ין	1	This is a disease where the skin is red and hot, the skin breaks, and blood and puss comes out. See how you translated this in 9:9. However, this time only the single word for the disease is used, without the description that is in the previous two verses. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
839	9:12	p5m5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	וַ⁠יְחַזֵּ֤ק יְהוָה֙ אֶת־לֵ֣ב פַּרְעֹ֔ה	1	This means God made him stubborn. His stubborn attitude is spoken of as if his heart was strong. If the heart is not the body part your culture uses to refer to a person’s will, consider using whichever organ your culture would use for this image. See how you translated this in 4:21. Alternate translation: “But Yahweh caused Pharaoh to be stubborn” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
840	9:13	ifs8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent	וַ⁠יֹּ֤אמֶר יְהוָה֙ אֶל־מֹשֶׁ֔ה	1	A new scene begins here, which may need to be marked in a certain way in your language. This is the beginning of the seventh plague sequence. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
841	9:13	zsvl		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks	וַ⁠יֹּ֤אמֶר יְהוָה֙ אֶל־מֹשֶׁ֔ה	1	After this phrase a direct quote begins which continues until the end of 9:19. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with an opening first-level quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the beginning of a quotation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
842	9:13	zmrt		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	וְ⁠הִתְיַצֵּ֖ב לִ⁠פְנֵ֣י פַרְעֹ֑ה	1	Here, before the face of means in Pharaoh’s presence. Alternate translation: “and stand in Pharaoh’s presence” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
843	9:13	f6cj		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations	וְ⁠אָמַרְתָּ֣ אֵלָ֗י⁠ו כֹּֽה־אָמַ֤ר יְהוָה֙ אֱלֹהֵ֣י הָֽ⁠עִבְרִ֔ים	1	After and say to him, a second-level quote begins which continues until the end of 9:19. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with an opening second-level quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the beginning of a quotation within a quotation. However, it may be useful to translate this short quote frame as an indirect quotation as the UST does. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
844	9:13	nha6			כֹּֽה־אָמַ֤ר יְהוָה֙	1	This is a standard formula used to introduce commands from Yahweh. See 4:intro for more information.
845	9:13	ly7d		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks	שַׁלַּ֥ח	1	Let is the first word of a third-level direct quote which continues until the end of 9:19. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with an opening third-level quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the beginning of a third-level quotation. If you chose to make the second level an indirect quote, this may only be a second-level quotation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
846	9:14	z68b		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	כִּ֣י	1	Here, For means something like “I am warning you that unless you do this.” Alternate translation: “Otherwise” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
847	9:14	n6wq		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche	אֲנִ֨י שֹׁלֵ֜חַ אֶת־כָּל־מַגֵּפֹתַ⁠י֙ אֶֽל־לִבְּ⁠ךָ֔	1	Here, to your heart is a synecdoche that means that even Pharaoh will be hurt by the plagues. Alternate translation: “I am about to send all my plagues against you personally” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
848	9:15	nm72		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-contrary	כִּ֤י עַתָּה֙ שָׁלַ֣חְתִּי אֶת־יָדִ֔⁠י וָ⁠אַ֥ךְ אוֹתְ⁠ךָ֛ וְ⁠אֶֽת־עַמְּ⁠ךָ֖ בַּ⁠דָּ֑בֶר וַ⁠תִּכָּחֵ֖ד מִן־הָ⁠אָֽרֶץ	1	This verse presents two things that God could have done, but has not. This is to set up the reason in the next verse. Be sure that it is clear in your translation that these are hypothetical past events and connect it to the goal in the next verse. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-contrary]])
849	9:15	a3l8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	שָׁלַ֣חְתִּי אֶת־יָדִ֔⁠י וָ⁠אַ֥ךְ אוֹתְ⁠ךָ֛	1	Here, my hand refers to God’s power. Alternate translation: “I could have used my power to attack you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
850	9:15	hgfx		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	וָ⁠אַ֥ךְ אוֹתְ⁠ךָ֛ וְ⁠אֶֽת־עַמְּ⁠ךָ֖ בַּ⁠דָּ֑בֶר	1	Here, a plague is spoken about as if it were something that could be used to hit someone. Alternate translation: “and cause you and your people to suffer from a plague” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
851	9:16	smjz		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal	וְ⁠אוּלָ֗ם בַּ⁠עֲב֥וּר זֹאת֙ הֶעֱמַדְתִּ֔י⁠ךָ בַּ⁠עֲב֖וּר הַרְאֹתְ⁠ךָ֣ אֶת־כֹּחִ֑⁠י וּ⁠לְמַ֛עַן סַפֵּ֥ר שְׁמִ֖⁠י בְּ⁠כָל־הָ⁠אָֽרֶץ׃	1	The statements from to show to the end of the verse are the goals of Yahweh’s not yet destroying Egypt and Pharaoh. You will need to translate, However, for this reason I let you stand: in order in a way that connects with the previous verse in an action-goal manner. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
852	9:16	nec7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	וּ⁠לְמַ֛עַן סַפֵּ֥ר שְׁמִ֖⁠י בְּ⁠כָל־הָ⁠אָֽרֶץ	1	Here, my name represents Yahweh’s reputation. Alternate translation: “and so that people everywhere will know who I am” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
853	9:17	h3ed		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	עוֹדְ⁠ךָ֖ מִסְתּוֹלֵ֣ל בְּ⁠עַמִּ֑⁠י	1	Pharaoh’s opposition to letting the Israelites go to worship Yahweh is spoken of as if he was raising himself up as a barrier to them. Alternate translation: “You still block my people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
854	9:17	sdav		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns	מִסְתּוֹלֵ֣ל	1	Here, Pharaoh fills two different roles in the sentence. Different languages have different methods of marking this. Translate this in a way that it is clear that Pharaoh is making himself either proud or the obstacle in the Israelites’ way to freedom. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
855	9:17	r1wv			מִסְתּוֹלֵ֣ל	1	Here, you is Pharaoh.
856	9:17	zfhb			בְּ⁠עַמִּ֑⁠י	1	Here, my people are the Israelites.
857	9:18	fnd2			הִנְ⁠נִ֤י	1	“Pay attention to the important thing I am about to tell you”
858	9:18	s16v			כָּ⁠עֵ֣ת & אֲשֶׁ֨ר לֹא־הָיָ֤ה כָמֹ֨⁠הוּ֙	1	“at this time. There has never been anything like this”
859	9:19	fh0u		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	שְׁלַ֤ח הָעֵז֙ אֶֽת־מִקְנְ⁠ךָ֔ וְ⁠אֵ֛ת כָּל־אֲשֶׁ֥ר לְ⁠ךָ֖ בַּ⁠שָּׂדֶ֑ה	1	The form of address here is singular, Moses is speaking directly to Pharaoh. However, the next two verses make it clear that Pharaoh’s servants heard and understood this warning to be for them as well. In this sense Pharaoh represents the Egyptians. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
860	9:19	eo52			וְ⁠יָרַ֧ד עֲלֵ⁠הֶ֛ם הַ⁠בָּרָ֖ד	1	“because the hail will come down on”
861	9:19	d329		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations	כָּל־הָ⁠אָדָ֨ם	1	Here, man means humans and includes men, women, and children. Alternate translation: “everyone” or “anyone” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
862	9:19	itlv			וְ⁠הַ⁠בְּהֵמָ֜ה	1	This includes domestic and wild animals.
863	9:19	f80e		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	וָ⁠מֵֽתוּ	1	The people and animals will die because they are hurt fatally by the hail. You may need to make this explicit. Alternate translation: “and the hail will kill them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
864	9:19	fz5d		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks	וָ⁠מֵֽתוּ	1	Up to three levels of direct quotation (depending on your earlier decision about converting a level to an indirect quotation) end at the end of this verse. You should indicate that ending here with closing first-level, second-level, and third-level (if required) quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the end of quotations within quotations. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
865	9:20	dp8j		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	הַ⁠יָּרֵא֙	1	As in some other occasions, Moses’ conversation with Pharaoh is not recorded. You may need to make the fact that he did as Yahweh instructed explicit. See UST. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
866	9:20	p3nz			הַ⁠יָּרֵא֙ אֶת־דְּבַ֣ר יְהוָ֔ה מֵֽ⁠עַבְדֵ֖י פַּרְעֹ֑ה	1	“Those of Pharaoh’s servants who feared Yahweh’s warning”
867	9:21	ggcx			וַ⁠אֲשֶׁ֥ר לֹא־שָׂ֛ם לִבּ֖⁠וֹ	1	Here, set his heart means to believe or think something is true. If the heart is not the body part your culture uses to refer to a person’s will, consider using whichever organ your culture would use for this image. Alternate translation: “but whoever did not think (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
868	9:22	vtfl		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent	וַ⁠יֹּ֨אמֶר יְהוָ֜ה	1	A minor scene shift occurs here and may need to be marked in a certain way in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
869	9:22	zwvk			יָֽדְ⁠ךָ֙	1	See note in the introduction to chapter 8 regarding the hand and staff.
870	9:22	h9cr		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations	הָ⁠אָדָ֣ם	1	This includes women and children. See UST. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
871	9:22	r0g4			הַ⁠בְּהֵמָ֗ה	1	This includes domestic and wild animals.
872	9:23	s538			מַטֵּ⁠הוּ֮	1	See note in the introduction to chapter 8 regarding the hand and staff.
873	9:25	vnpj		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism	מֵ⁠אָדָ֖ם וְ⁠עַד־בְּהֵמָ֑ה	1	This is a figure of speech used to emphasize the extant and severity of the hail. Alternate translation: “every living thing” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
874	9:25	ft0o		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations	מֵ⁠אָדָ֖ם	1	This includes women and children. Alternate translation: “from people” or “from mankind” or “from humans” See UST. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
875	9:25	apbl			בְּהֵמָ֑ה	1	This includes domestic and wild animals.
876	9:27	fu9c		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent	וַ⁠יִּשְׁלַ֣ח פַּרְעֹ֗ה	1	A minor scene shift occurs here and may need to be marked in a certain way in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
877	9:27	sh1x			חָטָ֣אתִי	1	Some commentators suggest translating this term more literally, that is “to miss the mark,” because Pharaoh is probably not admitting a moral failure. He is admitting that he misjudged.
878	9:27	joxy			הַ⁠צַּדִּ֔יק & הָ⁠רְשָׁעִֽים	1	Many commentators suggest that Pharaoh is using these terms in a narrow, legal sense and only referring to this instance. That is, he is saying something like “I’ve lost this round in court.” See UST.
879	9:27	gp2i			וְ⁠עַמִּ֖⁠י	1	This refers to the Egyptians.
880	9:28	r0cs		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes	וְ⁠לֹ֥א תֹסִפ֖וּ⁠ן לַ⁠עֲמֹֽד	1	This negative statement strengthens the force of Pharaoh’s statement that he will let the people go. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
881	9:29	ajz3			וַ⁠יֹּ֤אמֶר אֵלָי⁠ו֙ מֹשֶׁ֔ה	1	“And Moses said to Pharaoh”
882	9:29	b787		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction	אֶפְרֹ֥שׂ אֶת־כַּפַּ֖⁠י אֶל־יְהוָ֑ה	1	This symbolic gesture accompanies prayer. Alternate translation: “I will pray to Yahweh” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
883	9:30	tn94		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-contrary	וְ⁠אַתָּ֖ה וַ⁠עֲבָדֶ֑י⁠ךָ	1	This phrase is shifted to the front of the sentence to mark focus on Pharaoh and his servants because, despite Yahweh demonstrating his power, they are not yet afraid of him. If your language has a form or discourse feature that draws contrastive focus to participants, use it here. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-contrary]])
884	9:30	srx4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	מִ⁠פְּנֵ֖י יְהוָ֥ה	1	Here, face means presence or power. Alternate translation: “of Yahweh” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
885	9:31	p1v8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	וְ⁠הַ⁠פִּשְׁתָּ֥ה & וְ⁠הַ⁠פִּשְׁתָּ֖ה	1	Flax is a plant that produces fibers that can be made into linen cloth. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
886	9:31	lzar		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	אָבִ֔יב	1	This means the seeds at the top of the stalk were developing but still green. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
887	9:31	nxjc			גִּבְעֹֽל	1	“was flowering”
888	9:32	jmq3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	וְ⁠הַ⁠כֻּסֶּ֖מֶת	1	This is a kind of wheat. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
889	9:33	fa2j		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction	וַ⁠יִּפְרֹ֥שׂ כַּפָּ֖י⁠ו אֶל־יְהוָ֑ה	1	This symbolic gesture accompanies prayer. See how you translated a similar phrase in Exodus 9:29. Alternate translation: “lifted up his hands toward Yahweh and prayed” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
890	9:34	ke5k		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	וַ⁠יַּכְבֵּ֥ד לִבּ֖⁠וֹ	1	Pharaoh’s stubborn attitude is spoken of as if he made his own heart heavy. This time his servants do the same. If the heart is not the body part your culture uses to refer to a person’s will, consider using whichever organ your culture would use for this image. See how you translated this in 8:15. Alternate translation: “Pharaoh determined to be defiant” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
891	9:34	nz0e			וַ⁠יֹּ֣סֶף לַ⁠חֲטֹ֑א	1	This statement is from the author’s perspective. Therefore, unlike in 9:27, sin should be translated with the word your language uses for “sin.”
892	9:34	ooed			וַ⁠יַּכְבֵּ֥ד לִבּ֖⁠וֹ ה֥וּא וַ⁠עֲבָדָֽי⁠ו	1	“and he caused his heart to be heavy. His servants did also” or “and he caused his heart to be heavy. His servants did the same”
893	9:35	yxt8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	וַֽ⁠יֶּחֱזַק֙ לֵ֣ב פַּרְעֹ֔ה	1	Pharaoh’s stubborn attitude is spoken of as if his heart was strong. If the heart is not the body part your culture uses to refer to a person’s will, consider using whichever organ your culture would use for this image. See how you translated this in Exodus 7:13. This is a neutral statement (it does not say that anyone caused him to be stubborn as many others in this part of the narrative do). Alternate translation: “Pharaoh was still defiant” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
894	9:35	gcbh		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	כַּ⁠אֲשֶׁ֛ר דִּבֶּ֥ר יְהוָ֖ה בְּ⁠יַד־מֹשֶֽׁה	1	This is similar to 9:12. In this case, what Yahweh said is figuratively spoken of as if it was something that could be held in someone’s hand. This means that Moses delivered a message from Yahweh that Pharaoh would be stubborn. It is not clear if this message was given to the Israelites or if this refers to Moses’ statement to Pharaoh in 9:30. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
895	10:intro	s5g1				0	Exodus 10 General Notes Special concepts in this chapter Pharaoh’s hard heart Pharaoh’s heart is often described as hard in this chapter. This means that his heart was not open or willing to understand Yahweh’s instructions. When his heart was hardened, it became less and less receptive to Yahweh. Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter Let my people go This is a very important statement. Moses does not ask Pharaoh for permission to “let go” of the Hebrew people. Instead, he is demanding that Pharaoh free the Hebrew people.
896	10:1	w4pw		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	כִּֽי־אֲנִ֞י הִכְבַּ֤דְתִּי אֶת־לִבּ⁠וֹ֙ וְ⁠אֶת־לֵ֣ב עֲבָדָ֔י⁠ו	1	This means God made Pharaoh and his servants stubborn. Their stubborn attitude is spoken of as if their hearts were heavy. If the heart is not the body part your culture uses to refer to a person’s will, consider using whichever organ your culture would use for this image. See how you translated this in 4:21, but note that the metaphor is slightly different here. Alternate translation: “for I have caused Pharaoh and his servants to be stubborn” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
897	10:2	zg4c			הִתְעַלַּ֨לְתִּי֙ בְּ⁠מִצְרַ֔יִם	1	“I mocked Egypt”
898	10:3	t614			וַ⁠יֹּאמְר֣וּ אֵלָ֗י⁠ו	1	After this phrase a direct quote begins which continues until near the end of 10:6. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with an opening first-level quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the beginning of a quotation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
899	10:3	db3a			וַ⁠יֹּאמְר֣וּ אֵלָ֗י⁠ו כֹּֽה־אָמַ֤ר יְהוָה֙ אֱלֹהֵ֣י הָֽ⁠עִבְרִ֔ים	1	It may be helpful to turn the introductory quotation into an indirect quotation so you do not have to use quotes within quotes. Alternate translation: “and told him that Yahweh, the God of the Hebrews, said thus” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
900	10:3	vze4			כֹּֽה־אָמַ֤ר יְהוָה֙	1	This is a standard formula used to introduce commands from Yahweh. See 4:intro for more information.
901	10:3	cicf		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	עַד־מָתַ֣י מֵאַ֔נְתָּ לֵ⁠עָנֹ֖ת מִ⁠פָּנָ֑⁠י	1	Here, face figuratively represents the presence of Yahweh. Particularly it means the presence of his judgement (the plagues). Alternate translation: “Until when will you refuse to be humble when I judge you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
902	10:4	ge67			הִנְ⁠נִ֨י	1	This word adds emphasis to what is said next. Alternate translation: “Pay attention to what I am about to tell you”
903	10:4	uwtp		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-collectivenouns	אַרְבֶּ֖ה	1	Locust is a singular noun referring to the group as one. Alternate translation: “locusts” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-collectivenouns]])
904	10:5	zu5r		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism	וְ⁠כִסָּה֙ אֶת־עֵ֣ין הָ⁠אָ֔רֶץ וְ⁠לֹ֥א יוּכַ֖ל לִ⁠רְאֹ֣ת אֶת־הָ⁠אָ֑רֶץ	1	These parallel statements have a similar meaning. They are used to emphasize the great number of locusts that are coming. In some languages this will not have the same rhetorical effect and you will need to use another device to emphasize the statement. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
905	10:5	rdav			וְ⁠כִסָּה֙ אֶת־עֵ֣ין הָ⁠אָ֔רֶץ	1	“And it will cover the land from sight”
906	10:5	oj3i		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-collectivenouns	וְ⁠כִסָּה֙ & וְ⁠אָכַ֣ל & וְ⁠אָכַל֙	1	Here, the pronoun it agrees in number with the collective singular “locust” in the previous verse. Insects are often referred to without gender in English, but you will need to use whatever number, gender, and/or noun class is required in your language to agree with the word you used in the previous verse for “locust.” See UST. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-collectivenouns]])
907	10:6	ir5l		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole	עַל־הָ֣⁠אֲדָמָ֔ה	1	This could either mean on the earth (planet) or “on the land” (Egypt). Either way, it is meant to emphasize an extremely long time, meaning never. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
908	10:6	dmno		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	וַ⁠יִּ֥פֶן	1	Verse 3 says that Aaron came in to see the king with Moses. It is implied that he left with him as well. You may make this explicit if it would help your readers. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
909	10:7	xn8j		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	עַד־מָתַי֙ יִהְיֶ֨ה זֶ֥ה לָ֨⁠נוּ֙ לְ⁠מוֹקֵ֔שׁ	1	Pharaoh’s servants ask this question to show Pharaoh that he is stubbornly causing the destruction of Egypt. This rhetorical question can be translated as a statement. Alternate translation: “We cannot allow this man to continue to bring trouble to us!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
910	10:7	jqbh		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations	הָ֣⁠אֲנָשִׁ֔ים	1	Here, men may be literal or it may refer to the Israelites, including the women and children. In verse 10 the king rejects the idea of letting the women and children go and in verse 11 he specifically says that the men can go. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
911	10:7	xdm5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	הֲ⁠טֶ֣רֶם תֵּדַ֔ע כִּ֥י אָבְדָ֖ה מִצְרָֽיִם	1	Pharaoh’s servants ask this question to bring Pharaoh to recognize what he refuses to see. This rhetorical question can be translated as a statement. Alternate translation: “You should realize that Egypt is destroyed!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
912	10:7	c6pr		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	כִּ֥י אָבְדָ֖ה מִצְרָֽיִם	1	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “that these plagues have destroyed Egypt” or “that their God has destroyed Egypt” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
913	10:8	hukg		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	וַ⁠יּוּשַׁ֞ב אֶת־מֹשֶׁ֤ה וְ⁠אֶֽת־אַהֲרֹן֙ אֶל־פַּרְעֹ֔ה	1	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “And a servant brought Moses and Aaron back to Pharaoh” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
914	10:8	g733			מִ֥י וָ⁠מִ֖י	1	“Who all”
915	10:9	fnnl		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive	נֵלֵ֑ךְ & נֵלֵ֔ךְ	1	We means the Israelites and does not include Pharaoh or the Egyptians. Use an exclusive form here if your language has this distinction. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
916	10:10	hjc9			יְהִ֨י כֵ֤ן יְהוָה֙ עִמָּ⁠כֶ֔ם כַּ⁠אֲשֶׁ֛ר אֲשַׁלַּ֥ח אֶתְ⁠כֶ֖ם וְ⁠אֶֽת־טַפְּ⁠כֶ֑ם	1	May Yahweh be with you is usually a blessing, but is almost certainly not here. It likely means something like “It will take Yahweh’s power to make me let you and your children go,” or “May Yahweh be as favorable to you as I am to the idea of letting your children go.” Pharaoh is saying that it will take Yahweh to make him do what Moses wants, but he does not think that will happen. Alternate translation: “It will be clear that Yahweh is with you if I let you and your children go”
917	10:10	w8x4			רְא֕וּ כִּ֥י רָעָ֖ה נֶ֥גֶד פְּנֵי⁠כֶֽם	1	The phrase for evil is before you faces could either be a warning from Pharaoh that Moses’ actions will lead to evil for the Israelites or it could mean that Pharaoh thinks the Israelites plan something that he considers evil. Faces is a metonym for the whole person. Alternate translations: “I see that you plan evil” or “Be careful, your actions will have bad consequences” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
918	10:11	pkm4			הַ⁠גְּבָרִים֙	1	This interjection clarifies who may go. Alternate translation: “the leaders”
919	10:11	vdjk		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	מֵ⁠אֵ֖ת פְּנֵ֥י פַרְעֹֽה	1	Here, face figuratively represents the presence of Pharaoh. Alternate translation: “from his presence” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
920	10:12	kchn		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent	וַ⁠יֹּ֨אמֶר יְהוָ֜ה	1	There is a minor scene change here, which may need to be marked in a certain way in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
921	10:12	sfa6			יָדְ⁠ךָ֜	1	See note in the introduction to chapter 8 regarding the hand and staff.
922	10:12	qikq		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-collectivenouns	בָּֽ⁠אַרְבֶּ֔ה	1	Locust is a singular noun referring to the group as one. See how you translated this in 10:4. Alternate translation: “locusts” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-collectivenouns]])
923	10:12	gzwa		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-collectivenouns	וְ⁠יַ֖עַל & וְ⁠יֹאכַל֙	1	Here, the pronoun it agrees in number with the collective singular “locust.” See how you translated this in 10:5 (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-collectivenouns]])
924	10:13	xqsz			מַטֵּ⁠הוּ֮	1	See note in the introduction to chapter 8 regarding the hand and staff.
925	10:13	vee8			ר֥וּחַ קָדִים֙	1	The wind blew from east to west.
926	10:13	h5bf		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-collectivenouns	הָ⁠אַרְבֶּֽה	1	See how you translated this in 10:4. Alternate translation: “locusts” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-collectivenouns]])
927	10:14	kuuu		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-collectivenouns	הָֽ⁠אַרְבֶּ֗ה & אַרְבֶּה֙	1	See how you translated this in 10:4. Alternate translation: “locusts” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-collectivenouns]])
928	10:15	b3h5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-collectivenouns	וַ⁠יְכַ֞ס & וַ⁠יֹּ֜אכַל	1	Here, the pronoun it agrees in number with the collective singular “locust.” See how you translated this in 10:5 (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-collectivenouns]])
929	10:15	teo5			וַ⁠יְכַ֞ס אֶת־עֵ֣ין כָּל־הָ⁠אָרֶץ֮	1	See how you translated this in 10:5.
930	10:15	ill1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism	וַ⁠יֹּ֜אכַל אֶת־כָּל־עֵ֣שֶׂב הָ⁠אָ֗רֶץ וְ⁠אֵת֙ כָּל־פְּרִ֣י הָ⁠עֵ֔ץ אֲשֶׁ֥ר הוֹתִ֖יר הַ⁠בָּרָ֑ד וְ⁠לֹא־נוֹתַ֨ר כָּל־יֶ֧רֶק בָּ⁠עֵ֛ץ וּ⁠בְ⁠עֵ֥שֶׂב הַ⁠שָּׂדֶ֖ה בְּ⁠כָל־אֶ֥רֶץ מִצְרָֽיִם	1	These parallel statements reinforce one another. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
931	10:16	ty9f		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual	אֱלֹֽהֵי⁠כֶ֖ם וְ⁠לָ⁠כֶֽם	1	Here, you and your are plural. These could refer either to Moses and Aaron or to all the Israelites. If your language uses different forms of “you” depending on the number of people addressed, use a plural form here. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual]])
932	10:17	n53e			שָׂ֣א	1	“take away”
933	10:17	ttog			אַ֣ךְ הַ⁠פַּ֔עַם & רַ֖ק	1	Pharaoh could either be desperate and using just this once... only to attempt to make his request as small as possible to increase the chances of it being granted or he could be still too proud to admit guilt beyond this single incident (which is probably his bold statement about Yahweh being with the Israelites in 10:10). The former seems more likely given that he terms this plague “this death.” If your culture has a way making a request seem as small as possible, you may want to use it to translate Pharaoh’s request.
934	10:17	kd6d		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual	אֱלֹהֵי⁠כֶ֑ם	1	Here, your is plural. This could refer either to Moses and Aaron or to all the Israelites. If your language uses different forms of “you” depending on the number of people addressed, use a plural form here. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual]])
935	10:17	doeg		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	הַ⁠מָּ֥וֶת הַ⁠זֶּֽה	1	The word death here refers to the destruction by the locusts of all plants in Egypt, which would eventually lead to the deaths of people because there were no crops. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
936	10:17	nn2b		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	הַ⁠מָּ֥וֶת הַ⁠זֶּֽה	1	The word death here refers to the destruction by the locusts of all plants in Egypt, which would eventually lead to the deaths of people because there were no crops. The full meaning of this statement can be made explicit. Alternate translation: “stop this destruction that will lead to our deaths” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
937	10:18	p9hz			וַ⁠יֵּצֵ֖א	1	Moses and Aaron were summoned to the king in 10:!6 so some translations will need to say that they both left.
938	10:19	xhsv			רֽוּחַ־יָם֙ חָזָ֣ק מְאֹ֔ד	1	“a very strong west wind” or “a very strong wind from the west”
939	10:19	mdp5			וַ⁠יִּשָּׂא֙	1	“moved the locusts upwards”
940	10:19	tcpb		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-collectivenouns	הָ֣⁠אַרְבֶּ֔ה & אַרְבֶּ֣ה	1	See how you translated this in 10:4. Alternate translation: “locusts” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-collectivenouns]])
941	10:19	q8aj		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-collectivenouns	וַ⁠יִּתְקָעֵ֖⁠הוּ	1	Here, the first it refers to the wind, the second agrees in number with the collective singular “locust.” See how you translated this in 10:5 (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-collectivenouns]]
942	10:20	dw1d		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	וַ⁠יְחַזֵּ֥ק יְהוָ֖ה אֶת־לֵ֣ב פַּרְעֹ֑ה	1	This means God made him stubborn. His stubborn attitude is spoken of as if his heart was strong. If heart is not the body part your culture uses to refer to a person’s will, consider using whichever organ your culture would use for this image. See how you translated this in 4:21. Alternate translation: “But Yahweh caused Pharaoh to be stubborn” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
943	10:21	x6xk		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent	וַ⁠יֹּ֨אמֶר יְהוָ֜ה	1	A new scene begins here, which may need to be marked in a certain way in your language. This is the start of the third plague sequence. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
944	10:21	utyz			יָֽדְ⁠ךָ֙	1	See note in the introduction to chapter 8 regarding the hand and staff.
945	10:21	m38s		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	וְ⁠יָמֵ֖שׁ חֹֽשֶׁךְ	1	Yahweh speaks of extreme darkness as if it is so thick that people can grasp it in their hands. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “dense darkness that people can grasp with their hands” (See: [[rc:///ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc:///ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
946	10:22	z4ge			יָד֖⁠וֹ	1	See note in the introduction to chapter 8 regarding the hand and staff.
947	10:22	vbzj		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers	שְׁלֹ֥שֶׁת	1	3 (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
948	10:23	tcqx		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	לֹֽא־רָא֞וּ אִ֣ישׁ אֶת־אָחִ֗י⁠ו	1	This phrase means that people could not see the people who lived closest to them, whether or not that person was literally their brother. Alternate translation: “No one could see the people who lived with them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
949	10:23	sud1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations	אִ֣ישׁ & אִ֥ישׁ	1	Here, man refers to any human in general. Alternate translation: “person” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
950	10:23	qstu		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers	שְׁלֹ֣שֶׁת	1	3 (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
951	10:24	djkp		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks	לְכוּ֙ עִבְד֣וּ אֶת־יְהוָ֔ה רַ֛ק צֹאנְ⁠כֶ֥ם וּ⁠בְקַרְ⁠כֶ֖ם יֻצָּ֑ג גַּֽם־טַפְּ⁠כֶ֖ם יֵלֵ֥ךְ עִמָּ⁠כֶֽם	1	This is a direct quote of what the king said. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
952	10:24	vp7b		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual	לְכוּ֙ עִבְד֣וּ & צֹאנְ⁠כֶ֥ם וּ⁠בְקַרְ⁠כֶ֖ם & טַפְּ⁠כֶ֖ם & עִמָּ⁠כֶֽם	1	Every instance of you and your, as well as the imperative verb forms in this verse, are plural. They refer to the Israelites. If your language uses different forms of “you” depending on the number of people addressed, use a plural form here. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual]])
953	10:25	hnt5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks	וַ⁠יֹּ֣אמֶר מֹשֶׁ֔ה	1	After this phrase a direct quote begins which continues until the end of 10:26. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with an opening first-level quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the beginning of a quotation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
954	10:25	rsr4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	גַּם־אַתָּ֛ה תִּתֵּ֥ן בְּ⁠יָדֵ֖⁠נוּ זְבָחִ֣ים וְ⁠עֹל֑וֹת	1	The construction here is difficult. Based on context Moses is probably not saying that Pharaoh needs to provide his own animals to the Israelites He is asking Pharaoh to let the Israelites take their own animals. Give in our hands means to take with them, by whatever means, which may include holding a rope in the hand to lead the animals or any other means of herding the animals. See UST. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
955	10:25	cj78		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	זְבָחִ֣ים וְ⁠עֹל֑וֹת	1	Here, sacrifices and burnt offerings refers to the animals of their flocks and herds that they must take. Alternate translation: “animals for sacrifices and burnt offerings” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
956	10:25	bjy0			וְ⁠עָשִׂ֖ינוּ לַ⁠יהוָ֥ה אֱלֹהֵֽי⁠נוּ	1	Here, do means “do the sacrifices and burnt offerings.” Alternate translation: “and we will make those sacrifices and burnt offerings to Yahweh our God”
957	10:25	sgzr		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive	בְּ⁠יָדֵ֖⁠נוּ & וְ⁠עָשִׂ֖ינוּ & אֱלֹהֵֽי⁠נוּ	1	Here, we and us refers to the Israelites (same group as the speaker’s) while excluding Pharaoh and the Egyptians (listeners’ group). If your language distinguishes between forms of we and us based on who is included be sure to use the one appropriate to the described group. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
958	10:26	k0pi		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive	מִקְנֵ֜⁠נוּ & עִמָּ֗⁠נוּ & נִקַּ֔ח & אֱלֹהֵ֑י⁠נוּ וַ⁠אֲנַ֣חְנוּ & נֵדַ֗ע & נַּעֲבֹד֙ & בֹּאֵ֖⁠נוּ	1	Here, we, our, and us refers to the Israelites (same group as the speaker’s) while excluding Pharaoh and the Egyptians (listeners’ group). If your language distinguishes between forms of we, our, and us based on who is included be sure to use the one appropriate to the described group. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
959	10:26	ys4v		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	לֹ֤א תִשָּׁאֵר֙ פַּרְסָ֔ה	1	This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: “we cannot leave behind a single animal” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
960	10:26	v9uc		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche	פַּרְסָ֔ה	1	Here the word hoof refers to the entire animal. Alternate translation: “a single animal” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
961	10:26	uiom			שָֽׁמָּ⁠ה	1	The destination is unspecified. Previous context suggests it would be at the mountain of God (see 3:1, especially 3:12, and 4:27) which would take three days to travel to (see 3:18 and 5:3).
962	10:27	n588		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	וַ⁠יְחַזֵּ֥ק יְהוָ֖ה אֶת־לֵ֣ב פַּרְעֹ֑ה	1	This means God made him stubborn. His stubborn attitude is spoken of as if his heart was strong. If heart is not the body part your culture uses to refer to a person’s will, consider using whichever organ your culture would use for this image. See how you translated this in 4:21. Alternate translation: “But Yahweh caused Pharaoh to be stubborn” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
963	10:27	mv8t			וְ⁠לֹ֥א אָבָ֖ה לְ⁠שַׁלְּחָֽ⁠ם	1	“and Pharaoh would not consent to let them go”
964	10:28	dd1y		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns	הִשָּׁ֣מֶר לְ⁠ךָ֗	1	Here, the listener, Moses, fills two different roles in the sentence. Different languages have different methods of marking this. Alternate translation: “You watch yourself” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
965	10:28	lcz2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	תָּמֽוּת	1	Pharaoh means he will have Moses killed. You may choose to make this explicit as in the UST. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
966	10:28	te45		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche	פָּנַ֔⁠י & פָנַ֖⁠י	1	Here, face refers to the whole person. Alternate translation: “me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
967	10:29	h1jf		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	כֵּ֣ן דִּבַּ֑רְתָּ	1	With these words, Moses emphasizes that Pharaoh has spoken the truth. Alternate translation: “What you have said is true” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
968	10:29	rg18		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche	פָּנֶֽי⁠ךָ	1	Here, face refers to the whole person. Alternate translation: “you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
969	11:intro	pu3u				0	Exodus 11 General Notes Chapter 11 is a transition point in the book. The previous nine plagues (in their three sequences of three) have come to an end and the last plague, the death of the firstborn, is about to occur along with the Passover and Exodus itself. It is difficult to know if the events in chapter 11 are all recorded in the order in which they happened. For translation, you should follow the text’s order if it will not confuse your readers. It may be helpful to think that after the end of chapter 10, Yahweh immediately spoke to Moses, before he actually left Pharaoh’s presence (v. 1-2). Verse 3 is a comment suggesting that the Egyptians will be willing to do as the Israelites are told to ask them to do in v. 2. In verses 4-7 Moses gives Pharaoh and his officials a message from Yahweh that Yahweh is giving to Moses right at that moment. At the end of v. 8 Moses leaves Pharaoh’s presence (completing the interaction from the end of ch. 10). Verse 9 may either be Yahweh telling Moses what is going to happen, or it could be part of the summary that occurs in v. 10. Verse 10 summarizes what has happened in chs. 5-10 (especially the plagues in chs. 7-10) in preparation for the great last plague. Special concepts in this chapter Pharaoh’s hard heart Pharaoh’s heart is often described as hard in this chapter. This means that his heart was not open or willing to understand Yahweh’s instructions. When his heart was hardened, it became less and less receptive to Yahweh. Let my people go In the previous chapters, Moses does not ask Pharaoh for permission to “let go” of the Hebrew people. Instead, he demanded that Pharaoh free the Hebrew people. In this chapter, the same wording is used to refer to Pharaoh “allowing” the Hebrew people to leave Egypt.
970	11:1	gqgc		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks	אֶל־מֹשֶׁ֗ה	1	After this phrase, a direct quote begins which continues until the end of 11:2. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with an opening first-level quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the beginning of a quotation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
971	11:1	fktt		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential	כְּ⁠שַׁ֨לְּח֔⁠וֹ & יְגָרֵ֥שׁ	1	These verbs (lets go and drive away) are meant to immediately follow one another. When you translate, make sure they are almost simultaneous in time, the letting go happens and then immediately the driving away happens. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
972	11:1	iocd			כָּלָ֕ה גָּרֵ֛שׁ יְגָרֵ֥שׁ	1	The wording here is very forceful. Use strong words, forms, or phrasing when you are translating.
973	11:1	i87h		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual	אֶתְ⁠כֶ֖ם & אֶתְ⁠כֶ֖ם	1	Each occurrence of the word you in this verse is plural and refers to Moses and the rest of the Israelites. If your language uses different forms of “you” depending on the number of people addressed, use a plural form here. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual]])
974	11:2	ts6a		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-aside	דַּבֶּר־נָ֖א בְּ⁠אָזְנֵ֣י הָ⁠עָ֑ם וְ⁠יִשְׁאֲל֞וּ אִ֣ישׁ׀ מֵ⁠אֵ֣ת רֵעֵ֗⁠הוּ וְ⁠אִשָּׁה֙ מֵ⁠אֵ֣ת רְעוּתָ֔⁠הּ כְּלֵי־כֶ֖סֶף וּ⁠כְלֵ֥י זָהָֽב	1	In this verse the author interjects a comment about the situation. Some translations choose to put the verse in parenthesis to indicate this. You may mark it in a way is natural to your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-aside]])
975	11:2	t14c			נָ֖א	1	Here, now conveys urgency, Moses should speak soon, without delaying for other things. If you have a way of giving a command that shows that it is important for someone to do it quickly, it would be better to translate in that way than in a way that means “now” in a time sense (versus earlier or later).
976	11:2	nlsk			בְּ⁠אָזְנֵ֣י הָ⁠עָ֑ם	1	“so the people hear you” or “when all the people are listening”
977	11:2	zw6r			כְּלֵי־כֶ֖סֶף וּ⁠כְלֵ֥י זָהָֽב	1	These could be any sort of thing made from silver or gold (for instance: utensils, cups, pitchers, plates, candleholders), not just jewelry.
978	11:2	dl0a			וְ⁠יִשְׁאֲל֞וּ אִ֣ישׁ׀ מֵ⁠אֵ֣ת רֵעֵ֗⁠הוּ וְ⁠אִשָּׁה֙ מֵ⁠אֵ֣ת רְעוּתָ֔⁠הּ כְּלֵי־כֶ֖סֶף וּ⁠כְלֵ֥י זָהָֽב	1	Exodus 3:22 contains similar instructions, see how you translated there.
979	11:2	jyqa		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks	זָהָֽב	1	At the end of this verse, the direct quote of Yahweh that started in the previous verse ends. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with a closing first-level quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the end of a quotation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
980	11:3	hng9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	חֵ֥ן הָ⁠עָ֖ם בְּ⁠עֵינֵ֣י מִצְרָ֑יִם	1	In the eyes of the Egyptians is an idiom for the Egyptian’s feelings or opinion. Favor means those feelings are positive. Taken together, this means that when the Egyptians see the Israelites leaving Egypt, they will gladly help them (because they want them to leave so badly due to the Egyptians suffering under God’s judgement). If your language has the same or a similar idiom, you can translate or use it. Otherwise, you can translate the meaning. See how you translated this in 3:21. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
981	11:3	aet2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	בְּ⁠עֵינֵ֥י עַבְדֵֽי־פַרְעֹ֖ה וּ⁠בְ⁠עֵינֵ֥י הָ⁠עָֽם	1	In the eyes of the servants … people is an idiom for their feelings or opinions. If your language has the same or a similar idiom, you can translate or use it. Otherwise, you can translate the meaning. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
982	11:3	a2gp			וַ⁠יִּתֵּ֧ן יְהוָ֛ה אֶת־חֵ֥ן הָ⁠עָ֖ם בְּ⁠עֵינֵ֣י מִצְרָ֑יִם	1	Exodus 3:21 contains a related phrase, see how you translated there.
983	11:4	sewb		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks	וַ⁠יֹּ֣אמֶר מֹשֶׁ֔ה	1	After this phrase, a direct quote begins which continues until the end of 11:8. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with an opening first-level quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the beginning of a quotation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
984	11:4	kpb5			כֹּ֖ה אָמַ֣ר יְהוָ֑ה	1	This is a standard formula used to introduce commands from Yahweh. See 4:intro for more information.
985	11:4	vyvr		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks	כֹּ֖ה אָמַ֣ר יְהוָ֑ה	1	After this phrase, a second-level direct quote begins which continues until the end of 11:7. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with an opening second-level quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the beginning of a quotation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
986	11:5	hv8k			בְּכוֹר֮ & מִ⁠בְּכ֤וֹר & בְּכ֣וֹר & בְּכ֥וֹר	1	The “firstborn” always refers to the oldest male offspring.
987	11:5	k42h		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism	מִ⁠בְּכ֤וֹר פַּרְעֹה֙ הַ⁠יֹּשֵׁ֣ב עַל־כִּסְא֔⁠וֹ עַ֚ד בְּכ֣וֹר הַ⁠שִּׁפְחָ֔ה אֲשֶׁ֖ר אַחַ֣ר הָ⁠רֵחָ֑יִם וְ⁠כֹ֖ל בְּכ֥וֹר בְּהֵמָֽה	1	This is a merism. First, two extremes are mentioned: the highest of society (Pharaoh, who sits on his throne) and the lowest (the slave girl who is behind the mill). Then the animals (beasts) are added making it a three item list of parts of society and even economy to show the totality of the coming judgement. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
988	11:5	hr1x			אֲשֶׁ֖ר אַחַ֣ר הָ⁠רֵחָ֑יִם	1	“who is grinding at the handmill” or “who is behind the handmill grinding grain”
989	11:6	hui7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism	אֲשֶׁ֤ר כָּמֹ֨⁠הוּ֙ לֹ֣א נִהְיָ֔תָה וְ⁠כָמֹ֖⁠הוּ לֹ֥א תֹסִֽף	1	This is a merism that uses the extremes of past and future to emphasize the concept of “never.” Alternate translation: “such as has never been and never will be” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
990	11:7	b60a		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	לֹ֤א יֶֽחֱרַץ & לְשֹׁנ֔⁠וֹ	1	This means make an unfriendly noise. Alternate translation: “will not growl” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
991	11:7	t61i		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual	תֵּֽדְע֔וּ⁠ן	1	Here, you is plural. If your language uses different forms of “you” depending on the number of people addressed, use a plural form here. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual]])
992	11:7	fl78			אֲשֶׁר֙ יַפְלֶ֣ה יְהוָ֔ה בֵּ֥ין מִצְרַ֖יִם וּ⁠בֵ֥ין יִשְׂרָאֵֽל	1	See how you translated a similar phrase in Exodus 9:4.
993	11:7	wicm		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks	יִשְׂרָאֵֽל	1	After this phrase, the second-level direct quote ends. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with a closing second-level quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the end of a quotation within a quotation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
994	11:8	nzor		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction	וְ⁠הִשְׁתַּֽחֲוּוּ־לִ֣⁠י	1	This does not mean to bow for worshipping. They will bow to Moses to beg him to leave. They will do this to show how desperate they will be for Moses and the Israelites to go. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
995	11:8	l678		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	וְ⁠הִשְׁתַּֽחֲוּוּ־לִ֣⁠י	1	They will bow to Moses to beg him to leave. They will do this to show how desperate they will be for Moses and the Israelites to go. If this action would not mean the same thing in your culture, you may need to make the reason they are bowing explicit. Alternate translation: “and they will bow down to me to beg” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
996	11:8	db8i		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	וְ⁠כָל־הָ⁠עָ֣ם אֲשֶׁר־בְּ⁠רַגְלֶ֔י⁠ךָ	1	Here, the people are figuratively pictured as below Moses as his followers. The reference to feet also can mean they go the same place he goes, again, meaning “follower.” If your language uses a similar image to mean follower you can translate the image, if not you may use another image from your culture or translate the meaning. Alternate translation: “and all the people who are following you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
997	11:8	ria5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	וְ⁠אַחֲרֵי־כֵ֖ן אֵצֵ֑א	1	This means that Moses and the Israelites will leave Egypt. Alternate translation: “After that I will leave here” or “After that I will go out from Egypt” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
998	11:8	awcj		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks	אֵצֵ֑א	1	After this phrase, the direct quote ends. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with a closing first-level quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the end of a quotation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
999	11:8	s6oj		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	בָּ⁠חֳרִי־אָֽף	1	This is an idiom meaning that Moses is angry. Alternate translation: “enraged” (See: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom)
1000	11:9	xk4l		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks	לֹא־יִשְׁמַ֥ע אֲלֵי⁠כֶ֖ם פַּרְעֹ֑ה לְמַ֛עַן רְב֥וֹת מוֹפְתַ֖⁠י בְּ⁠אֶ֥רֶץ מִצְרָֽיִם	1	This is a direct quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
1001	11:10	tcqt		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-endofstory	וּ⁠מֹשֶׁ֣ה וְ⁠אַהֲרֹ֗ן עָשׂ֛וּ אֶת־כָּל־הַ⁠מֹּפְתִ֥ים הָ⁠אֵ֖לֶּה לִ⁠פְנֵ֣י פַרְעֹ֑ה וַ⁠יְחַזֵּ֤ק יְהוָה֙ אֶת־לֵ֣ב פַּרְעֹ֔ה וְ⁠לֹֽא־שִׁלַּ֥ח אֶת־בְּנֵֽי־יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל מֵ⁠אַרְצֽ⁠וֹ	1	This verse is summarizing and wrapping up the story of the plagues. If your language has a way of summarizing information at the end of a story try to translate this verse (and possibly verse 9 - see the the introductory notes to this chapter) in this way. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-endofstory]])
1002	11:10	um4u		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	וַ⁠יְחַזֵּ֤ק יְהוָה֙ אֶת־לֵ֣ב פַּרְעֹ֔ה	1	This means God made him stubborn. His stubborn attitude is spoken of as if his heart was strong. If heart is not the body part your culture uses to refer to a person’s will, consider using whichever organ your culture would use for this image. See how you translated this in 4:21. Alternate translation: “But Yahweh caused Pharaoh to be stubborn” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1003	12:intro	fd2f				0	Exodus 12 General Notes Structure and formatting The events of this chapter are known as the Passover. They are remembered in the celebration of Passover. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/passover]]) Special concepts in this chapter Unleavened bread The concept of unleavened bread is introduced in this chapter. Its significance stems from its connection to the events in this chapter. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/unleavenedbread]]) Ethnic segregation The Hebrew people were to be separate from the rest of the world. Because of this, they separated themselves from other people groups. At this time, these foreigners were looked upon as unholy. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/holy]])
1004	12:2	z785		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism		1	These two phrases mean basically the same thing and emphasize that the month in which the events of this chapter take place will be the beginning of their calendar year. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
1005	12:2	uy4w		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths		1	The first month of the Hebrew calendar includes the last part of March and the first part of April on Western calendars. It marks when Yahweh rescued the Israelites from the Egyptians. (See: [[rc:///ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]] and [[rc:///ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
1006	12:3	qzct			שֶׂ֥ה & שֶׂ֥ה	1	This word literally means, “of the flock,” and could also be translated as sheep or goat. Here, the ULT uses **lamb** (a young sheep) because [verse 5](../12/05.md) specifies that it must be one year old. “Kid” (a young goat) would be equally valid as verse 5 also says that it could be either a sheep or a goat.
1007	12:4	xzn3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit		1	This means that there are not enough people in the family to eat an entire lamb. Alternate translation: “If there are not enough people in the household to eat an entire lamb” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1008	12:4	fu2g				1	Here “the man” refers to the man who is the leader of the household.
1009	12:6	lz76				1	This refers to the time of evening after the sun has set but while there is still some light.
1010	12:7	cjt7				1	“on the sides and top of the way into the house”
1011	12:8	jtn8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive		1	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “Eat it with bread which you have made without yeast” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1012	12:8	uxn6				1	These are small plants that have a strong and usually bad taste.
1013	12:9	ny3a				1	“Do not eat the lamb or goat uncooked”
1014	12:10	ghk6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive		1	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “Do not leave any of it until the morning” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1015	12:11	ks7d				1	This refers to a strip of leather or fabric for tying around the waist.
1016	12:11	nzw2				1	“eat it quickly”
1017	12:11	r789		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit		1	Here the word “it” refers to eating the animal on the tenth day of the month. Alternate translation: “This observance is Yahweh’s Passover” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1018	12:12	sa5n		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns		1	This can be stated with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “I will punish all the gods of Egypt” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
1019	12:13	bxm9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit		1	This implies that Yahweh will see the blood which indicates an Israelite home. Alternate translation: “that I will see when I come to you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1020	12:13	zt5d		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom		1	The words “pass over” were a customary way of saying to not visit or enter. Alternate translation: “I will not enter your house” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1021	12:15	i9n3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor		1	The metaphor “cut off” has at least three possible meanings. They can be expressed in active form: (1) “the people of Israel must send him away” or (2) “I will no longer consider him to be one of the people of Israel” or (3) “the people of Israel must kill him.” (See: [[rc:///ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc:///ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1022	12:16	bzj6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive		1	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “an assembly that you have set apart to me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1023	12:16	l7pj		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive		1	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “You will do no work on these days” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1024	12:16	qr65		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive		1	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “That must be the only work that you do” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1025	12:17	r3qj				1	The term used for these groups is a military term referring to a large number of soldiers. Alternate translation: “division by division” or “regiment by regiment”
1026	12:18	x8m9				1	This refers to the time of evening after the sun has set but while there is still some light. See how you translated this in Exodus 12:6.
1027	12:18	m475		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths		1	This is the first month of the Hebrew calendar. The fourteenth day is near the beginning of April on Western calendars. (See: [[rc:///ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]] and [[rc:///ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
1028	12:18	uss3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths		1	“the twenty-first day of the first month.” This is near the middle of April on Western calendars. (See: [[rc:///ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]] and [[rc:///ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
1029	12:19	aej1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive		1	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “there must not be any yeast in your houses” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1030	12:19	vy72		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor		1	The metaphor “cut off” has at least three possible meanings. They can be expressed in active form: (1) “the people of Israel must send him away” or (2) “I will no longer consider him to be one of the people of Israel” or (3) “the people of Israel must kill him.” See how you translated “must be cut off from Israel” in Exodus 12:15. (See: [[rc:///ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]and [[rc:///ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1031	12:20	t17e		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive		1	This can be stated in active form. See how you translated this in Exodus 12:8. Alternate translation: “bread which you have made without yeast” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1032	12:21	y9qt				1	officially called
1033	12:22	qwv1				1	a woody plant with small leaves that can be used for sprinkling liquids
1034	12:22	c1cf				1	“on the sides and top of the way into the house.” See how you translated a similar phrase in Exodus 12:7.
1035	12:23	uu61		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche		1	Here the word “door” implies the entire house. This means that God will spare the Israelites in houses with blood on the doors. Alternate translation: “pass over your house” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
1036	12:24	v7z5				1	These words refer to the Passover or Festival of Unleavened Bread. Observing the Passover was an act of worshiping Yahweh.
1037	12:25	l8ls				1	These words refer to the Passover or Festival of Unleavened Bread. Observing the Passover was an act of worshiping Yahweh.
1038	12:27	t779		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit		1	This means that Yahweh spared the Israelites’ firstborn sons. Alternate translation: “He did not kill the firstborn sons in our houses” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1039	12:28	r5cj				1	“everything that Yahweh told Moses and Aaron to do”
1040	12:29	zm1l				1	“in the middle of the night”
1041	12:29	uj6u				1	Here, “firstborn” always refers to the oldest male offspring. See how you translated a similar phrase in Exodus 11:5.
1042	12:29	il1d				1	This refers to Pharaoh.
1043	12:29	g9z1				1	“to the firstborn of people in prison.” This refers to prisoners, in general, and not to a specific person in prison.
1044	12:30	cfj8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns		1	This can be stated with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “All the Egyptians cried loudly” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
1045	12:30	gt4w		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives		1	This double negative emphasizes the positive. Alternate translation: “because someone was dead in every house” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
1046	12:33	j5u4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit		1	The Egyptians were afraid that they would die if the Israelites did not leave Egypt. Alternate translation: “We will all die if you do not leave” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1047	12:34	diw8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive		1	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “They had already tied up their kneading bowls in their clothes and on their shoulders” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1048	12:37	n1ha				1	Rameses was a major Egyptian city where grain was stored. See how you translated this in Exodus 1:11.
1049	12:37	u81l		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers		1	“They numbered about six hundred thousand men.” The total number of men was about 600,000. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
1050	12:39	x96c				1	“bread with dough that did not contain yeast”
1051	12:39	pva6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive		1	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “the Egyptians had driven them out of Egypt” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1052	12:40	qsi5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers		1	“four hundred and thirty years” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
1053	12:41	d8yh		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers		1	“four hundred and thirty years” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
1054	12:41	xlf4				1	This refers to the tribes of Israel. See how you translated “armed group” in Exodus 12:17.
1055	12:42	f3m6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive		1	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “that all the Israelites were to observe” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1056	12:42	w6mj				1	“all the Israelites and the all the generations of their descendants”
1057	12:43	pby5				1	The pronoun “it” refers to the Passover meal.
1058	12:44	n9wn				1	“any slave of an Israelite”
1059	12:44	xat2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive		1	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “whom the Israelite has bought with money” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1060	12:46	j242		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive		1	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “Each Israelite family must eat the food in one house” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1061	12:46	ycd9				1	“you must not break any of its bones.” Here the word “it” refers to the lamb which the Israelite family will eat.
1062	12:48	h7k9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive		1	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “someone must circumcise all his male relatives” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1063	12:48	hi4z		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom		1	Here the word “land” refers to Canaan. The expression “born in the land” means a person who is a native Israelite. Alternate translation: “those who are Israelites by birth” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1064	12:48	f9ti		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives		1	This can be stated in positive terms. Alternate translation: “only circumcised people may eat” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
1065	12:50	agw6				1	“everything that Yahweh told Moses and Aaron to do”
1066	12:51	e3z3				1	This phrase is used here to mark an important event in the story. If your language has a way for doing this, you could consider using it here.
1067	12:51	tyj3				1	The term used for these groups is a military term referring to a large number of soldiers. See how you translated “armed group” in Exodus 12:17. Alternate translation: “by their divisions” or “by their regiments”
1068	13:intro	g9qi				0	Exodus 13 General Notes Structure and formatting This chapter records the instructions for the celebration of Passover. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/passover]]) Special concepts in this chapter Law The law mentioned here is not the law of Moses because it has not yet been revealed. Instead, it is a more generic “rule.” (See: [[rc:///tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]] and [[rc:///tw/dict/bible/kt/reveal]]) Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter Let my people go This is a very important statement. Moses does not ask Pharaoh for permission to “let go” of the Hebrew people. Instead, he is demanding that Pharaoh free the Hebrew people. When this chapter states that Pharaoh let the people go, it indicates that he gave them permission to leave.
1069	13:2	de3u				1	God requires that every firstborn male child be set apart for him.
1070	13:3	nwq6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom		1	The words “Call … to mind” were a customary way of telling someone to remember something. Alternate translation: “Remember and celebrate this day” (See: [[rc:///ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]] and [[rc:///ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1071	13:3	en1s		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor		1	Moses speaks of Egypt as if it were a house where people keep slaves. Alternate translation: “the place where you were slaves” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1072	13:3	yjy5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy		1	Here the word “hand” refers to power. See how you translated “strong hand” in Exodus 6:1. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1073	13:3	c6ee		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive		1	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “You must not eat bread with yeast” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1074	13:4	y1f3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths		1	This is the name of the first month of the Hebrew calendar. Aviv is during the last part of March and the first part of April on Western calendars. (See: [[rc:///ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]] and [[rc:///ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1075	13:5	x89s				1	When the Israelites live in Canaan, they must celebrate the Passover on this day each year. See how you translated this phrase in Exodus 12:25.
1076	13:6	tf79				1	Moses continues to speak to the people of Israel.
1077	13:6	vwy9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers		1	“For 7 days” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
1078	13:7	n41m		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive		1	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “You must eat bread without yeast” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1079	13:7	le33		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive		1	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “You may not have any bread with yeast among you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1080	13:7	c9kr		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive		1	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “You may not have any yeast” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1081	13:7	dmv1				1	“inside any of the borders of your land”
1082	13:8	qum9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations		1	The quotation can be stated as an indirect quote. Alternate translation: “On that day you are to tell your children that this is because of what Yahweh did for you when you came out of Egypt” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
1083	13:9	p21h		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism		1	These are two different types of physical reminders so people will not forget something important. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
1084	13:9	s7zg		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor		1	Moses speaks of celebrating the festival as if it were tying an object around their hands to remind them of what Yahweh had done. Alternate translation: “like something you tie around your hand as a reminder” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1085	13:9	mru4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor		1	Moses speaks of celebrating the festival as if it were tying an object around their foreheads to remind them of what Yahweh had done. Alternate translation: “like something you tie around your head as a reminder” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1086	13:9	b6ny		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy		1	The words “in your mouth” here refers to the words that they speak. Alternate translation: “so you may always be speaking of the law of Yahweh” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1087	13:9	w5rm		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy		1	The word “hand” here represents God’s actions or works. See how you translated this in Exodus 6:1. Alternate translation: “the power I show in my works” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1088	13:11	iqh5				1	“when he gives the land of the Canaanites to you”
1089	13:13	lwv5				1	Israel is given a choice to kill the firstborn donkey or buy it back with a lamb.
1090	13:14	s8cm		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations		1	The first quotation can be stated as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “When your son asks you later what this means, then you are to tell him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
1091	13:14	qr7q		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy		1	The word “hand” here represents God’s actions or works. See how you translated this in Exodus 6:1. Alternate translation: “the power I show in my works” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1092	13:14	rcz7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor		1	Moses speaks of Egypt as if it were a house where people keep slaves. See how you translated this in Exodus 13:3. Alternate translation: “the place where you were slaves” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1093	13:16	bse4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism		1	This expresses two ways to remember the importance of the passover event. See how you translated a similar phrase in Exodus 13:9. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
1094	13:17	c3c2				1	“was close to where they were located”
1095	13:17	mzi7				1	Since Israelites had lived in slavery all their lives, they were more accustomed to peace than to war and would rather return to slavery than fight.
1096	13:20	xq5d		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names		1	Etham is located south of the route heading towards the Philistines, at the border of the wilderness. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1097	13:21	jnv8				1	“a cloud in the shape of a column … fire in the shape of a column.” God is with them in a cloud by day and in a fire by night.
1098	14:intro	jq4u				0	Exodus 14 General Notes Structure and formatting This is an important event in the history of Israel, known as the “parting of the Sea of Reeds.” Special concepts in this chapter Pharaoh’s hard heart Pharaoh’s heart is often described as hard in this chapter. This means that his heart was not open or willing to understand Yahweh’s instructions. When his heart was hardened, it became less and less receptive to Yahweh. Pharaoh’s chariots These chariots were a fighting force. Pharaoh took an army to kill the Hebrew people. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) Important figures of speech in this chapter Rhetorical Questions The Israelites asked a few rhetorical questions of Moses. These questions were not really directed at Moses, but at Yahweh. This showed their lack of faith in Yahweh. (See: [[rc:///ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc:///tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]])
1099	14:2	mb4e		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names		1	These are towns on Egypt’s eastern border. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1100	14:2	c9r8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you		1	Here, You is plural and refers to Moses and the Israelites. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
1101	14:3	c81b		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations		1	This can be stated as an indirect quote. Alternate translation: “Pharaoh will say the Israelites are wandering in the land and the wilderness has closed in on them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
1102	14:3	tz6j		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification		1	Pharaoh speaks of the wilderness as a person who has trapped the Israelites. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
1103	14:4	mm7j				1	Yahweh continues to instruct Moses on where to go and what Yahweh will do.
1104	14:4	dv62		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	וְ⁠חִזַּקְתִּ֣י אֶת־לֵב־פַּרְעֹה֮	1	This means God will make him stubborn. His stubborn attitude is spoken of as if his heart was strong. If the heart is not the body part your culture uses to refer to a person’s will, consider using whichever organ your culture would use for this image. See how you translated this in 4:21. Alternate translation: “But I will cause Pharaoh to be stubborn” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1105	14:4	tw2m				1	“Pharaoh will pursue the Israelites”
1106	14:4	d5x1				1	“People will honor me”
1107	14:4	ejn5				1	“The Egyptians will understand that I am Yahweh, the one true God”
1108	14:4	dms1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive		1	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “So the Israelites camped as Yahweh had instructed them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1109	14:5	t4cn		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive		1	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “When someone told the king of Egypt” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1110	14:5	nh6d				1	This refers to Pharaoh.
1111	14:5	it5s				1	“had run away”
1112	14:5	k67b		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy		1	Here the word “minds” refers to their attitudes towards the Israelites. Alternate translation: “Pharaoh and his servants changed their attitudes about the people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1113	14:5	v236		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion		1	They asked this question to show they thought they had done a foolish thing. This rhetorical question can be translated as a statement. Alternate translation: “We have done a stupid thing by letting Israel go free from working for us!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
1114	14:7	ry11		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers		1	“He took 600 of his best chariots” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
1115	14:8	a1r1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	וַ⁠יְחַזֵּ֣ק יְהֹוָ֗ה אֶת־לֵ֤ב פַּרְעֹה֙	1	This means God made him stubborn. His stubborn attitude is spoken of as if his heart was strong. If the heart is not the body part your culture uses to refer to a person’s will, consider using whichever organ your culture would use for this image. See how you translated this in 4:21. Alternate translation: “And Yahweh caused Pharaoh to be stubborn” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1116	14:9	sb7x		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names		1	These are towns on Egypt’s eastern border. See how you translated them in Exodus 14:2. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1117	14:10	s1xa		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche		1	The word “Pharaoh” here represents the entire Egyptian army. Alternate translation: “When Pharaoh and his army came close” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
1118	14:10	qcy1				1	“the Israelites were terrified”
1119	14:11	vzw5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion		1	The Israelites ask this question to express their frustration and fear of dying. This rhetorical question can be translated as a statement. Alternate translation: “There were plenty of graveyards in Egypt for us to be buried in. You did not have to take us into the wilderness to die!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
1120	14:11	x4n2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion		1	The Israelites ask this question to rebuke Moses for bringing them to the desert to die. This rhetorical question can be translated as a statement. Alternate translation: “You should not have treated us like this by bringing us out of Egypt!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
1121	14:12	itb2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion		1	The Israelites ask this question to emphasize that this is what they had told Moses. This rhetorical question can be translated as a statement. Alternate translation: “This is exactly what we told you while we were in Egypt.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
1122	14:12	ix25		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations		1	This can be stated as an indirect quote. Alternate translation: “We told you to leave us alone, so we could work for the Egyptians.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
1123	14:13	lat4				1	Moses responds to the Israelites’ fears.
1124	14:13	rrd4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you		1	The pronoun you refers to the Israelites. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
1125	14:13	h5n4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism		1	Moses used a polite way of saying God was going to destroy the Egyptian army. Alternate translation: “For God will kill the Egyptians” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
1126	14:15	a727		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion		1	Moses apparently had been praying to God for help so God uses this question to compel Moses to act. This rhetorical question can be translated as a statement. Alternate translation: “Do not call out to me any longer, Moses.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
1127	14:16	t3e4				1	“divide the sea into two parts”
1128	14:17	z5ub				1	“Know”
1129	14:17	qd3l		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	מְחַזֵּק֙ אֶת־לֵ֣ב מִצְרַ֔יִם	1	This means God will make them stubborn. Their stubborn attitude is spoken of as if their hearts were strong. If the heart is not the body part your culture uses to refer to a person’s will, consider using whichever organ your culture would use for this image. See how you translated this in 4:21. Alternate translation: “I will cause the Egyptians to be stubborn” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1130	14:17	asz9				1	“so that the Egyptians will go into the sea after the Israelites”
1131	14:20	wgr4				1	“the Egyptian army and the Israelite people”
1132	14:20	c4u5				1	This means that the Egyptians and the Israelites could not approach one another.
1133	14:21	dfx5				1	An east wind originates in the east and blows towards the west.
1134	14:21	hqx7				1	where the sun rises
1135	14:21	f9zh		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive		1	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “Yahweh divided the waters” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1136	14:22	fky6				1	“on each side of them” or “on both sides of them”
1137	14:24	iz9t				1	Panic is when someone becomes so afraid that they cannot think normally.
1138	14:25	qdp8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive		1	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “Mud clogged their chariot wheels” or “Their chariot wheels were getting stuck in the mud” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1139	14:26	p5ds				1	This can be stated as an indirect quote. Alternate translation: “Yahweh told Moses to reach out with his hand over the sea so that the waters would come back onto the Egyptians, their chariots, and their horsemen.”
1140	14:26	w59j				1	“fall on”
1141	14:27	wn3q				1	Since the sea was closing in on top of the Egyptians, instead of escaping, they were actually running right into the water.
1142	14:27	h64r				1	“Yahweh pushed the Egyptians” or “Yahweh threw the Egyptians”
1143	14:30	e2lf		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy		1	Here the word “hand” refers to power. Alternate translation: “from the Egyptians’ power” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1144	14:30	p5zw				1	“on the land along the edge of the sea”
1145	15:intro	ni4b				0	Exodus 15 General Notes Structure and formatting Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetic songs in 15:1-18 and 15:21. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]]) Special concepts in this chapter Yahweh’s laws In this chapter, Moses talks about Yahweh’s laws. The law of Moses is about to be introduced. Although it has not yet been formally introduced, this is what is being referenced in this chapter in anticipation of the revelation of the law of Moses. (See: [[rc:///tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]] and [[rc:///tw/dict/bible/kt/reveal]])
1146	15:1	f5zr				1	This is a song about the events that happened in Exodus 14:26-28.
1147	15:1	kw29		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit		1	It can be stated explicitly over whom Yahweh triumphed. Alternate translation: “he has achieved a glorious victory over the army of Egypt” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1148	15:1	f6ue		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor		1	Moses sang about God causing the sea to cover and drown the horse and rider as if God had thrown them into the sea. Alternate translation: “he has made the sea cover over the horse and rider” or “he has made the horse and rider drown in the sea” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1149	15:1	cr5u		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun		1	This refers to all or many of the Egyptian horses and riders that were chasing the Israelites. Alternate translation: “the horses and their riders” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
1150	15:1	ex3p				1	This is a person who sits on a horse or travels in a chariot that a horse is pulling.
1151	15:2	pb23		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy		1	Possible meanings are (1) “Yahweh is the one who gives me strength” or (2) “Yahweh is the strong one who protects me.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1152	15:2	vk6l		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy		1	Moses calls Yahweh his song because Yahweh is the one he sings about. Alternate translation: “the one I sing about” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1153	15:2	kbv7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy		1	Moses calls God his salvation because God saved him. Alternate translation: “he has saved me” or “he is the one who saves me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1154	15:3	p1d5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor		1	Moses calls God a warrior because God powerfully fought against the Egyptians and won. Alternate translation: “Yahweh is like a warrior” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1155	15:4	p8w6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor		1	Moses sings about God causing the sea to cover Pharaohs chariots and army as if God had thrown them into the sea. Alternate translation: “he has made the sea cover over Pharaoh’s chariots and army” or “He has made Pharaoh’s chariot riders and army drown in the sea” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1156	15:5	nqe4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile		1	Just as a stone does not float but sinks to the bottom of the sea, the enemy soldiers sank to the bottom of the sea. Alternate translation: “they went down into the deep water like a stone sinking to the bottom of the sea” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
1157	15:6	x1fz		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy		1	Moses speaks of God as if God had hands. The right hand refers to God’s power or the things God does powerfully. Alternate translation: “Yahweh, your power is glorious” or “Yahweh, what you do is glorious in power” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1158	15:6	p1u6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy		1	Moses speaks of God as if God had hands. The right hand refers to God’s power. Alternate translation: “Yahweh, your power has shattered the enemy” or “Yahweh, by your power you have shattered the enemy” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1159	15:6	rmd4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor		1	Moses speaks of the enemy as if it were fragile and could be shattered like glass or pottery. Alternate translation: “has completely destroyed the enemy” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1160	15:7	nd3t		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor		1	Rebelling against God is spoken of as rising up against him. Alternate translation: “those who rebelled against you” or “your enemies” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1161	15:7	glq7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification		1	Moses speaks of God’s wrath as if it were a servant that God sent out to do something. Alternate translation: “You showed your wrath” or “You acted according to your wrath” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
1162	15:7	a5x7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor		1	Moses speaks of God’s wrath as if it were fire that could completely burn up things. His enemies were completely destroyed like stubble in a fire. Alternate translation: “it completely destroyed your enemies like a fire that burns up straw” (See: [[rc:///ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc:///ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
1163	15:8	ic8v		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification		1	Moses speaks of God as if God had a nose, and he speaks of the wind as if God blew the wind from his nose. Alternate translation: “You blew on the sea and” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
1164	15:9	d8nk		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive		1	This can be expressed with an active form. Alternate translation: “I will satisfy my desire on them” or “I will take all I want from them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1165	15:9	sm77		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy		1	The enemies speak of destroying the Israelites by the power of their hands as if it were their hands that would destroy them. Alternate translation: “I will destroy them with my hand” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1166	15:10	yrj5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor		1	Moses spoke about God making the wind blow as if God blew the wind through his nose or mouth. Alternate translation: “But you made the wind blow” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1167	15:10	f7d3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile		1	Lead is a heavy metal that is commonly used to make things sink in water. The word “lead” here is used to show how fast God’s enemies were destroyed. Alternate translation: “sank as fast as lead in the deep turbulent waters” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
1168	15:11	wq2s		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion		1	Moses uses this question to show how great God is. Alternate translation: “O Yahweh, no one is like you among the gods!” or “Yahweh, none of the gods is like you!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
1169	15:11	pp57		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion		1	Moses uses this question to show how great God is. Alternate translation: No one is like you. No one is majestic in holiness as you are, no one is honored in praises as you are, and no one does miracles as you do!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
1170	15:12	cid8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy		1	The phrase “right hand” represents the strong power of God. Alternate translation: “with your strong power” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1171	15:12	bkg2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor		1	Moses speaks about God causing something to happen as if God reached out with his hand. Alternate translation: “With your strong power you made it happen” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1172	15:12	g7bv		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification		1	Moses personifies the earth as if it could swallow or devour with it’s mouth. Alternate translation: “the earth devoured them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
1173	15:14	zi1m				1	This means to shake because you are afraid.
1174	15:14	uqf7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification		1	Moses speaks of terror as if it were a person that could forcefully grab hold of someone and make them extremely afraid. Alternate translation: “the inhabitants of Philistia will be afraid” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
1175	15:15	ya48		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor		1	Moses speaks of people becoming weak from their fear as melting away. Alternate translation: “will be weak from fear” or “will be afraid and faint” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1176	15:16	m1kt				1	Moses continues to sing about how the people of other nations will feel when they see God’s people.
1177	15:16	nk67		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet		1	These two words mean that fear will come upon them. Alternate translation: “Fear will come upon them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
1178	15:16	fc8v				1	Dread is extreme fear or anxiety about something that is going to happen or might happen.
1179	15:16	t2yp		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy		1	God’s arm represents his great strength. Alternate translation: “Because of your great strength” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1180	15:16	umm7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile		1	Possible meanings are (1) “They will be silent like stone” or (2) “They will be motionless as stone” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
1181	15:17	n5i5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit		1	Where God would bring them can be stated clearly. Since Moses was not already in Canaan, some languages would use “take” rather than “bring.” Alternate translation: “You will take your people to Canaan” (See: [[rc:///ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc:///ta/man/translate/figs-go]])
1182	15:17	t6wg		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor		1	Moses speaks about God giving his people the land to live in as if they were a tree that God was planting. Alternate translation: “settle them on the mountain” or “let them live on the mountain” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1183	15:17	p7kb				1	This refers to Mount Zion in the land of Canaan.
1184	15:17	ie26		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor		1	Moses speaks about God promising to give his people the mountain forever as if he were giving it to them as an inheritance. Alternate translation: “that you have given them as an inheritance” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1185	15:17	ytz3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy		1	The phrase “your hands” refers to God’s power. Alternate translation: “that you have built by your power” (See: [[rc:///ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc:///ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
1186	15:20	g7s6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names		1	Miriam was the older sister of Moses and Aaron. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1187	15:20	gam2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown		1	This is a musical instrument like a small drum that also has pieces of metal around the side that make a sound when shaken. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
1188	15:21	f6m3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit		1	It can be stated explicitly over whom Yahweh triumphed. See how you translated this in Exodus 15:1. Alternate translation: “he has achieved a glorious victory over the army of Egypt” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1189	15:21	hvu1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor		1	Miriam sang about God causing the sea to cover and drown the horse and rider as if God had thrown them into the sea. See how you translated this in Exodus 15:1. Alternate translation: “He has made the horse and rider drown in the sea” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1190	15:22	iw9n		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy		1	The word “Israel” represents the people of Israel. Alternate translation: “Moses led the Israelite people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1191	15:22	c7pe		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names		1	We do not know the exact locations of this place. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1192	15:23	a9pv		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names		1	We do not know the exact locations of this place. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1193	15:24	n64m				1	“were unhappy and told Moses” or “angrily told Moses”
1194	15:26	l2hx		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person		1	Yahweh is speaking about his own voice. His voice represents what he says. Alternate translation: “my voice” or “what I say” (See: [[rc:///ta/man/translate/figs-123person]] and [[rc:///ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1195	15:26	sq5x		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor		1	The eyes represent seeing, and seeing represents thoughts or judgment. Alternate translation: “do what Yahweh considers to be right”(See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1196	15:26	m4cn		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor		1	God speaks of causing people to have diseases as putting diseases on them. Alternate translation: “I will not cause any of you to have the diseases” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1197	15:27	did8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names		1	This is an oasis in the desert, a place with water and shade trees. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1198	15:27	ark9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers		1	“12” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
1199	15:27	p64y		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers		1	“70” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
1200	16:intro	nkd7				0	Exodus 16 General Notes Special concepts in this chapter Complaints The Israelites complained about the amount of food Yahweh gave them, even when he miraculously provided their food for them. This is intended to show their ungratefulness and their sinful view of Yahweh. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]]) Prohibition against storing food The people were not allowed to store the food, called manna, they were provided with. This is because they were to trust in Yahweh to provide for their needs every day. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/trust]]) Sabbath This is the first recorded celebration of the Sabbath rest. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/sabbath]]) Ark of the covenant Although the covenant has not yet been made, it is referenced in Exodus 16:34. This is probably done either in anticipation of the building of the ark or as an editorial comment made by Moses after these events. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]]) Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter Wilderness of Sin Sin is the name of a part of the Sinai Wilderness. It is not the description of a place, and it has nothing to do with sinning. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1201	16:1	gw67		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names		1	The word “Sin” here is the Hebrew name of the wilderness. It is not the English word “sin.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1202	16:1	h44x		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths		1	This time coincides with the end of April and the beginning of May on Western calendars. Alternate translation: “on day 15 of the second month” (See: [[rc:///ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]] and [[rc:///ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
1203	16:2	h938		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole		1	“All the Israelites complained.” This is a generalization. Moses and Aaron did not complain. Alternate translation: “The Israelites complained” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
1204	16:2	nx6f				1	“were angry and spoke”
1205	16:3	nwy6				1	This is a way of saying that they wished that they had died. Alternate translation: “We wish that we had died”
1206	16:3	g1n1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy		1	The phrase “Yahweh’s hand” represents Yahweh’s action. Alternate translation: “by Yahweh’s action” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1207	16:4	kls5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor		1	God speaks of food coming down from heaven as if it were rain. Alternate translation: “I will make bread come down from heaven like rain” or “I will make bread fall to you from the sky” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1208	16:4	i1xw		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor		1	God speaks of the food that he will send as if it were bread. The Israelites would eat this food every day, just as they had eaten bread every day before this. Alternate translation: “food” or “food like bread” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1209	16:4	se28		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor		1	God speaks of obeying his law as walking in it. Alternate translation: “obey my law” or “live according to my law” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1210	16:4	yew5				1	“my command”
1211	16:5	p1f6				1	“It will happen on the sixth day that they” or “On the sixth day they”
1212	16:5	cl74		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers		1	“on day 6” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
1213	16:5	t5il				1	two times
1214	16:7	zb21		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	מָ֔ה כִּ֥י תלונו	1	Moses and Aaron used this question to show the people that it was foolish to complain against them. Alternate translation: “We are not powerful enough for you to complain against us.” or “It is foolish to complain against us, because we cannot do what you want.” (See: [[rc:///ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc:///ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1215	16:8	v8rq		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor		1	Moses speaks of the food that God will send as if it were bread. The Israelites would eat this food every day, just as they had eaten bread every day before this. See how you translated it in Exodus 16:4. Alternate translation: “food” or “food like bread” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1216	16:8	pn4e		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion		1	Moses used this question to show the people that he and Aaron did not have the power to give them what they wanted. Alternate translation: “Aaron and I cannot give you what you want.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
1217	16:8	vdr8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit		1	The people were complaining against Moses and Aaron, who were Yahweh’s servants. So by complaining against them, the people were really complaining against Yahweh. Alternate translation: Your complaints are not really against us; they are against Yahweh, because we are his servants” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1218	16:10	q4ax				1	This phrase is used here to mark an important event in the story. The important event here is the people seeing Yahweh’s glory. If your language has a way for doing this, you could consider using it here.
1219	16:10	b6rp				1	The word “behold” here shows that the people saw something interesting.
1220	16:12	g7xc		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor		1	God speaks of the food that he will send as if it were bread. The Israelites would eat this food every day, just as they had eaten bread every day before this. See how you translated it in Exodus 16:4. Alternate translation: “food” or “food like bread” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1221	16:13	aas8				1	This phrase is used here to mark an important part of the events. If your language has a way for doing this, you could consider using it here.
1222	16:13	eu1x		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown		1	These are small, plump birds. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
1223	16:14	k5lb		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile		1	The original readers knew what frost is like, so this phrase would help them understand what the flakes were like. Frost is frozen dew that forms on the ground. It is very fine. Alternate translation: “that looked like frost” or “that was fine like frost” (See: [[rc:///ta/man/translate/figs-simile]] and [[rc:///ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
1224	16:15	n5e7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor		1	Moses speaks of the food that God sent as if it were bread. The Israelites would eat this food every day, just as they had eaten bread every day before this. See how you translated it in Exodus 16:4. Alternate translation: “food” or “food like bread” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1225	16:16	v1c6				1	Moses continues telling the people about the food that God was providing for them.
1226	16:16	fqp9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bvolume		1	2 liters (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bvolume]])
1227	16:22	nrx8				1	This phrase is used here to mark the beginning of a new part of the story. Verses 16:22-30 tell about what the people did concerning the manna on the sixth and seventh days of the week. If your language has a way for marking this as a new part of the story, you could consider using it here.
1228	16:22	xk6x		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers		1	“on day 6” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
1229	16:22	zj1u				1	two times
1230	16:22	f4j9				1	This refers to the bread that appeared as thin flakes on the ground each morning.
1231	16:23	wc4a				1	“a day to rest quietly and think seriously”
1232	16:24	y4d9				1	“did not smell rotten”
1233	16:25	pr1p				1	“today is a Sabbath and is to be used only for honoring Yahweh”
1234	16:26	jv77		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers		1	“but on day seven” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
1235	16:26	hq5i				1	This was the name the Israelites gave to the bread that Yahweh caused to appear for them each morning.
1236	16:27	qf14				1	“they did not find any manna”
1237	16:28	q41d				1	Yahweh speaks to Moses, but the word you refers to the people of Israel in general.
1238	16:28	e1vx		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion		1	God used this question to scold the people because they did not obey his laws. Alternate translation: “You people still do not keep my commandments and laws!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
1239	16:28	vnq7				1	“to obey my commandments and my laws”
1240	16:29	p22l		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor		1	Yahweh speaks about teaching people to rest on the Sabbath as if the Sabbath were a gift. Alternate translation: “I, Yahweh, have taught you to rest on the Sabbath” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1241	16:29	dt58		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers		1	“day 6 … 2 days … day 7” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
1242	16:29	y8wf				1	This refers to the bread that appeared as thin flakes on the ground each morning.
1243	16:31	r1a5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown		1	Coriander is also known as cilantro. People dry the seeds and grind them into a powder and put it in food to give it flavor. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
1244	16:31	vrl4				1	very thin biscuits or crackers
1245	16:32	nxa9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bvolume		1	2 liters (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bvolume]])
1246	16:32	g93h				1	This refers to the bread that appeared as thin flakes on the ground each morning.
1247	16:33	rtw7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bvolume		1	“two liters” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bvolume]])
1248	16:36	g8ns		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bvolume		1	An omer and an ephah are both containers for measuring volume. The original readers would have known how much an ephah was. This sentence would help them know how much an omer was. For languages that do not use fractions, this can be reworded. Alternate translation: “Now ten omers equal one ephah” (See: [[rc:///ta/man/translate/translate-bvolume]] and [[rc:///ta/man/translate/translate-fraction]])
1249	17:intro	f12q				0	Exodus 17 General Notes Important figures of speech in this chapter Rhetorical Questions Moses uses several rhetorical questions in this chapter. The purpose of these questions is to convince people of their sin. Likewise, the people’s rhetorical question showed their ignorance. (See: [[rc:///ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc:///tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]]) Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter Wilderness of Sin Sin is the name of a part of the Sinai Wilderness. It is not the description of a place, and it has nothing to do with sinning. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1250	17:1	h1li		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names		1	The word “Sin” here is the Hebrew name of the wilderness. It is not the English word “sin.” See how you translated this in Exodus 16:1. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1251	17:1	j1fm		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names		1	This means “the resting place,” a place to rest on long journeys through the wilderness. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1252	17:2	hr9b		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion		1	Moses uses these questions to scold the people. Alternate translation: “You should not quarrel with me! You should not test Yahweh!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
1253	17:3	cz24		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion		1	The people use this question to accuse Moses of wanting to kill them. Alternate translation: “You only brought us out here to kill us and our children and cattle by not letting us have any water to drink!” (See: [[rc:///ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc:///ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1254	17:7	x5an		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names		1	a place in the desert whose name means “testing” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1255	17:7	hw7y		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names		1	a place in the desert whose name means “complaining” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1256	17:8	rv14		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names		1	This was the name of a place in the desert. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1257	17:10	ca3g		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche		1	Joshua represents himself and the Israelites that he led into battle. Alternate translation: “So Joshua and the men he chose fought against the Amalekites” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
1258	17:10	wy51		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names		1	Hur was a friend of Moses and Aaron. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1259	17:11	x5ex		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche		1	The words “Israel” and “Amalek” represent the fighters from those groups. Alternate translation: “the Israelite fighters were winning … the Amalekite fighters would begin to win” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
1260	17:12	hxt8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy		1	The author writes of Moses’ arms becoming tired as if his hands became heavy. Alternate translation: “arms became tired” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1261	17:13	plp3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy		1	The sword represents battle. Alternate translation: “in battle” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1262	17:14	c5rl		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor		1	God speaks of destroying Amalek as if he were removing people’s memory of Amalek. When a group of people is completely destroyed, there is nothing to remind people about them. Alternate translation: “I will completely destroy Amalek” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1263	17:14	jm77		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy		1	This refers to the Amalekites. Alternate translation: Amalekites” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1264	17:16	bw78		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy		1	People would raise their hand when they made a promise or pledge, so raising the hand represents making a promise. Alternate translation: “a promise was made” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1265	17:16	s86d		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive		1	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “Yahweh lifted up his hand” or “Yahweh made a solemn promise” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1266	18:intro	t8g2				0	Exodus 18 General Notes Special concepts in this chapter Leadership lessons Jethro taught Moses an important leadership lesson in this chapter. Many scholars look at this chapter for important leadership lessons. Moses delegated some of his responsibilities to other godly men so that he would not become worn out by all the demands made of him. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/godly]])
1267	18:1	nl86				1	This refers to the father of the wife of Moses.
1268	18:2	zw6h				1	Possible meanings are (1) Jethro took Zipporah to Moses, or (2) Jethro had earlier welcomed back Zipporah.
1269	18:2	chy6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit		1	This is something Moses had done earlier. The full meaning of the can be made explicit. Alternate translation: “after Moses had sent her home to her parents” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1270	18:3	khs1				1	This is the ending of the sentence that begins with the words “Jethro … took Zipporah” in verse 2. Possible meanings are (1) Jethro took Zipporah and her two sons to Moses, or (2) Jethro had earlier welcomed back Zipporah and her two sons.
1271	18:3	k4mb		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names		1	This is a son of Moses and Zipporah, whose name means “foreigner.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1272	18:4	xi35		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names		1	This is a son of Moses and Zipporah, whose name means “God is the one who helps me.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1273	18:4	z2km		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy		1	This represents being killed by Pharaoh or Pharaoh’s army. Alternate translation: “being killed by Pharaoh” or “being killed by Pharaoh’s army” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1274	18:5	kpq9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive		1	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “where he camped with the Israelites” (See: [[rc:///ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc:///ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1275	18:7	s5p2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction		1	These symbolic acts were the normal way that people showed great respect and devotion in that culture. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
1276	18:8	rkq2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy		1	The word “Israel” represents the Israelite people. Alternate translation: “in order to help the Israelite people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1277	18:8	a1ra		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor		1	Moses writes of hardships happening to them as if hardships had come to them. Alternate translation: “all the hardships that had happened to them” or “all the hardships they had experienced” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1278	18:9	wp1p		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy		1	The hand represents the power of someone to do something. Alternate translation: “the power of the Egyptians … the power of Pharaoh” or “what the Egyptians were doing to you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1279	18:10	nrv7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy		1	The hand represents the power of someone to do something. Alternate translation: “the power of the Egyptians … the power of Pharaoh” or “what the Egyptians were doing to you … what Pharaoh was doing to you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1280	18:14	bax5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion		1	Jethro uses this question to show Moses that what he was doing was not good. This rhetorical question can be translated as a statement. Alternate translation: “You should not be doing all of this for the people!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
1281	18:14	b5wj		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion		1	Jethro used this question to show Moses that he was doing too much. This rhetorical question can be translated as a statement. Alternate translation: “You should not sit alone … from morning till evening!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
1282	18:14	cfd1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy		1	The word “sit” here is a metonym for “judge.” Judges would sit while they listened to people’s complaints. Alternate translation: “you judge alone” or “you are the only one who judges the people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1283	18:18	jtd2				1	“you will surely make yourselves very tired”
1284	18:18	h91b		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor		1	Jethro speaks of the hard work that Moses is doing as if it were a physical burden that Moses was carrying. Alternate translation: “This work is too much for you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1285	18:19	pug7				1	“you guidance” or “you instruction”
1286	18:19	v8i9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor		1	Jethro speaks of God helping Moses as if God would be with Moses. Alternate translation: “God will help you” or “God will give you wisdom” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1287	18:19	w4r8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor		1	Jethro speaks of Moses telling God about their disputes as if Moses were bringing their disputes to God. Alternate translation: “you tell God about their disputes” or “you tell God what they are arguing about” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1288	18:20	w3vf		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor		1	Jethro speaks of living or behaving like walking. Alternate translation: “You must show them how to live” or “You must show them how to behave” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1289	18:21	p2rq				1	Jethro continues speaking to Moses.
1290	18:21	p5ap				1	“In addition, you must choose” or “You must also choose”
1291	18:21	n936		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor		1	Jethro speaks of giving them authority over people as putting them over people. Alternate translation: You must give them authority over people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1292	18:21	d2hv		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers		1	Possible meanings are (1) these numbers represent the exact amount of people in each group. Alternate translation: “leaders in charge of groups of 1,000 people, groups of 100 people, groups of 50 people, and groups of 10 people” or (2) these numbers are not exact, but represent groups of people of various sizes. Alternate translation: “leaders in charge of very small groups, small groups, large groups, and very large groups” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
1293	18:22	p4sr				1	“the simple cases”
1294	18:22	y5n2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor		1	Jethro speaks of telling Moses about the difficult cases as bringing him the difficult cases. Alternate translation: “the difficult cases they will tell you about” or “when there are difficult cases, they will tell you about them so you can judge them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1295	18:22	u42p		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor		1	Jethro speaks of the hard work that they would do as if it were a burden that they would carry. Alternate translation: “they will do the hard work with you” or “they will help you do the hard work” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1296	18:23	wyq4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit		1	What they will endure can be stated clearly. Alternate translation: “endure the stress of the work” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1297	18:25	n2ws		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor		1	Moses writes of the leaders of people as if they were the head of a body. Alternate translation: “leaders of the people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1298	18:25	tb18		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit		1	What they were capable of doing can be stated clearly. Alternate translation: “men who were able to lead” or “men who were able to judge” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1299	18:25	iqn8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers		1	Possible meanings are (1) these numbers represent the exact amount of people in each group. Alternate translation: “leaders in charge of groups of 1,000 people, groups of 100 people, groups of 50 people, and groups of 10 people” or (2) these numbers are not exact, but represent groups of people of various sizes. Alternate translation: “leaders in charge of very small groups, small groups, large groups, and very large groups” See how you translated this in Exodus 18:21. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
1300	18:26	abx4				1	“judged the people most of the time” or “judged the people’s easy cases”
1301	18:26	z7j4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor		1	The author writes of telling Moses about the difficult cases as bringing him the difficult cases. Alternate translation: “the difficult cases they told Moses about” or “when there were difficult cases, they told Moses about them so that he would judge them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1302	18:26	ve8h				1	“the easy cases”
1303	19:intro	ck7e				0	Exodus 19 General Notes Special concepts in this chapter “A kingdom of priests” The function of the priests was to intercede for the people. The Levites were the only priests in Israel; this is a metaphor indicating that the nation was to intercede for the world as a whole. They were also to be holy, or set apart, from the rest of the world. (See: [[rc:///tw/dict/bible/kt/priest]] and [[rc:///ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/holy]]) Revealing the Law The events of this chapter are concerned with preparing the people to receive the law of Moses. The people go through all of this to prepare themselves for the law, which show the great importance of this event for Israel. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]])
1304	19:1	r5tj		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths		1	This means they arrived at the wilderness on the first day of the month just as they left Egypt on the first day of the month. The first day of the third month on the Hebrew calendar is near the middle of May on Western calendars. Alternate translation: “In the third month … on the first day of the month” (See: [[rc:///ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]] and [[rc:///ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
1305	19:1	xw7p				1	“had left”
1306	19:2	nk51		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names		1	This is an area on the edge of the wilderness of Sinai where the people of Israel had been camping. See how you translated this name in Exodus 17:1. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1307	19:3	s2qt		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy		1	The word “house” here represents Jacob’s family and descendants. Alternate translation: “the descendants of Jacob” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1308	19:3	f4qw				1	The phrase “the people of Israel” explains what “the house of Jacob” means.
1309	19:4	z9i6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you		1	The word you here refers to the Israelites. Yahweh is telling Moses what to tell the Israelites. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
1310	19:4	b7ph		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor		1	God speaks of caring for his people while they traveled as if he were an eagle and carried them on his wings. Alternate translation: “I helped you travel like an eagle that carries her babies on her wings” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1311	19:5	th35				1	Obediently can be expressed as a verb. Alternate translation: “listen to my voice and obey me”
1312	19:5	c767		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy		1	God’s voice represents what he says. Alternate translation: “what I say” or “my words” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1313	19:5	fh8e				1	“do what my covenant requires you to do”
1314	19:5	ifv6				1	“treasure”
1315	19:6	gm9s		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor		1	God speaks of his people as if they were priests. Alternate translation: “a kingdom of people who are like priests” or “a kingdom of people who do what priests do” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1316	19:7	c5tq		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor		1	The author writes of Moses telling people things as if he were setting the words before them. AT “told them all these words” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1317	19:7	zqk1				1	“all that Yahweh had commanded him”
1318	19:8	ljf5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go		1	Where Moses went can be stated explicitly. Alternate translation: “Moses went back up the mountain to report” (See: [[rc:///ta/man/translate/figs-go]] and [[rc:///ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1319	19:8	rwx6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy		1	The word “words” refers to what the people said. Alternate translation: “what the people said” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1320	19:10	ie7y				1	This probably means “tell them to dedicate themselves to me” or “tell them to purify themselves for me.”
1321	19:10	j891				1	“their clothes” or “what they are wearing”
1322	19:11	d6tm		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you		1	This was a command to the people of Israel. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
1323	19:12	lg7u				1	Yahweh continues speaking to Moses.
1324	19:12	d48p				1	“make a boundary.” This was either a mark or some kind of barrier.
1325	19:12	kis1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive		1	This can be stated with an active form. Alternate translation: “You must surely put to death any person who touches the mountain” or “You must surely kill anyone who touches the mountain” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1326	19:12	ibe7				1	“Any person who touches” or “Anyone who touches”
1327	19:13	l9ak				1	“a person who does that” or “a person who touches the mountain”
1328	19:13	k35k		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive		1	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “you must certainly stone or shoot him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1329	19:13	vw19				1	This refers to being killed by someone who shoots arrows from a bow or stones from a slingshot.
1330	19:13	ng41				1	“a long, loud sound”
1331	19:15	bw2p		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism		1	This is a polite way of talking about sleeping with their wives. Alternate translation: “do not sleep with your wives” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
1332	19:16	fvt8				1	“All the people … shook with fear”
1333	19:18	m1b5				1	“Yahweh came down”
1334	19:18	a8p7				1	This shows that it was a very large amount of smoke. Alternate translation: “like the smoke from a very large fire”
1335	19:18	np1s		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown		1	an oven that can be made extremely hot (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
1336	19:19	m8ae				1	“continued to become louder and louder”
1337	19:19	f5e6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy		1	The word “voice” here refers to a sound that God made. Possible meanings are (1) “by speaking loudly like thunder” or (2) “by speaking” or (3) “by causing thunder to sound” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1338	19:20	v7mh				1	“he commanded Moses to come up”
1339	19:21	d2qm		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor		1	God spoke about walking past the boundary as if they might break down a barrier and walk through it. See how you translated “set bounds” in Exodus 19:12. Alternate translation: “not to go beyond the boundary” or “not to go through the barrier”(See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1340	19:24	w8lx				1	“go down”
1341	19:24	bk6p		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor		1	God spoke about walking past the boundary as if they might break down a barrier and walk through it. See how you translated a similar phrase in Exodus 19:21. Alternate translation: “go beyond the boundary” or “go through the barrier” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1342	20:intro	x7vt				0	Exodus 20 General Notes Structure and formatting The instructions recorded in this chapter are commonly known as the “ten commandments.” Special concepts in this chapter Covenant Yahweh’s covenant faithfulness is now based on the covenant he made with Abraham as well as the covenant he is making with Moses. (See: [[rc:///tw/dict/bible/kt/covenantfaith]] and [[rc:///tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]])
1343	20:2	qg71				1	“place where you were slaves”
1344	20:3	r9h3				1	“You must not worship any other gods but me”
1345	20:4	rkn1				1	“and you must not make the likeness”
1346	20:5	ka3i				1	The word “them” refers to carved figures or idols.
1347	20:5	r6zh				1	God wants his people to worship only him.
1348	20:5	w4cs				1	God will punish people for the sin of their parents.
1349	20:5	s2ia		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal		1	“to generations 3 and 4.” This refers to the grandchildren and great-grandchildren. Alternate translation: “even on the grandchildren and great-grandchildren (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
1350	20:6	u9nc		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns		1	The abstract noun “faithfulness” can be stated as “faithfully” or “faithful.” Alternate translation: “I faithfully love thousands of those who love me” or “I am faithful to the covenant with thousands of those who love me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
1351	20:6	yw38		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit		1	The word “thousands” is a metonym for a number too many to count. Alternate translation: “forever to those who love me” (See: [[rc:///ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc:///ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
1352	20:7	t3k2				1	“use the name of Yahweh your God”
1353	20:7	gcz2				1	“carelessly” or “without proper respect”
1354	20:7	sl6g		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives		1	This double-negative can be stated as a positive. Alternate translation: “I will certainly consider guilty” or “I will certainly punish” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
1355	20:8	kwn7				1	“set it apart for a special purpose”
1356	20:9	sad1				1	“do all your usual duties”
1357	20:10	t1ky		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy		1	Cities often had walls around them to keep out enemies, and gates for people to go in and out. Alternate translation: “within your community” or “inside your city” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1358	20:11	vw1f		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal		1	“on day seven.” Here “seventh” is the ordinal number for “7.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
1359	20:11	s8ds				1	Possible meanings are that (1) God caused the Sabbath day to produce good results, or (2) God said that the Sabbath day was good.
1360	20:14	wyv9				1	“You must not have sex with anyone other than your spouse”
1361	20:16	zix8				1	“must not speak a false report” or “must not tell lies about someone”
1362	20:17	vt9t				1	“must not strongly want to have” or “must not want to take”
1363	20:18	swq3				1	“sound of the trumpet”
1364	20:18	nm52				1	“smoke coming from the mountain”
1365	20:18	lmt5				1	“they shook with fear”
1366	20:18	h53m				1	“stood far away” or “stood at a distance”
1367	20:20	slb8				1	“so that you will honor him and not sin”
1368	20:21	lts1				1	“Moses went closer to”
1369	20:22	tq2f				1	“Tell the Israelites this”
1370	20:22	r6jh				1	“You have heard me speak to you from heaven”
1371	20:23	hi91				1	“You must not make idols as other gods instead of me”
1372	20:23	qm44				1	“gods made out of silver or gold” or “idols made out of silver or gold”
1373	20:24	pf1i				1	an altar made of materials from the ground, such as stone, soil, or clay
1374	20:24	ge89		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy		1	Here “name” is a metonym for God’s being. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “choose for you to honor me” (See: [[rc:///ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc:///ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1375	20:26	qm1b				1	“Do not build steps up to the altar and go up to it on those steps”
1376	20:26	h2qd				1	“your private parts”
1377	21:intro	dnd3				0	Exodus 21 General Notes Special concepts in this chapter Covenant with Moses Although the covenant Yahweh made with Moses began in the previous chapter, it formally begins with the statement, “Now these are the decrees that you must set before them.” The law of Moses was a major part of this covenant. (See: [[rc:///tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]] and [[rc:///tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]]) Slavery This passage does not condone slavery as an acceptable practice. However, it does impose some restrictions on the practice. Justice in society The rules and law of this chapter are not intended to be followed by every society. Israel was God’s chosen nation and was required to live in a special way. These laws concerned creating a just society and a holy nation. (See: [[rc:///tw/dict/bible/kt/elect]] and [[rc:///tw/dict/bible/kt/justice]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/holy]])
1378	21:1	b3g4				1	Yahweh continues speaking to Moses.
1379	21:1	hhf7				1	“you must give them” or “you must tell them”
1380	21:2	di5z				1	Yahweh tells Moses his laws for the people of Israel.
1381	21:3	ln3r		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit		1	What “by himself” means can be stated clearly. Some languages require that the additional condition, that he marries while a slave, be stated clearly. Alternate translation: “If he became a slave while he had no wife, and if he marries while he is a slave, the master need only free the man” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1382	21:3	pfn3				1	“alone” or “without a wife”
1383	21:3	e467				1	“if he was married when he became a slave” or “if he came as a married man”
1384	21:5	yj8x				1	“clearly says”
1385	21:5	jqh4				1	“I do not want my master to set me free”
1386	21:6	z8x1				1	“put a hole in his ear”
1387	21:6	xpd3				1	a pointed tool used to make a hole
1388	21:6	k6ev				1	“until the end of his life” or “until he dies”
1389	21:8	p8se				1	“has chosen”
1390	21:8	t2zf		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive		1	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “he must allow her father to buy her back” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1391	21:8	bi4y				1	“has no authority to sell”
1392	21:8	h7f7				1	“he has deceived her”
1393	21:9	w99z				1	“decides that she is the one who will be his son’s wife”
1394	21:10	rxk4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives		1	This can be stated in a positive form. Alternate translation: “he must give the first wife the same food, clothing, and marital rights she had before” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
1395	21:10	q2gt				1	“must not take away her food” or “must not give her less food”
1396	21:10	np9b		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism		1	This includes things that a husband must do for his wife, including sleeping with her. Alternate translation: “and he must continue to sleep with her as before” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
1397	21:12	gks4				1	“hits a man” or “attacks a man”
1398	21:12	su6b		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive		1	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “you must certainly execute that person” or “you must certainly kill that person” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1399	21:13	h4ka				1	“did not plan to do it” or “did not do it on purpose”
1400	21:13	gme9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit		1	The purpose of choosing a place can be stately clearly here. Alternate translation: “I will choose a place that he can run away to be safe” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1401	21:14	st5h				1	“after thinking carefully about it”
1402	21:14	abx6				1	The word “him” refers to the one who killed his neighbor.
1403	21:14	bcc6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive		1	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “so that you can kill him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1404	21:15	y3hd		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive		1	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “If anyone hits his father or mother, you must surely put him to death” or “You must surely kill anyone who hits his father or mother” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1405	21:15	qh2j				1	“must certainly”
1406	21:16	iu81		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive		1	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “you must kill that kidnapper” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1407	21:17	h8qf		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive		1	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “you must surely kill anyone who curses his father or his mother” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1408	21:18	hk3c		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive		1	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “cannot get out of bed” or “has to stay in bed” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1409	21:19	c7rv				1	“he gets better”
1410	21:19	fa8t				1	This is a stick that can be leaned on for support while walking.
1411	21:19	xg6c		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit		1	This refers to a situation when someone cannot work to earn money. You can express this clearly in the translation. Alternate translation: “the time he could not work” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1412	21:19	ws14				1	“pay his medical costs” or “pay for his costs for healing”
1413	21:20	te41				1	“because of the injury” or “because his master hit him”
1414	21:20	h4eg		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive		1	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “you must certainly punish that man” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1415	21:21	r65u		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit		1	You can express clearly in the translation that the servant was valuable to his master. Alternate translation: “because he has already lost his servant who was valuable to him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1416	21:22	a6av				1	“her baby dies in her womb” or “her baby is born too soon and dies”
1417	21:22	cn4h		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive		1	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “you must certainly fine the guilty man” or “the guilty man must pay a fine” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1418	21:22	v5ye				1	“what the judges decide”
1419	21:23	x2ek		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit		1	This means that if she is hurt, the person who hurt her must be hurt in the same way. Alternate translation: “he must give his life for her life” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1420	21:24	c5bq		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit		1	This means that if she is hurt, the person who hurt her must be hurt in the same way. Alternate translation: “his eye for her eye” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1421	21:26	i8cg				1	Here “man” refers to the owner of a slave.
1422	21:26	bmc1				1	“as payment.” Compensation is what someone does for another person or gives to another person to make up for what he has caused that person to lose.
1423	21:28	sp6w				1	“an ox injures with its horns”
1424	21:28	qk3u		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive		1	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “you must stone the ox to death” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1425	21:28	q2gv		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive		1	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “you must not eat its flesh” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1426	21:28	d4li		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive		1	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “you must acquit the ox’s owner” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1427	21:29	nzn1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive		1	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “you must also kill its owner” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1428	21:30	t5rs		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit		1	If the ox’s owner can pay a fine to save his own life, then he must pay whatever the judges decide. The full meaning of this can be stated clearly. This can also be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “if the owner of the bull can pay a fine to save his own life, he must pay the full amount that the judges say that he must pay” (See: [[rc:///ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc:///ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1429	21:31	kg25				1	“has injured with its horns”
1430	21:32	qzv3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney		1	“330 grams of silver.” A shekel weighed eleven grams. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney]])
1431	21:32	wm9a		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive		1	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “you must kill the ox by stoning it” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1432	21:33	fd4p				1	“uncovers a hole in the ground” or “takes a cover off a hole in the ground”
1433	21:34	b48a		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit		1	The owner must be paid for the loss of his animal. Alternate translation: “pay the owner for the dead animal” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1434	21:34	j8qz		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit		1	The one who paid for the loss of the animal will become the owner of the dead animal and can do what he wants with it. The full meaning of this statement can be made explicit. Alternate translation: “will belong to the owner of the pit” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1435	21:35	z9ug				1	“divide the money” or “divide the money they receive”
1436	21:36	fkx2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive		1	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “if people knew” or “if the owner knew” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1437	21:36	v64b				1	“had gored other animals before”
1438	21:36	ix8h		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit		1	This means that the owner did not keep his ox securely inside a fence. This can be clearly stated in the translation. Alternate translation: “its owner did not keep it inside a fence” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1439	21:36	dcv2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit		1	The owner of the ox that killed must give an ox to the man who lost his ox. This can be stated clearly in the translation. Alternate translation: “the owner of the ox that killed must surely give a living ox to the owner of the ox that died” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1440	22:intro	f9vb				0	Exodus 22 General Notes Special concepts in this chapter Justice in society The rules and laws of this chapter are not intended to be followed by every society. Israel was God’s chosen nation and was required to live in a special way. These laws concerned creating a just society and a holy nation. In this chapter, the purpose of these laws often focuses on minimizing the people’s desire for vengeance. (See: [[rc:///tw/dict/bible/kt/elect]], [[rc:///tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]], [[rc:///tw/dict/bible/kt/justice]] and [[rc:///tw/dict/bible/kt/holy]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/other/avenge]])
1441	22:1	syx5				1	Yahweh continues telling Moses his laws for the people of Israel.
1442	22:2	mt43		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive		1	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “If anyone finds a thief” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1443	22:2	e98x				1	“using force to come into a house”
1444	22:2	gt5f		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive		1	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “if anyone strikes the thief so that he dies” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1445	22:2	fq57				1	“no one will be guilty of murdering him”
1446	22:3	vym5				1	“if it is light before he breaks in” or “if he breaks in and it is after sunrise”
1447	22:3	nl2i				1	“the person who kills him will be guilty of murder”
1448	22:3	f4w4				1	“pay for what he stole”
1449	22:3	c5yl		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive		1	This can be stated in an active form. Alternate translation: “you must sell him as a slave in order to pay for what he stole” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1450	22:4	k926		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive		1	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “If they find that he still has the live animal that he stole” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1451	22:4	g5kg				1	pay two animals for every animal that he took
1452	22:5	j24t				1	“If a man lets his animals eat plants”
1453	22:5	ty82				1	“it eats plants”
1454	22:5	jrb3				1	“he must pay back the owner of that field”
1455	22:6	x6aj				1	“If someone starts a fire and it spreads in thorns”
1456	22:6	i4ma				1	“moves along the ground through dry plants”
1457	22:6	u1pa				1	This is grain that has been cut and tied in bundles. “bundled grain” or “harvested grain”
1458	22:6	r2cf				1	This is grain that has not been cut, but it is ready to be harvested.
1459	22:6	w6ku				1	“fire consumes a field” or “fire destroys a field”
1460	22:6	j398				1	“must certainly pay for the grain that the fire destroyed”
1461	22:7	jw3v				1	“to watch over it” or “to keep it safe”
1462	22:7	na9h		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive		1	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “if someone steals it” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1463	22:7	z7zu				1	someone who steals something
1464	22:7	x2sh		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive		1	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “if you find the thief” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1465	22:8	lwg5				1	“come before the judges so that they can find out if”
1466	22:8	f774		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom		1	This is an idiom. If you have a way of saying this in your language, you can use it here. Alternate translation: “has stolen his neighbor’s property” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1467	22:9	p7ab				1	The judges must listen to both people who claim that item belongs to them and the judges will decide who is guilty.
1468	22:11	gl7t		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive		1	Only the man who is accused of stealing the animal must swear the oath. The owner of the lost animal must accept the oath that has been sworn. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “the man who was caring for the animal must swear an oath before Yahweh and the owner must accept that oath” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1469	22:12	yw3w		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive		1	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “But if someone stole the animal from him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1470	22:13	b313		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive		1	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “But if a wild beast tore the animal in pieces” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1471	22:13	pc6i		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive		1	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “He will not have to pay for the animal that the wild beast destroyed” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1472	22:14	h8yw				1	“must certainly repay with another animal” or “must certainly pay the owner for the animal”
1473	22:15	g3zw		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive		1	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “if someone rented the animal” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1474	22:15	r792		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit		1	The one who borrowed the animal will not have to pay the owner anything more than the hiring or rental fee. This fee will pay for the loss of the animal. This can be stated clearly in the translation. Alternate translation: “the money that someone paid to rent the animal will cover the loss of the animal” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1475	22:15	f9w9				1	“rental fee” or “money paid to rent the animal”
1476	22:16	a8s8				1	“a man persuades a virgin who is not engaged that she wants to sleep with him”
1477	22:16	th2m				1	“not promised to be married”
1478	22:16	g24h		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism		1	Lying with someone is a euphemism for having sex. Alternate translation: “if he has sex with her” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
1479	22:16	x33y				1	“dowry” or “bride price”
1480	22:17	y2xz				1	These pronouns refer back to the man who seduced the virgin.
1481	22:19	y3qy		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism		1	This is a euphemism. Alternate translation: “Whoever has sexual relations with an animal” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
1482	22:20	n4nh		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive		1	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “Yahweh, you must completely destroy” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1483	22:21	kr35				1	“mistreat a foreigner” or “cheat a foreigner”
1484	22:22	djh3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives		1	This can be stated in positive form. Alternate translation: “You must treat all widows and fatherless children fairly” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
1485	22:22	v3i8				1	“woman whose husband has died”
1486	22:22	l2ih				1	“orphan” or “child with no parents”
1487	22:24	sx9h		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy		1	To be killed “with the sword” is a metonym that means a person will die violently, or perhaps fighting in a war. Alternate translation: “you will die a violent death” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1488	22:25	v5je				1	“one who lends money”
1489	22:25	g3ry				1	“charge him extra money for borrowing” or “charge him extra money for the loan”
1490	22:26	vsk2				1	“coat as collateral” or “coat as a guarantee to repay the loan”
1491	22:27	wi2m				1	“only coat” or “only garment to keep him warm”
1492	22:27	x7zb		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion		1	This question adds emphasis. You can translate it as a strong statement. Alternate translation: “He will have nothing to wear while he sleeps!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
1493	22:28	eel2				1	“Do not insult God” or “Do not speak evil about God”
1494	22:28	tdj6				1	“and do not ask God to do bad things to a ruler”
1495	22:29	p8nk		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives		1	This can be stated in a positive form. Alternate translation: “You must bring all of your offerings” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
1496	22:29	m4yq				1	“dedicate your firstborn sons to me”
1497	22:30	cya6				1	“dedicate to me the firstborn of”
1498	22:30	j345		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers		1	This can be written as a numeral. Alternate translation: “For 7 days after they are born” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
1499	22:30	m4wq		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers		1	This can be written as a numeral. Alternate translation: “day number 8” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
1500	22:30	l9vh				1	“dedicate them to me”
1501	23:intro	hk5t				0	Exodus 23 General Notes Special concepts in this chapter Justice in society The rules and laws of this chapter are not intended to be followed by every society. Israel was God’s chosen nation and was required to live in a special way. These laws concerned creating a just society and a holy nation. (See: [[rc:///tw/dict/bible/kt/elect]], [[rc:///tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]] and [[rc:///tw/dict/bible/kt/justice]] and [[rc:///tw/dict/bible/kt/holy]]) Celebrations of feasts and festivals The people of Israel were required to celebrate certain feasts and festivals. These were part of the law of Moses and some are described in this chapter. Their purpose was to worship Yahweh and to remember the great things Yahweh has done for them.
1502	23:1	we1y				1	Yahweh continues telling Moses his laws for the people of Israel.
1503	23:1	y1a3				1	This is the same as a lying or false witness.
1504	23:2	nqz9				1	“and you also must not speak”
1505	23:2	z6ej		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor		1	This is a metaphor that describes one’s agreeing with a group of people as if he actually walked over and stood with that group. Alternate translation: “doing what the crowd wants” or “agreeing with the majority” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1506	23:2	tnv2				1	do illegal or immoral actions that result in a unjust ruling
1507	23:4	faf4				1	Yahweh continues telling Moses his laws for the people of Israel.
1508	23:6	gr9g				1	Yahweh continues telling Moses his laws for the people of Israel.
1509	23:6	z2al				1	“Do not decide to treat a poor man unjustly in legal matters”
1510	23:6	vh76				1	Here, this refers to any matter that a court decides.
1511	23:7	mf4w				1	“I will not find the wicked not guilty” or “I will not say of wicked people that they are innocent”
1512	23:8	gh3v		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification		1	Here a “bribe” is described as if it were a person. Alternate translation: “bribe discredits … undermines” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
1513	23:9	mzu9				1	“the kind of life a stranger lives in a foreign land”
1514	23:10	usn5				1	Yahweh continues telling Moses his laws for the people of Israel.
1515	23:10	rt7h				1	“the food its plants produce”
1516	23:11	vr1l				1	uncultivated, untilled
1517	23:11	b5q6				1	in its natural state, not used for to grow food
1518	23:11	s4wv		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit		1	The poor can eat any food that grows on its own in a field that is not cultivated. This can be stated clearly in the translation. Alternate translation: “so the poor among your people may harvest and eat any food that grows on its own in that field” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1519	23:12	v36j				1	Yahweh continues telling Moses his laws for the people of Israel.
1520	23:12	ij92				1	“your work animals”
1521	23:12	gpu1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive		1	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “any foreigner may rest and regain his strength” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1522	23:13	ldn8				1	“Do” or “Obey”
1523	23:13	x5tf		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy		1	This represents praying to other gods. Alternate translation: “pray to other gods” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1524	23:14	kp1j				1	Yahweh continues telling Moses his laws for the people of Israel.
1525	23:15	bu7n		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths		1	This is the name of the first month of the Hebrew calendar. Aviv is during the last part of March and the first part of April on Western calendars. See how you translated this in Exodus 13:4. (See: [[rc:///ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]] and [[rc:///ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1526	23:15	tx1v		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives		1	Here understatement is used to emphasize that the Israelites must bring a suitable offering to Yahweh. Alternate translation: “come to me without a proper offering” or “always bring an offering to me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
1527	23:16	tnz1				1	Yahweh continues telling Moses his laws for the people of Israel.
1528	23:16	z4k4				1	“You must honor” or “You must celebrate”
1529	23:16	pnx4				1	This festival celebrated the final harvesting of all the crops for the year.
1530	23:17	t5xj		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit		1	Here to “appear” means to gather for worship. Alternate translation: “All the men must gather to worship the Lord Yahweh” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1531	23:18	rqs4				1	Yahweh continues telling Moses his laws for the people of Israel.
1532	23:18	qgx1				1	The fat was burned as an offering to Yahweh and was never eaten.
1533	23:19	h3gs				1	“the best and first produce of the harvest”
1534	23:19	u7bk				1	This was a magical fertility practice among the Canaanites, which the Israelites were not permitted to participate in.
1535	23:20	e5sr				1	Yahweh continues telling Moses his laws for the people of Israel.
1536	23:21	pm7x				1	“Listen to him”
1537	23:21	p5y3				1	“If you provoke him, he will not pardon”
1538	23:21	p4jv		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy		1	Here “name” refers to God’s authority. Alternate translation: “He has my authority” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1539	23:22	z1gn		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy		1	Here “voice” represents what the angel says. Alternate translation: “If you carefully obey what he says” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1540	23:22	y9bm		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism		1	These two phrases mean the same thing and are used for emphasis. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
1541	23:23	ap6k				1	Yahweh continues telling Moses his laws for the people of Israel.
1542	23:24	a1d5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit		1	The Israelites must not live as the people who worship other gods. Alternate translation: “You must not … live as the people who worship those gods” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1543	23:25	t3ir		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism		1	This is a merism that means food and drink. Alternate translation: “he will bless your food and drink” or “he will bless you by giving you food and drink” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
1544	23:25	ydl4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person		1	Yahweh switched between the first and third pronoun to refer to himself. Here both “he” and “I” refer to Yahweh. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
1545	23:26	i9uj				1	Yahweh continues telling Moses his laws for the people of Israel.
1546	23:26	q4gz		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives		1	This can be stated in positive form. Alternate translation: “Every woman will be able to become pregnant and give birth to healthy babies” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
1547	23:26	i1r9				1	to have a pregnancy end early and unexpectedly
1548	23:28	cg7i				1	a flying insect that can sting people and cause pain
1549	23:29	i9aq				1	“because no one would be living in the land”
1550	23:30	zyl3				1	Yahweh continues telling Moses his laws for the people of Israel.
1551	23:33	d1fp		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor		1	This means worshiping other gods will lead the people of Israel to certain destruction as if they were an animal caught in a hunter’s trap. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1552	24:intro	b83l				0	Exodus 24 General Notes Special concepts in this chapter Moses’ covenant The people of Israel promise to obey the covenant Yahweh made with Moses. Their continued blessings were contingent upon their obedience to this covenant. (See: [[rc:///tw/dict/bible/kt/promise]] and [[rc:///tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]]) God’s holiness Because Yahweh is perfectly holy, he can only be approached in a certain way. Because of this, only Moses was allowed near Yahweh. This is also why Yahweh is described as a “devouring fire.” (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/holy]])
1553	24:1	c97i		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names		1	These are men’s names. See how you translated these names in Exodus 6:23. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1554	24:1	nm3t		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers		1	“70 of Israel’s elders” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
1555	24:3	cg32		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom		1	This is an idiom that means the people were in complete agreement. Alternate translation: “together” or “in agreement” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1556	24:4	h7gg				1	“base of the mountain” or “bottom of the mountain”
1557	24:6	l5ia				1	Moses collected half of the blood in basins in order to splash it on the people in Exodus 24:8. This would confirm the people’s participation in the covenant between the people of Israel and God.
1558	24:6	f7dh				1	Here the altar represents God. This would confirm God’s participation in the covenant between God and the people of Israel.
1559	24:7	axt9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive		1	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “We will obey everything” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1560	24:8	h9ff		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit		1	This refers to the blood that Moses had put into the bowls. This can be stated clearly. Alternate translation: “Then Moses took the blood that was in the bowls” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1561	24:9	uz7y		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names		1	These are men’s names. See how you translated these names in Exodus 6:23. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1562	24:10	ic4s		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification		1	This speaks of God as if he had human feet. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
1563	24:10	je5k				1	“a pavement made of blue stones called sapphires”
1564	24:10	q8sn				1	a hard surface for walking or riding
1565	24:10	pm87		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown		1	This is a gemstone that is blue in color. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
1566	24:10	zd6u		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile		1	This is a simile. Alternate translation: “as clear as the sky is when there are no clouds” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
1567	24:11	jds6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy		1	This means that God did not harm the leaders. Alternate translation: “God did not harm the Israelite leaders” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1568	24:12	dx4f		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit		1	God had written the law and commandments on the tablets of stone. This can be stated clearly. Alternate translation: “two stone slabs on which I have written all the laws” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1569	24:13	gv5e				1	“with Joshua who assisted him” or “with Joshua who helped him”
1570	24:14	qiy4				1	“wait for Joshua and me”
1571	24:14	uc7r		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names		1	Hur was a man who was a friend of Moses and Aaron. See how you translated this name in Exodus 17:10. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1572	24:16	j2s5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy		1	This was the brilliant light of God’s presence. Alternate translation: “The brilliant light showing God’s presence” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1573	24:17	e4n6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile		1	This means the glory of Yahweh was very large and seemed to burn brightly like a fire. Alternate translation: “like a big fire burning” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
1574	24:17	k5lj		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor		1	Their eyes represent seeing, and seeing represents their thoughts or judgment about they saw. Alternate translation: “to the Israelites” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1575	24:18	h1wy		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers		1	“40 days and 40 nights” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
1576	25:intro	t23a				0	Exodus 25 General Notes Special concepts in this chapter The tent of meeting This chapter gives specific instructions regarding the building of a tent where Moses would meet Yahweh and the ark would be stored. This would eventually become the tabernacle. It was to be considered a very holy place. (See: [[rc:///tw/dict/bible/kt/tabernacle]] and [[rc:///tw/dict/bible/kt/holy]])
1577	25:2	r5yr		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom		1	This is an idiom that indicates a person’s desire to give an offering. Alternate translation: “who wants to give an offering” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1578	25:2	k78q		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you		1	The word you refers to Moses and the leaders. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
1579	25:3	s2ls				1	Yahweh continues to tell Moses what the people must do.
1580	25:4	c1qn				1	Possible meanings are (1) “material that is dyed blue, purple, and scarlet,” probably wool yarn, or (2) “blue, purple and scarlet dye” to dye the linen.
1581	25:4	c958				1	bright red
1582	25:6	i6gp		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown		1	dried plants that people grind into a powder and put in oil or food to give it a nice smell or flavor (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
1583	25:7	mg4f		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown		1	a valuable stone that has layers of white and black, red or brown. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
1584	25:7	aks5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive		1	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “precious stones for someone to set” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1585	25:7	c3hk				1	“valuable gems” or “treasured gems”
1586	25:8	d3vm				1	Yahweh continues to tell Moses what the people must do.
1587	25:9	w4sc				1	Here this word means the same thing as the word “sanctuary” in verse 8.
1588	25:9	c9qe		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you		1	Here you is plural and refers to Moses and the people of Israel. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
1589	25:9	m1np		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you		1	“show you in the design” or “show you in the pattern.” Here you is singular and refers to Moses. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
1590	25:10	n7j1				1	Yahweh continues to tell Moses what the people must do.
1591	25:10	cs23		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance		1	A cubit is 46 centimeters. Alternate translation: “2.5 cubits … 1.5 cubits” or “115 centimeters … almost 69 centimeters” (See: [[rc:///ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]] and [[rc:///ta/man/translate/translate-fraction]])
1592	25:12	e59p				1	Yahweh continues to tell Moses what the people must do.
1593	25:12	wbq8				1	Casting was a process in which gold was melted, poured into a mold that was in the shape of a ring, and then allowed to harden.
1594	25:14	f2kz				1	“so that you can carry the ark”
1595	25:15	k67p				1	Yahweh continues to tell Moses what the people must do.
1596	25:17	c675				1	This is the lid that sits on top of the ark where the atonement offering was made.
1597	25:17	ast8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance		1	A cubit is 46 centimeters. Alternate translation: “2.5 cubits … 1.5 cubits” or “115 centimeters … 69 centimeters” (See: [[rc:///ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]] and [[rc:///ta/man/translate/translate-fraction]])
1598	25:18	hfw6				1	“beaten gold”
1599	25:19	rgn8				1	Yahweh continues to tell Moses what the people must do.
1600	25:19	j38e				1	This is the lid that sits on top of the ark where the atonement offering was made. See how you translated this in Exodus 25:17.
1601	25:19	b4l9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive		1	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “You must make them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1602	25:21	lm1p		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you		1	Here you refers to Moses and the people of Israel. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
1603	25:22	hl6e				1	Yahweh continues to speak to Moses.
1604	25:22	zu9u		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you		1	“I will meet with you at the ark.” In 25:22 the word you is singular and refers to Moses. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
1605	25:22	wq9w				1	This is the lid that sits on top of the ark where the atonement offering was made. See how you translated this in Exodus 25:17.
1606	25:23	b11v				1	Yahweh continues to tell Moses what the people must do.
1607	25:23	t312		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance		1	A cubit is 46 centimeters. Alternate translation: “2 cubits … 1 cubit … 1.5 cubits” or “92 centimeters … 46 centimeters … 69 centimeters” (See: [[rc:///ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]] and [[rc:///ta/man/translate/translate-fraction]])
1608	25:25	b6j8				1	Yahweh continues to tell Moses what the people must do.
1609	25:25	awi7				1	a measurement of 7 to 8 centimeters
1610	25:25	bit8				1	“frame for the table”
1611	25:26	y64j				1	“legs are”
1612	25:27	jdh4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive		1	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “You must attach the rings” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1613	25:27	q5w8				1	“so you can carry”
1614	25:28	d7jz				1	Yahweh continues to tell Moses what the people must do.
1615	25:28	l4fk		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive		1	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “so that you may carry the table with them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1616	25:29	v78d		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive		1	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “so that you may use them to pour out drink offerings” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1617	25:30	uth7				1	This bread represented the presence of God.
1618	25:31	kc3q				1	“beaten gold.” See how you translated this in Exodus 25:18.
1619	25:31	g25l		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive		1	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “Make the lampstand” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1620	25:31	fq45		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive		1	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “Make its cups, its leafy bases, and its flowers all of one piece with the lampstand” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1621	25:33	nag2				1	Yahweh continues telling Moses what the people must do. Yahweh is describing the lampstand (Exodus 25:31-32).
1622	25:33	i7bh				1	white or pink flowers that have five petals
1623	25:34	ji3x				1	Yahweh continues telling Moses what the people must do. Yahweh is describing the lampstand (Exodus 25:31-32).
1624	25:35	lg8l				1	Yahweh continues telling Moses what the people must do. Yahweh is describing the lampstand (Exodus 25:31-32).
1625	25:35	n5ed		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive		1	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “you must make them as one piece with the lampstand” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1626	25:36	z9wy				1	Yahweh continues telling Moses what the people must do. Yahweh is describing the lampstand (Exodus 25:31-32).
1627	25:37	m2i7				1	Yahweh continues telling Moses what the people must do.
1628	25:37	dfn6				1	“so they shine light from it”
1629	25:38	l5w8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive		1	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “Make the tongs and their trays of pure gold” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1630	25:39	ff5p		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight		1	A talent weighs about thirty-three kilograms. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]])
1631	25:39	ff8n				1	the tongs and the trays
1632	25:40	l7je		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive		1	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “I am showing you on the mountain” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1633	26:intro	emw7				0	Exodus 26 General Notes Structure and formatting This chapter is a continuation of the material in the previous chapter. Special concepts in this chapter The tent of meeting This chapter gives specific instructions regarding the building of a tent where Moses would meet Yahweh and the ark would be stored. This would eventually become the tabernacle. It was to be considered a very holy place. (See: [[rc:///tw/dict/bible/kt/tabernacle]] and [[rc:///tw/dict/bible/kt/holy]])
1634	26:1	hen6				1	Yahweh continues telling Moses what the people must do (Exodus 25:1).
1635	26:1	ks8r		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you		1	Yahweh is speaking to Moses, so the word you is singular. Yahweh probably expected Moses to tell someone else to do the actual work, but Moses would be the one responsible for seeing that the work was done correctly. “Tell a craftsman to make” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
1636	26:1	iww4				1	These were large, heavy sections of woven cloth that were used to form the covering and dividing walls of the tabernacle.
1637	26:1	xvs7				1	wool dyed a deep red color
1638	26:1	n2vm				1	a person who is skilled in making beautiful objects by hand
1639	26:2	dkr6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance		1	“28 cubits … 4 cubits.” A cubit is 46 centimeters. (See: [[rc:///ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]] and [[rc:///ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
1640	26:3	ba6w		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive		1	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “Sew five curtains together to make one set, and sew the other five curtains together to make another set” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1641	26:4	ghz8				1	“one set of five curtains”
1642	26:4	zxx4				1	“the second set of five curtains”
1643	26:6	sns4				1	The clasps fit into the loops (verses 4 and 5) to hold the curtains together.
1644	26:7	k2mi				1	Yahweh continues telling Moses what the people must do.
1645	26:7	t7t3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers		1	“11” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
1646	26:8	p423		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers		1	“30 … 4” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
1647	26:8	v7i1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance		1	A cubit is 46 centimeters. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]])
1648	26:10	j8yn				1	Yahweh continues telling Moses what the people must do.
1649	26:10	etf7				1	See how you translated these in Exodus 26:4.
1650	26:11	cq36				1	The clasps fit into the loops to hold the curtains together. See how you translated this in Exodus 26:6.
1651	26:12	x5p7				1	Yahweh continues telling Moses what the people must do.
1652	26:13	k4ci		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance		1	A cubit is 46 centimeters. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]])
1653	26:14	kii8				1	See how you translated similar phrases in Exodus 25:5.
1654	26:14	yz3v				1	“colored red”
1655	26:15	p38r				1	Yahweh continues to tell Moses what the people must do.
1656	26:15	y85l				1	This refers to frames or panels that they made by joining together smaller pieces of wood.
1657	26:16	k4b7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers		1	“10 cubits … 1.5 cubits” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
1658	26:19	s45x				1	Yahweh continues telling Moses what the people must do.
1659	26:19	c9id				1	These were silver blocks that had a slot in them to keep the board in place.
1660	26:19	mm1h				1	The silver bases kept the wooden board off the ground.
1661	26:19	lg39		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive		1	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “Put two bases” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1662	26:21	gag1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit		1	This means that what was said about the first two boards should be done for the rest of the boards. This can be stated clearly in the translation. Alternate translation: “and two bases for each of the rest of the boards” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1663	26:22	nw4c				1	Yahweh continues to tell Moses what the people must do.
1664	26:24	k1ec		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive		1	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “Separate these frames at the bottom, but join them at the top” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1665	26:25	p2wu				1	These were silver blocks that had a slot in them to keep the frame in place. See how you translated this in Exodus 26:19.
1666	26:25	q8xh				1	“total”
1667	26:25	yr6d		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit		1	This means that what was said about the first two frames should be done for the rest of the frames. See how you translated this in Exodus 26:21. Alternate translation: “and two bases for each of the rest of the frames” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1668	26:26	c95e				1	Yahweh continue to tell Moses how the tabernacle was to be built.
1669	26:26	fc8p				1	These are horizontal support beams that give stability to the structure.
1670	26:27	rn67				1	The front was on the east side of the tabernacle.
1671	26:29	x8ny				1	Yahweh continues to tell Moses how the tabernacle must be constructed.
1672	26:29	ji1j				1	“which will hold the crossbars” or “because they will hold the crossbars”
1673	26:29	nq3m				1	These are horizontal support beams that give stability to the structure. See how you translated this in Exodus 26:26.
1674	26:30	csf9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive		1	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “that I have shown you here on this mountain” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1675	26:31	yqi6				1	Yahweh continues to tell Moses how the tabernacle is to be constructed.
1676	26:31	uc7w		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you		1	Yahweh is speaking to Moses, so the word you is singular. Yahweh probably expected Moses to tell someone else to do the actual work, but Moses would be the one responsible for seeing that the work was done correctly. “Tell a craftsman to make.” See how you translated this in Exodus 26:1. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
1677	26:33	p2yq				1	The clasps fit into the loops to hold the curtains together. See how you translated these in Exodus 26:6.
1678	26:33	d3gm		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit		1	The ark of the testimony is the chest that contains the commandments. This can be stated clearly in the translation. Alternate translation: “you must bring in the chest containing the commandments” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1679	26:33	jc47		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive		1	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “The curtain will separate the holy place” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1680	26:34	v7t1				1	Yahweh continues to tell Moses what the people must do.
1681	26:34	mli8				1	This is the lid that sits on top of the ark where the atonement offering was made. See how you translated this in Exodus 25:17.
1682	26:34	b9m2				1	“on the chest that contains the commandments”
1683	26:35	lv9e		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit		1	This is the table that holds the bread that represents the presence of God. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “Place the table for the bread of God’s presence on the north side” (See: [[rc:///ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc:///ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1684	26:36	h3s1				1	Yahweh continues to tell Moses how to construct the tabernacle.
1685	26:36	p5wf				1	This was a large curtain made of cloth.
1686	26:36	rr16				1	Possible meanings are (1) “yarn that is dyed blue, purple, and scarlet,” probably wool yarn, or (2) “blue, purple, and scarlet dye” to dye the linen. See how you translated this in Exodus 25:4.
1687	26:36	f6td				1	“finely twisted linen.” This was cloth made from fine linen threads that someone twisted together to make a stronger thread.
1688	26:36	r2fy				1	“a person who sews designs into cloth” or “a person who embroiders”
1689	27:intro	x4f7				0	Exodus 27 General Notes Structure and formatting This chapter is a continuation of the material in the previous chapter. Special concepts in this chapter The tent of meeting This chapter gives specific instructions regarding the building of a tent where Moses would meet Yahweh and the ark would be stored. This would eventually become the tabernacle. It was to be considered a very holy place. (See: [[rc:///tw/dict/bible/kt/tabernacle]] and [[rc:///tw/dict/bible/kt/holy]])
1690	27:1	hj65				1	Yahweh continues to tell Moses what the people must do (Exodus 25:1).
1691	27:1	qj4j		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance		1	“2.2 meters long on each side” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]])
1692	27:1	hbg9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance		1	“The altar must be square and 1.3 meters high” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]])
1693	27:1	s8qy		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance		1	A cubit is 46 centimeters. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]])
1694	27:2	lr23				1	“You must make projections that look like ox horns on its four corners”
1695	27:2	lek3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive		1	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “You must make the horns” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1696	27:2	y4r2				1	“must cover the altar and horns”
1697	27:3	qn79				1	Yahweh continues to tell Moses what the people must do.
1698	27:3	m4wm				1	bowls
1699	27:3	z5ax				1	These were pans that held hot coals from the altar.
1700	27:3	j5zt				1	These were any instrument, vessel, or tool that served a useful purpose.
1701	27:4	fp9m				1	“You must make a bronze grate for the altar”
1702	27:4	hsq3				1	a frame of crossed bars for holding wood when burning
1703	27:5	v6n4				1	Yahweh continues to tell Moses what the people need to do.
1704	27:5	c5em		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit		1	The grate was placed inside the altar. This can be stated clearly in the translation. Alternate translation: “You must put the grate under the rim of the altar, on the inside of the altar” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1705	27:5	xc2t				1	This is a frame of crossed bars for holding wood when burning. See how you translated this in Exodus 27:4.
1706	27:6	wki4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit		1	These poles were used for carrying the altar. This can be stated clearly in the translation. Alternate translation: “You must make poles for carrying the altar” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1707	27:7	fb3t				1	Yahweh continues to tell Moses what the people should do.
1708	27:7	b3yx		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive		1	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “You must put the poles into the rings and place them on each side of the altar to carry it” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1709	27:8	xj8e				1	a long, flat piece of wood that is thicker than a board
1710	27:8	t5ey		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive		1	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “that I have shown to you here on this mountain” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1711	27:9	y45x		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive		1	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “You must place hangings … courtyard” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1712	27:9	id4k				1	A “hanging” was a large curtain made of cloth. See how you translated this in Exodus 26:36
1713	27:9	v748				1	“finely twisted linen.” This was cloth made from fine linen threads that someone twisted together to make a stronger thread
1714	27:9	ce9a		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance		1	A cubit is 46 centimeters. Alternate translation: “44 meters” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]])
1715	27:10	sfg8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive		1	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “You must also attach hooks … posts” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1716	27:10	k7rb				1	a strong piece of wood set upright and used as a support
1717	27:11	n95e				1	Yahweh continues to tell Moses what the people must do.
1718	27:11	gjg5				1	See how you translated many similar words in Exodus 27:9.
1719	27:11	x52h				1	This could be stated as a command. Alternate translation: “you must make hangings”
1720	27:11	nr77				1	See how you translated many similar words in Exodus 27:10.
1721	27:12	p4u4				1	This could be stated as a command. Alternate translation: “you must make a curtain”
1722	27:12	elw4				1	This could be stated as a command. Alternate translation: “You must make ten posts”
1723	27:13	w2sg				1	This could be stated as a command. Alternate translation: “Make the courtyard fifty cubits long”
1724	27:14	mzn5				1	Yahweh continues to tell Moses what the people must do.
1725	27:14	vy7r				1	These were large curtains made of cloth. See how you translated this in Exodus 26:36.
1726	27:14	z8n2				1	These were strong pieces of wood set upright and used as supports. See how you translated these in Exodus 27:10.
1727	27:14	gz7s				1	These were metal blocks that had a slot in them to keep the board in place. See how you translated this in Exodus 26:19.
1728	27:14	u8nm		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance		1	about seven meters (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]])
1729	27:16	wv46				1	This could be stated as a command. Alternate translation: “You must make a curtain twenty cubits long to be the courtyard gate”
1730	27:16	h4tw		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive		1	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “They must make the curtain … fine twined linen, the work of an embroiderer” or “Embroiderers must make the curtain … fine twined linen” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1731	27:16	kn9u				1	Possible meanings are (1) “yarn that is dyed blue, purple, and scarlet,” probably wool yarn, or (2) “blue, purple, and scarlet dye” to dye the linen.
1732	27:16	g5wi				1	a person who sews designs into cloth
1733	27:17	wal2				1	Yahweh continues to tell Moses what the people must do.
1734	27:18	wt7n		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance		1	“100 cubits.” A cubit is 46 centimeters. (See: [[rc:///ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]] and [[rc:///ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
1735	27:18	j1zp				1	“finely twisted linen.” This was cloth made from fine linen threads that someone twisted together to make a stronger thread. See how you translated this in Exodus 26:36.
1736	27:19	w5n8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive		1	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “make all the tent pegs for the tabernacle and courtyard out of bronze” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1737	27:19	bs7c				1	sharp pieces of wood or metal used to secure the corners of a tent to the ground
1738	27:20	wn9n				1	Yahweh continues to tell Moses what the people must do.
1739	27:21	ge7v				1	This is another name for the tabernacle.
1740	27:21	p7ru				1	This is the chest that contains the sacred slabs of stone on which Yahweh had written his commandments.
1741	27:21	vr7m				1	“I require that the people do this as a lasting statute”
1742	28:intro	r3yx				0	Exodus 28 General Notes Special concepts in this chapter Holy garments Because Yahweh is holy, only the priests could approach him, and when they did they must be wearing specially made clothing. (See: [[rc:///tw/dict/bible/kt/priest]] and [[rc:///tw/dict/bible/kt/holy]])
1743	28:1	bsm1				1	Yahweh continues telling Moses what the people must do (Exodus 25:1).
1744	28:1	e1xb		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you		1	Here “yourself” refers to Moses. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
1745	28:2	tv9h		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you		1	Here you refers to the people. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
1746	28:2	t5gy		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive		1	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “garments that you will set apart to me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1747	28:4	re79				1	Yahweh continues telling Moses what the people must do.
1748	28:4	tr5e				1	“a coat with a design woven into it”
1749	28:4	dz5h				1	a tall head covering made from cloth wrapped around the head several times.
1750	28:4	k184				1	a piece of cloth that people wear around their waist or across their chest
1751	28:6	yu8u				1	Yahweh continues to tell Moses what the people must do.
1752	28:6	u3rx				1	“finely-twisted linen.” This was cloth made from fine linen threads that someone twisted together to make a stronger thread. See how you translated this in Exodus 26:36.
1753	28:6	k3bj				1	a person who can make beautiful objects by hand
1754	28:8	w523		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive		1	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “they must make it in one piece” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1755	28:9	c4ia		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown		1	These are valuable stones that have layers of white and black, red or brown. See how you translated this in Exodus 25:7. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
1756	28:10	at1b				1	Yahweh continues to tell Moses what the people must do.
1757	28:11	dv8k				1	“In the same way a person engraves on a seal”
1758	28:11	x1xc				1	a person who cuts designs into a hard material such as wood, stone, or metal
1759	28:11	cm3f				1	an engraved stone used to stamp a design into a wax seal
1760	28:11	gh2r				1	pieces of metal that hold the stone onto the ephod
1761	28:13	hpc7				1	Yahweh continues to tell Moses what the people must do.
1762	28:13	pi4x				1	These are pieces of metal that hold each stone onto the ephod. See how you translated this in Exodus 28:11.
1763	28:14	e746				1	“two chains of pure gold that are braided like cords”
1764	28:15	ta6b				1	Yahweh continues telling Moses what the people must do.
1765	28:15	sf8e				1	“a skillful workman will make it like the ephod”
1766	28:16	cny4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance		1	A span is 22 centimeters. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]])
1767	28:17	spd4				1	Twelve kinds of stone are listed here. Scholars are not sure which kinds of stones the Hebrew words refer to. Some translations list different stones.
1768	28:17	qp4t		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown		1	“valuable gems” or “treasured gems.” See how you translated these in Exodus 25:7. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
1769	28:17	n1ys		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown		1	These are precious stones. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
1770	28:18	ga1v				1	These are precious stones.
1771	28:18	a5rr				1	This is a gemstone that is blue in color. See how you translated this in Exodus 24:10.
1772	28:19	z17r				1	These are precious stones
1773	28:20	ul2e		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown		1	These are precious stones. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
1774	28:20	rgf6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown		1	This is a valuable stone that has layers of white and black, red or brown. See how you translated these in Exodus 25:7. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
1775	28:20	pw5h		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive		1	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “You must mount them in gold settings” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1776	28:21	d6fa				1	Yahweh continues to tell Moses what the people must do.
1777	28:21	x4qn		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive		1	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “You must arrange the stones” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1778	28:21	z8mw				1	A signet is an engraved stone used to stamp a design into a wax seal. Here the stone is mounted on a ring. See how you translated “signet” in Exodus 28:11.
1779	28:22	m7yl				1	“chains that are made of pure gold and are braided like cords.” See how you translated similar phrases in Exodus 28:14.
1780	28:25	cd3a				1	Yahweh continues to tell Moses what the people must do.
1781	28:25	d8y3				1	“chains braided like cords.” See how you translated this in Exodus 28:14.
1782	28:25	a4lc		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit		1	These are two settings that enclose the stones. This can be clearly stated in the translation. Alternate translation: “to the two settings that enclose the stones” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1783	28:27	e385				1	Yahweh continues to tell Moses what the people must do.
1784	28:27	vw1w				1	This was a cloth belt made from narrow linen threads that someone twisted together to make a stronger thread. See how you translated this in Exodus 28:8.
1785	28:28	se56		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive		1	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “so that they may attach it” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1786	28:28	wf9v		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives		1	This can be stated in positive form. Alternate translation: “the breastpiece would stay attached to the ephod” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
1787	28:29	k21k				1	Yahweh continues to tell Moses what the people must do.
1788	28:29	z1mz				1	This refers to the names of the tribes engraved on the twelve stones the breastplate as described in Exodus 28:17-21.
1789	28:29	cc97				1	“over Aaron’s heart” or “on his chest”
1790	28:30	f537				1	The second phrase appears to refer to the Urim and Thummim and explain their purpose.
1791	28:30	dgn9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown		1	It not clear what these are. They were objects, possibly stones, that the priest used to determine somehow the will of God. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
1792	28:31	jl1d				1	Yahweh continues to tell Moses what the people must do.
1793	28:32	x42n				1	This can be stated as a command. Alternate translation: “A weaver must make this robe”
1794	28:32	rw96				1	“a person who weaves” or “a person who creates cloth using thread”
1795	28:33	v7gy				1	Yahweh continues to tell Moses what the people do.
1796	28:33	t9re		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown		1	A pomegranate is a round fruit with a red outer skin. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
1797	28:34	kl55				1	This phrase is repeated to show the pattern of the design on the robe.
1798	28:35	de4m		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive		1	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “Aaron must wear the robe when he serves” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1799	28:35	pf61		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive		1	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “so that the bells make a sound” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1800	28:35	qtf9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit		1	It is implied that he would die because he did not obey Yahweh. This can be stated. Alternate translation: “As a result, he will not die because of disobeying my instructions” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1801	28:36	e8qp				1	Yahweh continues to tell Moses what the people must do.
1802	28:36	nd2q				1	“write on it in the same way a person engraves on a seal.” See how you translated similar words in Exodus 28:11
1803	28:37	qka6				1	This was a tall head covering made from cloth wrapped around the head several times. See how you translated this in Exodus 28:4.
1804	28:38	ee65		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive		1	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “Aaron must wear it on his forehead” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1805	28:38	u19w		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive		1	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “Aaron must always wear the turban on his forehead” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1806	28:39	cp68				1	God continues to tell Moses what the people must do.
1807	28:39	t5vj				1	This was a tall head covering made from cloth wrapped around the head several times. See how you translated this in Exodus 28:4.
1808	28:39	yi1l				1	A sash is a decorative piece of cloth that a person wears around his waist or across his chest. See how you translated this in Exodus 28:4.
1809	28:39	i62z				1	An embroiderer is a person who sews designs into cloth. See how you translated this in Exodus 26:36.
1810	28:40	sc7t				1	God continues to tell Moses what the people must do.
1811	28:40	pfs2				1	A sash is a decorative piece of cloth that a person wears around his waist or across his chest. See how you translated this in Exodus 28:4.
1812	28:40	v2tj				1	A headband is a narrow, decorative strip of cloth that is worn around the head above the eyes.
1813	28:41	xa75		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit		1	Aaron was the older brother of Moses. You can state this clearly in the translation. Alternate translation: “Put these clothes on your older brother Aaron” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1814	28:42	vua7				1	God continues to tell Moses what the people must do.
1815	28:42	vz62				1	These are underwear, clothing worn under the outer clothes, next to the skin.
1816	28:43	s6n2				1	This is another name for the tabernacle. See how you translated this in Exodus 27:21.
1817	28:43	r7y7				1	“a law the will not end”
1818	29:intro	xmd9				0	Exodus 29 General Notes Special concepts in this chapter Consecrating priests This chapter records the process of consecrating priests. The priests were to be set apart from the rest of Israel because Yahweh is holy. (See: [[rc:///tw/dict/bible/kt/consecrate]] and [[rc:///tw/dict/bible/kt/priest]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/holy]]) Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter “I will live among the Israelites” As God, Yahweh is everywhere and cannot be limited to a single space. This phrase indicates that he permanently remains within Israel in a special way while they have the ark.
1819	29:1	d6gk				1	The word “now” marks a change in topic from garments for priests to consecrating priests.
1820	29:1	z78h				1	Here you refers to Moses.
1821	29:1	ld5s				1	“to set apart Aaron and his sons”
1822	29:1	dq2c				1	Here “me” refers to Yahweh.
1823	29:1	cgl2				1	a male cow
1824	29:2	ptm7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive		1	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “Also take wafers without yeast and rub them with oil” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1825	29:2	r449				1	These are different kinds of food made from flour.
1826	29:3	u713				1	Yahweh continues to speak to Moses
1827	29:3	gm58				1	“You must put the bread, cake, and wafer”
1828	29:3	cd6m		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit		1	Here “present” means to offer as a sacrifice. The full meaning of this can be translated clearly. Alternate translation: “offer them to me when you sacrifice the bull and the two rams” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1829	29:4	a6rz				1	This is another name for the tabernacle. See how you translated this in Exodus 27:21.
1830	29:5	va8b				1	Yahweh continues speaking to Moses.
1831	29:5	f7u7				1	This was a coat with a design woven into it. See how you translated this in Exodus 28:4.
1832	29:5	pr4i				1	This was a cloth belt made from narrow linen threads that someone twisted together to make a stronger thread. See how you translated this in Exodus 28:8.
1833	29:6	ap2x				1	This was a tall head covering made from cloth wrapped around the head several times. See how you translated this in Exodus 28:4.
1834	29:6	y59s				1	This crown is described in Exodus 29:6 as being engraved with the words “dedicated to Yahweh” and made of pure gold.
1835	29:8	s53c				1	Yahweh continues speaking to Moses.
1836	29:8	v46k				1	“bring Aaron’s sons”
1837	29:8	jtc7				1	These were coats with a design woven into them. See how you translated this in Exodus 28:4.
1838	29:9	j3a8				1	A sash is a decorative piece of cloth that people wear around their waist or across their chest. See how you translated this word in Exodus 28:4.
1839	29:9	bh2d				1	A headband is a narrow, decorative strip of cloth that is worn around the head above the eyes. See how you translated this in Exodus 28:40.
1840	29:9	r1x4				1	“the duty of being priests”
1841	29:9	ze9l		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit		1	The duty of being priests will also belong to the descendants of Aaron’s sons. You can state this clearly in the translation. Alternate translation: “will belong to them and their descendants” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1842	29:9	p7m9				1	“a law the will not end.” See how you translated this in Exodus 28:43.
1843	29:10	r782				1	Yahweh continues speaking to Moses.
1844	29:10	p996				1	This is another name for the tabernacle. See how you translated this in Exodus 27:21.
1845	29:11	bf2m				1	The bull offering was to be killed by Moses, not the priests, at the doorway, not inside the tent of meeting.
1846	29:11	y6kp		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit		1	Since the following verses will tell what to do with the blood from the bull, use a term for “kill” that will imply a method similar to “slitting its throat and catch the blood in a bowl.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1847	29:12	uxh3				1	Yahweh continues speaking to Moses.
1848	29:12	c2ud				1	These were projections that looked like ox horns attached to the four corners of the altar. See how you translated this in Exodus 27:2.
1849	29:12	xdl5				1	“the remaining blood”
1850	29:13	x2c5				1	“covers the organs”
1851	29:13	nsg6				1	These are organs in the body.
1852	29:14	eza8				1	“But as for the remaining parts of the bull”
1853	29:16	hd8i				1	For these consecration sacrifices for the priests, it was Moses, not Aaron or his sons, who had to kill the animals.
1854	29:17	w2nb				1	“the organs.” See how you translated this in Exodus 29:13.
1855	29:18	s68x				1	Unlike the bull offering that was burned outside of the tent, the ram was to be burned on the inner altar.
1856	29:19	x3iv				1	Yahweh continues speaking to Moses.
1857	29:20	j6b1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit		1	The ram was killed by cutting its throat. This can be stated clearly in the translation. Alternate translation: “Then kill the ram by slitting its throat” or “Then kill the ram by cutting its throat” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1858	29:21	saa8				1	Yahweh continues speaking to Moses.
1859	29:21	w1aa		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive		1	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “By doing this, you will dedicate Aaron to me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1860	29:22	gj68				1	Yahweh continues speaking to Moses.
1861	29:22	i3dc				1	These refer to organs inside the body. See how you translated this in Exodus 29:13.
1862	29:23	td8w				1	For 29:23 see how you translated similar words in Exodus 29:2.
1863	29:23	i7vx				1	“that you have placed before Yahweh”
1864	29:24	wv9l				1	God continues speaking to Moses.
1865	29:24	b9bj				1	Here “these” refers to the parts of the sacrifice mentioned in the previous verses.
1866	29:25	wz3a		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive		1	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “burn it as an offering to me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1867	29:26	acx5				1	Yahweh continues speaking to Moses.
1868	29:26	bf71				1	“ram that you dedicated” or “ram that you killed”
1869	29:26	c21f				1	“the ram that you used to dedicate Aaron”
1870	29:28	uc2d				1	“This is what Aaron and his sons will always receive from the people”
1871	29:29	la34				1	Yahweh continues speaking to Moses.
1872	29:29	qru8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive		1	These garments belong to the priesthood and are not just Aaron’s personal clothing. Alternate translation: “Aaron must reserve the holy garments for his sons after him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1873	29:29	i5vz		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive		1	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “They must wear the holy garments when you anoint his sons and ordain them to me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1874	29:30	pe79				1	This is another name for the tabernacle. See how you translated this in Exodus 27:21.
1875	29:31	npz1				1	Yahweh continues speaking to Moses.
1876	29:31	l3xk				1	“the ram you killed when you installed the priests”
1877	29:31	u9kl		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit		1	This is not the same as the holy place outside of the most holy place. This refers to a place within the courtyard. Alternate translation: “at the entrance to the tent of meeting” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1878	29:32	dp8h				1	This is another name for the tabernacle. See how you translated this in Exodus 27:21.
1879	29:33	qk8i		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive		1	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “that you sacrificed” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1880	29:34	rhp7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive		1	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “No one must eat it” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1881	29:34	lhi8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive		1	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “because you have set it apart to me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1882	29:35	c2si				1	Yahweh continues speaking to Moses.
1883	29:35	g9pm				1	“I have commanded you to treat Aaron and his sons this way”
1884	29:37	pq5d				1	“Then the altar will be most holy”
1885	29:37	qk5h				1	“will also be very holy”
1886	29:38	e4r9				1	Yahweh continues speaking to Moses.
1887	29:38	sli9				1	“You must daily offer on the altar”
1888	29:40	rt1f				1	Yahweh continues speaking to Moses.
1889	29:40	x6i4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-fraction		1	“1/10 … 1/4” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-fraction]])
1890	29:40	bwg1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bvolume		1	An ephah is 22 liters. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bvolume]])
1891	29:40	vt6f		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bvolume		1	A hin is 3.7 liters. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bvolume]])
1892	29:41	t1tt				1	Yahweh continues speaking to Moses.
1893	29:41	hgt9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive		1	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “it will be a burnt offering to me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1894	29:42	j8cg				1	“through all the generations of your descendants.” See how you translated this in Exodus 12:14.
1895	29:42	h5r7				1	This is another name for the tabernacle. See how you translated this in Exodus 27:21.
1896	29:43	f1t6				1	Yahweh continues speaking to Moses.
1897	29:43	ic8i		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive		1	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “My awesome presence will dedicate the tent to me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1898	29:45	zcs1				1	Yahweh continues speaking to Moses.
1899	30:intro	z3yc				0	Exodus 30 General Notes Special concepts in this chapter Atonement The atonement offered by the priests was very important in the religious life of Israel. In order to offer sacrifices, the priests had to maintain ritual cleanliness by washing themselves. (See: [[rc:///tw/dict/bible/kt/atonement]] and [[rc:///tw/dict/bible/kt/priest]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/clean]])
1900	30:1	r1f4				1	Yahweh tells Moses how to build the worship equipment.
1901	30:1	v8vb		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you		1	Here you refers to Moses and the people of Israel. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
1902	30:2	w56e		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive		1	These were projections that looked like ox horns attached to the four corners of the altar. See how you translated “horns” in Exodus 27:2. Alternate translation: “You must make its horns” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1903	30:3	d3uu				1	Yahweh continues telling Moses what the people must do.
1904	30:3	ddb2				1	“an altar to burn incense”
1905	30:4	qyg4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive		1	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “which you will attach to the altar” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1906	30:5	r61h				1	Yahweh continues to tell Moses what the people must do.
1907	30:6	h33c		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit		1	The ark is the chest that contains the commandments. This can be stated clearly in the translation. See how you translated this in Exodus 26:33. Alternate translation: “the chest containing the commandments” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1908	30:6	e52i				1	This is the lid that sits on top of the ark where the atonement offering was made. See how you translated this in Exodus 25:17.
1909	30:6	vg6k		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you		1	Here you refers to Moses. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
1910	30:7	l2rl				1	Yahweh continues telling Moses what the people must do.
1911	30:8	qm7i				1	“through all the generations of your descendants.” See how you translated this in Exodus 12:14.
1912	30:9	ckf9				1	Though the word you is addressed to Moses, the instruction is given specifically to Aaron and his descendants as to when and what they are to offer on the altar of incense.
1913	30:10	ez2s				1	Yahweh continues speaking to Moses.
1914	30:10	k6xk				1	These were projections that looked like ox horns attached to the four corners of the altar. See how you translated this in Exodus 27:2.
1915	30:10	san2				1	“through all the generations of your descendants.” See how you translated this in Exodus 12:14.
1916	30:12	s73c		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you		1	Possible meanings are (1) you refers to just Moses or (2) you refers to Moses and the leaders of Israel in future generations when they take a census. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
1917	30:12	k5p1				1	The leaders only counted the Israelite men.
1918	30:13	s69s		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive		1	This can be stated in active form. They counted only the men. Alternate translation: “Everyone you count” or “Every man you count” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1919	30:13	i4wk		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney		1	“1/2 a shekel of silver.” Translators may use a unit of measure that people understand and a round number: “5.5 grams of silver” or “six grams of silver” (See: [[rc:///ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney]] and [[rc:///ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-fraction]])
1920	30:13	nfp6				1	There were evidently shekels of more than one weight at the time. This specified which one was to be used.
1921	30:13	id6d		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown		1	“20 gerahs.” A gerah is a unit that people used for measuring how much something very small weighed. (See: [[rc:///ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]] and [[rc:///ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
1922	30:14	k4h9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor		1	Larger numbers are spoken of as being up or above smaller numbers. Alternate translation: “from twenty years old and more” or “who is twenty years old or older” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1923	30:15	r7fd				1	Yahweh continues to tell Moses what the people must do.
1924	30:15	rll6				1	Only the men made this offering.
1925	30:15	e8xa		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney		1	Translators may use a unit of measure that people understand and a round number: “the 5.5 grams of silver” or “the 6 grams of silver.” See how you translated this in Exodus 3:13. (See: [[rc:///ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney]] and [[rc:///ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-fraction]])
1926	30:16	z6tn				1	Possible meanings are (1) “It will remind the Israelites to make atonement for their lives” or (2) “It will remind the Israelites that they have made atonement for their lives.”
1927	30:18	ye18		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you		1	Here you refers to Moses and the people of Israel. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
1928	30:18	v88y				1	“bronze bowl” or “bronze tub”
1929	30:18	bh82				1	This is what the basin would be put on.
1930	30:18	iq8n				1	This phrase explains what the priests were to use the large bronze basin for.
1931	30:18	m5li				1	the altar of sacrifice
1932	30:19	jq26				1	Yahweh continues telling Moses what the people must do.
1933	30:19	ivb1				1	“water in the basin”
1934	30:21	hp35				1	“for Aaron and all the generations of his descendants.” See how you translated a similar phrase in Exodus 12:14.
1935	30:22	p8n6				1	Yahweh continues telling Moses what the people must do.
1936	30:23	m9g7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown		1	dried plants that people grind into a powder and put in oil or food to give it a nice smell or flavor. See how you translated this in Exodus 25:6. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
1937	30:23	zq43		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers		1	“500 shekels … two hundred and fifty shekels.” A shekel is about 11 grams. Translators may use units that people know and round numbers: “5.7 kilograms … 11.4 kilograms” or “six kilograms … three kilograms” (See: [[rc:///ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]] and [[rc:///ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-fraction]])
1938	30:23	xga2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown		1	These are sweet spices. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
1939	30:24	p9jh		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown		1	This is a sweet spice. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
1940	30:24	n38f		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight		1	There were evidently shekels of more than one weight at the time. This specified which one was to be used. See how you translated this in Exodus 30:13. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]])
1941	30:24	dv89		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bvolume		1	Translators may use units that people know and round numbers: “3.7 liters” or “four liters” (See: [[rc:///ta/man/translate/translate-bvolume]] and [[rc:///ta/man/translate/translate-fraction]])
1942	30:25	juf3				1	“with these items”
1943	30:25	k3s5				1	Possible meanings are (1) Moses was to have a perfumer do the work or (2) Moses was to do the work himself the way a perfumer would do it.
1944	30:25	yv9l				1	a person who is skilled in mixing spices and oils
1945	30:26	f7k5				1	Yahweh continues speaking to Moses.
1946	30:26	u241		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you		1	Here you refers to Moses. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
1947	30:26	d4id		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit		1	The ark is the chest that contains the commandments. This can be stated clearly in the translation. See how you translated this in Exodus 26:33. Alternate translation: “the chest containing the commandments” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1948	30:28	v5mk				1	“the altar on which offering were burnt”
1949	30:29	a9hr				1	Yahweh continues speaking to Moses.
1950	30:29	np7g				1	This refers to the items listed in Exodus 30:26-28.
1951	30:31	k4s7				1	“all the generations of your descendants.” See how you translated this in Exodus 12:14.
1952	30:32	w4dt				1	Yahweh continues telling Moses what Moses must tell the people.
1953	30:32	rlk4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive		1	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “You must not put the anointing oil that is dedicated to Yahweh on a person’s skin” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1954	30:32	v3br				1	“with the same ingredients” or “with the same items”
1955	30:33	pa53		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor		1	The metaphor “cut off” has at least three possible meanings. They can be expressed in active form: (1) “I will no longer consider him to be one of the people of Israel” (2) “the people of Israel must send him away” or (3) “the people of Israel must kill him.” (See: [[rc:///ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc:///ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1956	30:34	r3j2				1	Yahweh continues to tell Moses what to do. Yahweh gives the commands only to Moses: all instances of you are singular. However, the words “blended by a perfumer” might mean that Moses could have the perfumer take the spices, blend them, grind them, and give them to Moses so Moses could put part of the mixture in front of the ark, as in UST.
1957	30:35	as9y		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive		1	The phrase with “blended” can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: “Make it into the form of incense that a perfumer has blended” or “A perfumer must blend it into a kind of incense” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1958	30:35	y8yj				1	Possible meanings are (1) Moses was to have a perfumer do the work or (2) Moses was to do the work himself the way a perfumer would do it. See how you translated these words in Exodus 30:25.
1959	30:36	nz2a		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you		1	“You will crush it.” Here you refers to Moses. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
1960	30:36	t8y9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you		1	Here you is plural and refers to Moses and all the people. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
1961	30:37	z4p5				1	Yahweh continues to tell Moses what the people must do.
1962	30:37	dq6c				1	The word you here refers to the people of Israel.
1963	30:37	yv1y				1	“with the same ingredients” or “with the same items.” See how you translated this in Exodus 30:32.
1964	30:37	wh25				1	“You must consider it to be most holy”
1965	30:38	xn6v				1	This is a pleasant smelling liquid a person puts on his or her body.
1966	30:38	sa1m		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor		1	The metaphor “cut off” has at least three possible meanings. They can be expressed in active form: (1) “I will no longer consider him to be one of the people of Israel” (2) “the people of Israel must send him away” or (3) “the people of Israel must kill him.” See how you translated this in Exodus 30:33. (See: [[rc:///ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc:///ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1967	31:intro	wfk7				0	Exodus 31 General Notes Structure and formatting This chapter is the end of Exodus’ recording of the law of Moses. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]]) Special concepts in this chapter Sabbath As described in this chapter, the Sabbath is more than just a day of worship or celebration. Its significance extends beyond a way to help people rest. It is a major part of the identity of the Hebrew people. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/sabbath]])
1968	31:2	m8ju		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy		1	God speaks of choosing specific people as calling them by name. Alternate translation: “I have chosen” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1969	31:2	hf5r		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names		1	These are names of men. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1970	31:3	ayb9				1	Yahweh continues speaking to Moses.
1971	31:3	f7sk		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor		1	Yahweh speaks of giving Bezalel his Spirit as if Bezalel were a container and God’s Spirit were a liquid. Alternate translation: “I have given my Spirit to Bezalel” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1972	31:3	r6i5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns		1	The abstract noun “craftsmanship” can be translated as “making crafts” or “making things.” Alternate translation: “for making all kinds of crafts” or “so that he can make all kinds of things” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
1973	31:6	qk4r				1	Yahweh continues speaking to Moses.
1974	31:6	jh61		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names		1	These are names of men. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1975	31:6	wcq7				1	God speaks of making people able to make things as if he were putting the ability into their hearts. Alternate translation: “I have given skill to all who are wise” or “I have made all who are wise able to make things well”
1976	31:7	jc78				1	This is another name for the tabernacle. See how you translated this in Exodus 27:21.
1977	31:7	m58b		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit		1	The ark is the chest that contains the commandments. This can be stated clearly in the translation. See how you translated this in Exodus 26:33. Alternate translation: “the chest containing the commandments” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1978	31:7	z5s4				1	This is the lid that sits on top of the ark where the atonement offering was made. See how you translated this in Exodus 25:17.
1979	31:8	h84n				1	“altar to burn incense.” See how you translated this in Exodus 30:3.
1980	31:9	cvl7				1	“altar on which offering were burnt.” See how you translated this in Exodus 30:28.
1981	31:10	hn88				1	Yahweh continues speaking to Moses.
1982	31:11	z1u2				1	“These people who are skilled in making beautiful things”
1983	31:13	i1lw		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor		1	God speaks of obeying his instructions about the Sabbath as keeping the Sabbath. Alternate translation: “You must certainly obey Yahweh’s instructions about the Sabbath” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1984	31:13	gw13				1	“through all the generations of your descendants.” See how you translated this in Exodus 12:14.
1985	31:13	h75a		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor		1	God speaks of choosing people to be his as setting them apart for himself. Alternate translation: “who has chosen you to be his people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1986	31:14	g83p		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive		1	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “for you must treat it as holy” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1987	31:14	mv4l		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor		1	God speaks of treating the Sabbath with disrespect as defiling it. Alternate translation: “Everyone who treats the Sabbath with disrespect” or “Everyone who does not obey the laws about the Sabbath” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1988	31:14	plq5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive		1	“must surely be killed.” This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “you must surely kill” or “you must surely execute” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1989	31:14	fz1g		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor		1	The metaphor “cut off” has at least three possible meanings. They can be expressed in active form: (1) “Yahweh will no longer consider him to be one of his people” (2) “you must surely send him away” or (3) “you must surely kill him.” (See: [[rc:///ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc:///ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1990	31:15	v4dv		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers		1	“but day 7” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
1991	31:16	iv7a				1	Yahweh continues telling Moses what he must tell the people of Israel.
1992	31:16	t9hw		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor		1	God speaks of obeying his instructions about the Sabbath as keeping the Sabbath. Alternate translation: “must obey Yahweh’s instructions about the Sabbath” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1993	31:16	n7q2				1	“They and all the generations of their descendants must observe it.” See how you translated “throughout their people’s generations” in Exodus 12:42.
1994	31:16	yef8				1	“a covenant that will always exist.” See how you translated this in Exodus 28:43.
1995	31:18	xc6h		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive		1	This can be translated with an active verb. Alternate translation: “which Yahweh wrote on with his own hand” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1996	32:intro	vv2w				0	Exodus 32 General Notes Structure and formatting The events of this chapter occur while Moses spoke with God and therefore happen at the same time as the events in chapters 20-31. Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 32:18. Special concepts in this chapter Idolatry The making of the golden calf was considered a form of idolatry. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1997	32:1	cfk8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor		1	Here understanding something is spoken of as if it were being seen. Alternate translation: “the people realized” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1998	32:1	k2i1				1	The word “come” strengthens the force of the command following it. The people were demanding that Aaron make an idol for them.
1999	32:1	mrb5				1	“lead us” or “be our leader”
2000	32:2	p86s				1	The word “them” refers to the golden rings.
2001	32:3	ckg2				1	This refers to all the people who rejected Moses as their leader and Moses’ God as their God.
2002	32:4	uf9e				1	Aaron melted the gold and poured it into a mold that had the shape of a calf. When the gold became hard, he removed the mold, and the hardened gold had the shape of a calf.
2003	32:5	ztx4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit		1	You may need to make explicit what he saw. “When Aaron saw what the people did” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2004	32:6	as6u				1	“to have a wild party.” The people likely behaved in sexually immoral ways at the party.
2005	32:8	eua5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor		1	Here God speaks of the people disobeying what he commanded them as if he had told them to walk on a certain road and they left that road. Alternate translation: “stopped doing what I commanded them to do” or “have stopped obeying what I commanded them to do” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2006	32:9	bh7c		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor		1	Here Yahweh compares knowing the people to seeing them. Alternate translation: “I know this people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2007	32:9	ffe2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor		1	Yahweh speaks of the people being stubborn as if they had stiff necks. Alternate translation: “a stubborn people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2008	32:10	fmk3				1	The word “now” is used here to mark a break in what Yahweh was telling Moses. Here Yahweh tells what he will do to the people.
2009	32:10	sd9w		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor		1	Yahweh speaks of his anger as if it were a fire that could burn hot. Alternate translation: “My anger towards them will be terrible” or “I am extremely angry with them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2010	32:10	vc2u		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you		1	The word you refers to Moses. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
2011	32:11	h62e		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor		1	Moses used this question to try to persuade Yahweh not to be so angry with his people. This rhetorical question can be translated as a statement. Alternate translation: “Do not let your anger burn against your people … a mighty hand.” or “Do not be so angry with your people … a mighty hand.” (See: [[rc:///ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc:///ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
2012	32:11	t2cv		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet		1	These two phrases share similar meanings and are combined for emphasis. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
2013	32:11	ph43		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy		1	Here the word “hand” refers to the things Yahweh did. Alternate translation: “and the powerful things you did” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
2014	32:12	k26p				1	Moses continues to reason with God not to destroy Israel.
2015	32:12	r8ij		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion		1	Moses used this question to try to persuade God not to destroy his people. This rhetorical question can be translated with a statement. Alternate translation: If you destroy your people, the Egyptians might say, ‘He led them out … to destroy them from the face of the earth.’ (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
2016	32:12	kzh7				1	“from the surface of the earth” or “from the earth”
2017	32:12	fns1				1	“Stop your burning anger” or “Stop being so angry”
2018	32:12	p1df		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor		1	Moses speaks of God’s anger as if it were a fire that was burning. Alternate translation: “your terrible anger” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2019	32:13	t9sa				1	“Remember Abraham” or “Think about Abraham”
2020	32:13	p8jq				1	“you made an oath” or “you solemnly promised”
2021	32:13	q1g1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor		1	God speaks about them possessing the land as if they would inherit it. Alternate translation: “They will possess it forever” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2022	32:15	cx7z				1	These are the two stone slabs on which God had engraved his commandments.
2023	32:16	w3ua		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism		1	These two phrases share similar meanings. The second explains how the tablets were “God’s own work.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
2024	32:17	cua3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit		1	It is assumed that Joshua met Moses while Moses was going back to the camp. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2025	32:19	hr2j				1	“the two stone slabs that Yahweh had written on”
2026	32:21	du5l		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations		1	This can be stated as an indirect quote. Alternate translation: “Then Moses asked Aaron what the people do to him, that he have brought such a great sin on them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
2027	32:21	np73		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor		1	Moses spoke of causing people to sin as if sin were an object and Aaron put it on them. Alternate translation: “you have caused them to sin so terribly” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2028	32:22	z2ch		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor		1	Aaron spoke of Moses’ anger as if it were a fire that could burn. “Do not be so angry” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2029	32:22	vdy2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor		1	Being determined to do evil is spoken of as being set on evil. Alternate translation: “they are determined to do what is evil” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2030	32:23	zn68				1	People showed disrespect by putting the word “this” before his name, as if Moses were someone they did not know and could not trust.
2031	32:24	yq7s		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations		1	This can be stated as an indirect quote. Alternate translation: “So I told them that whoever had any gold should take it off” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
2032	32:24	b3l5				1	Instead of taking ownership for making the calf, Aaron claims the calf came out of the fire supernaturally.
2033	32:25	ck1f				1	“were behaving wildly” or “were not controlling themselves”
2034	32:26	jis7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations		1	This can be stated as an indirect quote. Alternate translation: “Then Moses stood at the entrance to the camp and said that whoever was on Yahweh’s side should come to him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
2035	32:26	ryb5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor		1	Moses speaks of being loyal to Yahweh as being on Yahweh’s side. Alternate translation: “Whoever is loyal to Yahweh” or “Whoever serves Yahweh” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2036	32:27	xsl3				1	“go from side of the camp to the other, starting at one entrance to the camp and going to the entrance on the other side of the camp”
2037	32:28	at4i		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers		1	“3000 of the people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
2038	32:29	jzp1				1	This probably means “You have been chosen to serve Yahweh” or “You have become Yahweh’s servants.”
2039	32:29	c6fg		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit		1	The fact that they did this in obedience to God can be stated clearly. Alternate translation: “for you have obeyed Yahweh and killed your sons and your brothers” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2040	32:30	r5fn				1	They worshiped an idol.
2041	32:30	yi3e		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor		1	Moses spoke of persuading God to forgive the people as if he could make atonement for their sin. Alternate translation: “Perhaps I can persuade Yahweh to forgive you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2042	32:32	c72y		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy		1	The word “me” here refers to the name of Moses. Alternate translation: “erase my name from the book” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
2043	32:32	ahb3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit		1	What God had written in the book can be stated clearly. Alternate translation: “the book in which you have written the names of your people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2044	32:33	igb4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy		1	The phrase “that person” represents “that person’s name.” Alternate translation: “I will erase that person’s name from my book” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
2045	32:33	qwk9				1	This refers to the book of Yahweh that Moses spoke of in Exodus 32:32.
2046	32:34	xn8p				1	On the day that God decides to punish them, it will be clear that it is God who is judging them.
2047	32:35	ddg6				1	This plague may have been a serious illness. Alternate translation: “Yahweh made the people very sick”
2048	32:35	wv1v				1	Even though Aaron made the calf, the people were also guilty because they told Aaron to do it. Alternate translation: “they told Aaron to make the calf”
2049	33:intro	g5k3				0	Exodus 33 General Notes Special concepts in this chapter Covenant While the covenants Yahweh made may not be conditioned upon the obedience of Israel, it is clear that their conquering of the Promised Land was conditioned on their obedience to Yahweh. (See: [[rc:///tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]] and [[rc:///tw/dict/bible/kt/promisedland]])
2050	33:1	p8xp				1	Yahweh continues to tell Moses of his anger.
2051	33:3	yyt4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy		1	The land was good for raising livestock and growing crops. See how you translated this in Exodus 3:8. Alternate translation: “a land that is excellent for raising livestock and growing crops” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
2052	33:3	y347				1	“full of” or “with an abundance of”
2053	33:3	ck4m		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy		1	Since milk comes from cows and goats, this represents food produced by livestock. Alternate translation: “food from livestock” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
2054	33:3	a4ct		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy		1	Since honey is produced from flowers, this represents food from crops. Alternate translation: “food from crops” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
2055	33:3	ah5t				1	“people who refuse to change”
2056	33:4	cf7g				1	beautiful clothing as well as chains and rings with jewels in them
2057	33:5	rzr5				1	“people who refuse to change.” See how you translated this in Exodus 33:3.
2058	33:9	yt4f		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor		1	The cloud had the shape of a pillar. See how you translated this in Exodus 13:22. Alternate translation: “the cloud shaped like a pillar” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2059	33:9	vam7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit		1	Where it came down from can be stated clearly. Alternate translation: “would come down from the sky” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2060	33:11	zrb8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor		1	Speaking directly rather than through dreams and visions, is spoken of as if Moses and God saw each other’s faces while they spoke. Alternate translation: “Yahweh would speak directly to Moses” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2061	33:11	ika8				1	Joshua was old enough to be a soldier, but he was much younger than Moses
2062	33:12	unz8				1	“Look!” or “Listen!” or “Pay attention to what I am about to tell you”
2063	33:12	w7fs		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom		1	To know someone by name is to know them well. Alternate translation: “I know you well” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
2064	33:12	a7jr		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom		1	Here “found favor” is an idiom that means be approved of or that God is pleased with Moses. Here “eyes” are a metonym for sight, and sight is a metaphor representing God’s evaluation. Alternate translation: “I have evaluated you and approve” or “I am pleased with you” (See: [[rc:///ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]] and [[rc:///ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2065	33:13	e6vv		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom		1	Here “found favor” is an idiom that means be approved of or that God is pleased with Moses. Here “eyes” are a metonym for sight, and sight is a metaphor representing God’s evaluation. Alternate translation: “Now If you are pleased with me” or “Now if you approve of me” (See: [[rc:///ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]] and [[rc:///ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2066	33:13	zi7j				1	Possible meanings: (1) “show me what you are going to do in the future” or (2) “show me how people can do what pleases you.”
2067	33:14	gh8q		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy		1	God’s presence represents himself. Alternate translation: “I will go” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
2068	33:14	hl15		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you		1	The word you here refers to Moses. It is singular. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
2069	33:14	hc5n				1	“I will let you rest”
2070	33:16	d36k				1	“For if your presence does not go with us”
2071	33:16	tu8e		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive		1	This can be expressed with an active form. Alternate translation: how will people know” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2072	33:16	cgl8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion		1	Moses used this question in order to emphasize that if God does not go with them, no one will know that Moses had found favor in God’s sight. Alternate translation: “no one will know … people.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
2073	33:16	u82a				1	“Will it not only be known if”
2074	33:17	aln2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you		1	When Yahweh uses the word you in this verse, it is singular and refers to Moses. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
2075	33:17	ln7y		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom		1	Here “found favor” is an idiom that means that God is pleased with Moses. Here “eyes” are a metonym for sight, and sight is a metaphor representing his evaluation. See how you translated this in Exodus 33:12. Alternate translation: “I am pleased with you” or “I approve of you” (See: [[rc:///ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]] and [[rc:///ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2076	33:17	u2nv		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom		1	To know someone by name is to know them well. See how you translated this in Exodus 33:12. Alternate translation: “I know you well” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
2077	33:19	sx1a		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy		1	God speaks of walking past Moses so that Moses can see his goodness as if only his goodness would go past Moses. Alternate translation: “I will move past you so that you may see my goodness” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
2078	33:21	s4iy				1	“Look” or “Listen” or “Pay attention to what I am about to tell you.”
2079	33:23	fmu8				1	This is because Yahweh will be walking away from Moses.
2080	33:23	gw1n		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive		1	This can be expressed in active form. Alternate translation: “but you will not see my face” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2081	34:intro	smp6				0	Exodus 34 General Notes Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter “He will bring the punishment for the fathers’ sin on their children” This phrase does not mean that a child is necessarily punished for the sins of their parents. Many scholars believe that this passage indicates that a parent’s sins will have consequences that will affect their children and grandchildren. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])
2082	34:1	s1kv				1	“flat slabs of stone.” See how you translated this in Exodus 31:18
2083	34:3	fk8z				1	Yahweh continues speaking to Moses.
2084	34:3	ck6d		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy		1	Being seen doing something represents doing that. Alternate translation: “Do not let anyone else be anywhere on the mountain” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
2085	34:3	x3rx				1	“Even flocks or herds are not allowed to come near the mountain to eat.”
2086	34:5	sp7f				1	“stood with Moses on the mountain”
2087	34:5	r9ey		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy		1	Possible meanings are (1) “he spoke the name ‘Yahweh.’” or (2) “he proclaimed who Yahweh is.” For the second meaning, “name” would represent who God is. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
2088	34:6	fz1q		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person		1	God is speaking about himself. Alternate translation: “I, Yahweh, am God, and I am merciful and gracious” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
2089	34:6	e1k3				1	“always showing covenant faithfulness and trustworthiness”
2090	34:6	j7we		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns		1	The abstract nouns “faithfulness” and “trustworthiness” can be stated as “faithful” and “trustworthy.” Alternate translation: “always being faithful to my covenant and always being trustworthy” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
2091	34:7	lt2j		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns		1	The abstract noun “faithfulness” can be stated as “faithfully” or “faithful.” See how you translated a similar phrase in Exodus 20:6. Alternate translation: “faithfully loving thousands of generations” or “faithful to his covenant with thousands of generation” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
2092	34:7	q7z8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person		1	Yahweh is speaking about himself. Alternate translation: “But I will” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
2093	34:7	x397		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person		1	Yahweh is speaking about himself. Alternate translation: “I will by no means clear the guilty” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
2094	34:7	ts1b				1	“will certainly not clear the guilty” or “will certainly not say that the guilty are innocent” or “will certainly not free guilty people”
2095	34:7	px85		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor		1	Punishing people is spoken of as if punishment were an object that someone could bring on people. Alternate translation: “He will punish the children for their fathers’ sin” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2096	34:7	c3tb		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy		1	The word “children” represents descendants. Alternate translation: “their descendants” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
2097	34:9	mh3a		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom		1	Here “found favor” is an idiom that means be approved of or that God is pleased with Moses. Here “eyes” are a metonym for sight, and sight is a metaphor representing his evaluation. See how you translated this in Exodus 33:12. Alternate translation: “Now If you are pleased with me” or “Now if you approve of me” (See: [[rc:///ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]] and [[rc:///ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2098	34:9	hw66		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet		1	The words “iniquity” and “sin” mean basically the same thing and are combined for emphasis. Alternate translation: “all our sins” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
2099	34:9	n6e5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor		1	Something that someone possesses forever is spoken of as if it were something that they had inherited. Alternate translation: “take us as the people that you possess forever” or “accept us as the people who belong to you forever” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2100	34:10	zdq6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you		1	Here “your” refers to Moses. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
2101	34:10	bj1a		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom		1	A fearful thing is a thing that causes people to be afraid. In this case, people will fear God when they see what he does. Alternate translation: “what I do for you will cause people to fear me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
2102	34:10	s7uz		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you		1	Here you refers to Moses and the people of Israel. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
2103	34:12	b459				1	Yahweh continues speaking to Moses. Here he tells him what Moses and the people must do.
2104	34:12	lxz8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor		1	People who tempt others to sin are spoken of as if they were a trap. Alternate translation: “they will tempt you to sin” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2105	34:14	vmx2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy		1	The word “Jealous” here means that God is concerned to keep his honor. If his people worship other gods, he loses honor, because when his people do not honor him, other people also will not honor him. Alternate translation: “I, Yahweh, always guard my honor” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
2106	34:14	s5sd		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy		1	The word “name” here represents God’s character. Alternate translation: “I, Yahweh, who am always jealous” or “I, Yahweh, am always jealous” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
2107	34:15	f1e3				1	Yahweh continues to tell Moses how his people are to behave towards outsiders.
2108	34:15	gtd8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor		1	God speaks of people worshiping other gods as if they were prostitutes going to other men. Alternate translation: “for they worship other gods” or “because they worship other gods like prostitutes who go to other men” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2109	34:15	bj2i		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit		1	The consequence of eating food that is sacrificed to another god can be stated clearly. Alternate translation: “you will eat some of his sacrifice and become guilty of worshiping his gods” or “and you will prostitute yourself to his god by eating some of his sacrifice” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2110	34:18	s1rr				1	Yahweh continues to tell Moses what the people must do.
2111	34:18	u5be		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers		1	“7 days” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
2112	34:18	i5ck		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths		1	This is the name of the first month of the Hebrew calendar. Aviv is during the last part of March and the first part of April on Western calendars. See how you translated “Aviv” in Exodus 13:4. (See: [[rc:///ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]] and [[rc:///ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
2113	34:19	ly7d				1	Yahweh continues telling Moses what the people must do.
2114	34:20	yz8x				1	Firstborn sons and firstborn donkeys belonged to Yahweh, but Yahweh did not want them sacrificed to Him. Instead, the Israelites were to sacrifice a lamb in their place. This allowed the Israelites to buy the donkeys and sons back from Yahweh.
2115	34:20	u2p5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy		1	God speaks of the offering as if the person was to carry it in his hands. Alternate translation: “No one may come to me without an offering” or “Everyone who comes to me must bring me an offering” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
2116	34:21	w9ed				1	Yahweh continues telling Moses what the people must do.
2117	34:21	swm8				1	“Even when you are preparing the soil or gathering the crops”
2118	34:22	d13l				1	This festival was also known as the Festival of Shelters or the Festival of Booths. The idea came from the practice of the farmers living in temporary booths, or huts, out in the fields to guard the crop as it ripened. The word “Ingathering” means when they harvest their crop.
2119	34:23	zh58				1	Yahweh continues telling Moses what the people must do.
2120	34:25	zx2v				1	Yahweh continues to tell Moses what the people must do.
2121	34:25	e8v2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit		1	The fact that the blood is from an animal can be stated clearly. Alternate translation: “the blood of an animal that you sacrifice to me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2122	34:25	k2f7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit		1	The fact that any yeast would be in bread can be stated clearly. Alternate translation: “with bread that has yeast in it” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2123	34:28	mm6l				1	“Moses was on the mountain”
2124	34:28	j9t4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers		1	“40 days” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
2125	34:28	wt1c				1	“for forty days, both day and night”
2126	34:28	yun2				1	“Moses wrote”
2127	34:29	d9zk				1	“had started to shine”
2128	34:31	jfb4				1	“approached him” or “went to him.” They did not go up the mountain.
2129	34:32	kt23		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor		1	Telling commands is spoken of as if the commands were objects that could be given. Alternate translation: “all the commands that Yahweh had told him” or “everything that Yahweh had commanded them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2130	34:34	fzm1				1	“Moses would remove”
2131	34:34	m1sv		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive		1	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “what Yahweh had commanded him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2132	35:intro	lew9				0	Exodus 35 General Notes Special concepts in this chapter Sacrifice All of the people offered sacrifices to Yahweh. This was a form of worship and a sign of repentance from making the golden calf idol. (See: [[rc:///tw/dict/bible/kt/worship]] and [[rc:///tw/dict/bible/kt/repent]])
2133	35:2	c559		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal		1	“day number seven” or “Saturday” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
2134	35:2	zij9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive		1	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “You must kill anyone who does work on that day” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2135	35:4	jdb8				1	In Exodus 35:4-9, Moses tells the Israelites to make the things Yahweh commanded him in Exodus 25:3-7.
2136	35:5	h5c8				1	In Exodus 35:4-9, Moses tells the Israelites to make the things Yahweh commanded him in Exodus 25:3-7.
2137	35:5	n2c8				1	“Take up a collection for Yahweh”
2138	35:5	y2x6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche		1	Here “heart” refers to the person bringing the offering. Alternate translation: “everyone who is willing” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
2139	35:6	r12v				1	In Exodus 35:4-9, Moses tells the Israelites to make the things Yahweh commanded him in Exodus 25:3-7.
2140	35:7	nmv4				1	In Exodus 35:4-9, Moses tells the Israelites to make the things Yahweh commanded him in Exodus 25:3-7.
2141	35:7	l5bq				1	See how you translated similar phrases in Exodus 25:5.
2142	35:8	ikm4				1	In Exodus 35:4-9, Moses tells the Israelites to make the things Yahweh commanded him in Exodus 25:3-7.
2143	35:9	f1dd				1	In Exodus 35:4-9, Moses tells the Israelites to make the things Yahweh commanded him in Exodus 25:3-7.
2144	35:10	c31r				1	Moses continues telling the people what God commanded them to do.
2145	35:10	dc4b				1	“Every man with a skill”
2146	35:11	j5t7				1	The clasps fit into the loops to hold the curtains together. See how you translated these in Exodus 26:6.
2147	35:11	syn4				1	These are heavy objects that rest on the ground and keep the object attached to them from moving. See how you translated this in Exodus 25:31.
2148	35:12	rj7s				1	This is the lid that sits on top of the ark where the atonement offering was made. See how you translated this in Exodus 25:17.
2149	35:13	x3tl				1	“The people of Israel brought”
2150	35:13	l641				1	This bread represented the presence of God. See how you translated this in Exodus 25:30.
2151	35:16	h116				1	This is a frame of crossed bronze bars for holding wood when burning. See how you translated “grate” in Exodus 27:4.
2152	35:17	h8zl				1	These were large curtains made of cloth. See how you translated this in Exodus 26:36.
2153	35:17	x54f				1	These were strong pieces of wood set upright and used as supports. See how you translated these in Exodus 27:10.
2154	35:17	xtm8				1	These were blocks that had a slot in them to keep the board in place. See how you translated this in Exodus 26:19.
2155	35:18	n44r				1	sharp pieces of wood or metal used to secure the corners of a tent to the ground. See how you translated this in Exodus 27:19.
2156	35:19	x1pc				1	This was clothing made from narrow linen threads that someone twisted together to make a stronger thread. See how you translated this in Exodus 28:8.
2157	35:20	w6rg		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy		1	This refers to the people in the tribes. Alternate translation: “the people from all the tribes of Israel” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
2158	35:21	b9wk		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche		1	Here “heart” refers to the person. The heart that responded to God is spoken of as if it were water stirred up by a storm. Alternate translation: “who responded to God” (See: [[rc:///ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]] and [[rc:///ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2159	35:21	be9z		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche		1	Here “spirit” refers to the person. Alternate translation: “who was willing” or “who wanted to” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
2160	35:22	mwx8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche		1	Here “heart” refers to the person. Alternate translation: “everyone who was willing” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
2161	35:22	wwp2				1	These are different kinds of jewelry.
2162	35:23	s3ky				1	For 35:23 see how you translated many of these words in Exodus 25:4-5.
2163	35:25	ebm5				1	Possible meanings are (1) “material that is dyed blue, purple, and scarlet,” probably wool yarn, or (2) “blue, purple and scarlet dye” to dye the linen. See how you translated a similar phrase in Exodus 25:4.
2164	35:26	k1gy		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche		1	Here “hearts” refers to the women. The hearts of the women who responded to God are spoken of as if they were water stirred up by a storm. Alternate translation: “who responded to God” (See: [[rc:///ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]] and [[rc:///ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2165	35:27	f13n				1	For 35:27 see how you translated many of these words in Exodus 25:7.
2166	35:28	h3a1				1	For 35:28 see how you translated many similar words in Exodus 25:6
2167	35:29	li5z		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche		1	Here “heart” refers to the people. Alternate translation: “who was willing” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
2168	35:30	z1e2				1	See how you translated this in Exodus 31:2
2169	35:31	gse9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor		1	God’s Spirit who gave Bezalel the ability to work is spoken of here as if he was something that filled up Bezalel. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2170	35:31	zd74				1	See how you translated many similar words in Exodus 31:3
2171	35:32	r7e3				1	See how you translated many similar words in Exodus 31:4
2172	35:33	fj6f				1	See how you translated many similar words in Exodus 31:5
2173	35:34	a1r8				1	Moses continues speaking to the people.
2174	35:34	xd67		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche		1	Here “heart” refers to Bezalel. The ability to teach is spoken of as if it something that could be placed in a heart. Alternate translation: “He gave Bezalel the ability to teach” (See: [[rc:///ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]] and [[rc:///ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2175	35:34	ab2z		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names		1	“Oholiab” and “Ahisamak” are names of men. See how you translated these names in Exodus 31:6. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
2176	35:35	rcv9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor		1	Skill to create beautiful objects is spoken of as if it was something that could fill up a person. Alternate translation: “made them very skillful” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2177	35:35	me14				1	a person who cuts designs into a hard material such as wood, stone, or metal
2178	35:35	u7tf				1	people who sew designs into cloth
2179	35:35	r8zk				1	people who are skilled in making beautiful objects by hand
2180	35:35	cw3x				1	a person who creates cloth using thread
2181	35:35	a6c3				1	a person who creates beauty with materials
2182	36:intro	nz4n				0	Exodus 36 General Notes Special concepts in this chapter Tent of meeting The tent of meeting, or tabernacle, mentioned in previous chapters is constructed in this chapter. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/tabernacle]])
2183	36:1	ubk2				1	Moses continues speaking to the people.
2184	36:1	ds99		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names		1	This is the name of a man. See how you translated this in Exodus 31:2. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
2185	36:1	tl5b		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names		1	This is the name of a man. See how you translated this in Exodus 31:6. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
2186	36:1	tr3p		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor		1	Here skill and ability are spoken of as if they are something that Yahweh can place inside a person. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2187	36:1	mdi4				1	“just as Yahweh has commanded”
2188	36:2	tgn2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names		1	This is the name of a man. See how you translated this in Exodus 31:2. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
2189	36:2	wq6q		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names		1	This is the name of a man. See how you translated this in Exodus 31:6. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
2190	36:2	tda7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche		1	Here “mind” refers to the person who was made skillful by Yahweh. Alternate translation: “to whom Yahweh had given skill” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
2191	36:2	yuq8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche		1	Here “heart” refers to the person. The heart that responded to God is spoken of as if it were water stirred up by a storm. Alternate translation: “who responded to God” (See: [[rc:///ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]] and [[rc:///ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2192	36:5	tni7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations		1	The can be stated as an indirect quote. Alternate translation: “The craftsmen told Moses that the people were bringing much more than enough for doing the work that Yahweh has commanded them to do” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
2193	36:5	pd95				1	“The men working on the sanctuary told Moses”
2194	36:8	kw33				1	See how you translated many of these words in Exodus 26:1.
2195	36:8	l7ub				1	These curtains are sheets of cloth woven and sewed together so that they can hang to form a wall or tent.
2196	36:8	s2hu		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names		1	This is the name of a man. See how you translated this in Exodus 31:2. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
2197	36:9	p2mr				1	See how you translated many of these words in Exodus 26:2.
2198	36:10	z6sq				1	See how you translated many of these words in Exodus 26:3.
2199	36:11	yw91				1	See how you translated many of these words in Exodus 26:4.
2200	36:11	qh6e				1	Here “he” refers to Bezalel, but it includes all the men working on the sanctuary.
2201	36:11	y7vq				1	loops of blue cloth
2202	36:11	i4ba				1	These were large, heavy sections of woven cloth that were used to form the covering and dividing walls of the tabernacle. See how you translated this in Exodus 26:1.
2203	36:12	k1qq				1	See how you translated many of these words in Exodus 26:5.
2204	36:13	z2zi				1	See how you translated many of these words in Exodus 26:6.
2205	36:13	j75x		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers		1	“50 gold clasps” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
2206	36:14	m2ac				1	See how you translated many of these words in Exodus 26:7.
2207	36:14	us17		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers		1	“made 11” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
2208	36:15	fa6i				1	See how you translated many of these words in Exodus 26:8.
2209	36:15	ret8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers		1	“30 cubits” (See: [[rc:///ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]] and [[rc:///ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]])
2210	36:16	wwj6				1	See how you translated many of these words in Exodus 26:9.
2211	36:17	qt9b				1	See how you translated many of these words in Exodus 26:10.
2212	36:17	jm1l		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers		1	“50 loops” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
2213	36:18	mq1j				1	See how you translated many of these words in Exodus 26:11.
2214	36:18	a7mn		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers		1	“50 bronze clasps” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
2215	36:19	p3ke				1	See how you translated many of these words in Exodus 26:14.
2216	36:20	t739				1	See how you translated many of these words in Exodus 26:15.
2217	36:21	prx5				1	See how you translated many of these words in Exodus 26:16.
2218	36:21	gci3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance		1	“10 cubits … 1.5 cubits” (See: [[rc:///ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]] and [[rc:///ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-fraction]])
2219	36:22	l8yx				1	See how you translated many of these words in Exodus 26:17.
2220	36:22	vq4m				1	A wooden peg is a small piece of wood sticking out beyond the end of the board so it can be secured.
2221	36:23	ev65				1	See how you translated many of these words in Exodus 26:18.
2222	36:24	ln2x				1	See how you translated many of these words in Exodus 26:19.
2223	36:24	u5ue		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers		1	“40 silver bases” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
2224	36:24	yx4b		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers		1	“20 frames” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
2225	36:25	w2wz				1	See how you translated many of these words in Exodus 26:20.
2226	36:26	gbm9				1	See how you translated many of these words in Exodus 26:21.
2227	36:26	b9dy				1	There will be two bases under each and every frame.
2228	36:27	a7js				1	See how you translated many of these words in Exodus 26:22.
2229	36:27	m6ue				1	on the side that is on the west
2230	36:28	hw9c				1	See how you translated many of these words in Exodus 26:23.
2231	36:28	ma1f				1	for the corners at the rear of the tabernacle
2232	36:29	u396				1	See how you translated many of these words in Exodus 26:24.
2233	36:30	mu5n				1	See how you translated many of these words in Exodus 26:25.
2234	36:30	zls4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers		1	“16 bases in all” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
2235	36:30	r252				1	There will be two bases under each and every frame.
2236	36:31	cf2p				1	See how you translated many of these words in Exodus 26:26.
2237	36:32	p4wd				1	See how you translated many of these words in Exodus 26:27.
2238	36:32	tc6s				1	on the west side
2239	36:33	h94y				1	See how you translated many of these words in Exodus 26:28.
2240	36:33	lk9f				1	from one side of the tabernacle to the other side
2241	36:34	i17v				1	See how you translated many of these words in Exodus 26:29.
2242	36:35	pfc5				1	See how you translated many of these words in Exodus 26:31.
2243	36:36	hg2q				1	See how you translated many of these words in Exodus 26:32.
2244	36:37	r5ya				1	See how you translated many of these words in Exodus 26:36.
2245	36:37	vv61				1	Here “he” refers to Bezalel and those working for him. “Bezalel and his men made”
2246	36:37	neu2				1	a curtain
2247	36:38	pr67				1	See how you translated many of these words in Exodus 26:37.
2248	37:intro	mt99				0	Exodus 37 General Notes Special concepts in this chapter The ark of the covenant The ark, mentioned in previous chapters, is constructed in this chapter. There are other furnishings of the tabernacle that are also produced in this chapter. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/tabernacle]])
2249	37:1	byr3				1	See how you translated many of these words in Exodus 25:10.
2250	37:1	xz1t		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names		1	This is the name of a man. See how you translated this in Exodus 31:2. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
2251	37:1	ps6e		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance		1	A cubit is 46 centimeters. Alternate translation: “2.5 cubits … 1.5 cubits” or “115 centimeters … 69 centimeters” (See: [[rc:///ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]] and [[rc:///ta/man/translate/translate-fraction]])
2252	37:2	kb3s				1	See how you translated many of these words in Exodus 25:11.
2253	37:3	pb6v				1	See how you translated many of these words in Exodus 25:12.
2254	37:3	ut8d		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor		1	These four pieces of wood that supported the ark are spoken of as if they were human or animal feet. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2255	37:4	nr8y				1	See how you translated many of these words in Exodus 25:13.
2256	37:4	n9kr				1	Though “he” refers to Bezalel, “he” may include all of the workers who assisted him.
2257	37:5	v9j7				1	See how you translated many of these words in Exodus 25:14.
2258	37:6	liw8				1	See how you translated many of these words in Exodus 25:17.
2259	37:6	ba8a		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance		1	A cubit is 46 centimeters. Alternate translation: “2.5 cubits … 1.5 cubits” or “115 centimeters … 69 centimeters” (See: [[rc:///ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]] and [[rc:///ta/man/translate/translate-fraction]])
2260	37:7	nhi3				1	See how you translated many of these words in Exodus 25:18.
2261	37:8	g96y				1	See how you translated many of these words in Exodus 25:19.
2262	37:8	y13s		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive		1	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “He made them as one piece” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2263	37:9	e6na				1	See how you translated many of these words in Exodus 25:20.
2264	37:9	r7nm		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification		1	Bezalel placed the statues of the cherubim as if they were real cherubim which were spreading their wings and overshadowing the atonement lid. Alternate translation: “They placed the winged creatures so that their wings touched each other and spread out over” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
2265	37:9	zsq1				1	“The faces of the cherubim were towards each other, and they looked toward”
2266	37:10	ktf8				1	See how you translated many of these words in Exodus 25:23.
2267	37:10	fnt3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance		1	A cubit is 46 centimeters. Alternate translation: “2 cubits … 1 cubit … 1.5 cubits” or “92 centimeters … 46 centimeters … 69 centimeters” (See: [[rc:///ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]] and [[rc:///ta/man/translate/translate-fraction]])
2268	37:11	l2kv				1	See how you translated many of these words in Exodus 25:24.
2269	37:12	i1ba				1	See how you translated many of these words in Exodus 25:25.
2270	37:12	j4iq		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance		1	This was the width of a man’s hand with fingers spread out. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]])
2271	37:13	b56c				1	See how you translated many of these words in Exodus 25:26.
2272	37:13	k69z		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor		1	These four pieces of wood that supported the ark are spoken of as if they were human or animal feet. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2273	37:14	tc3u				1	See how you translated many of these words in Exodus 25:27.
2274	37:14	b3ma		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive		1	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “Bezalel attached the rings” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2275	37:15	zkr8				1	See how you translated many of these words in Exodus 25:28.
2276	37:16	h598				1	See how you translated many of these words in Exodus 25:29.
2277	37:16	ui2r		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit		1	It is only the bowls and pitchers that are used to pour out the offerings. Alternate translation: “plates and cups, and also the jars and bowls which the priests will use for pouring out the offerings” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2278	37:17	edx6				1	See how you translated many of these words in Exodus 25:31.
2279	37:17	wp6l				1	Bezalel’s work crew continues to build the tabernacle and furniture.
2280	37:17	s977		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive		1	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “He made the cups, its leafy bases, and its flowers as one piece with the lampstand” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2281	37:18	kuh2				1	See how you translated many of these words in Exodus 25:32.
2282	37:19	g1y9				1	See how you translated many of these words in Exodus 25:33.
2283	37:19	j6vz		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive		1	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “he made the 3 cups look like almond blossoms” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2284	37:19	cbe6				1	An almond blossom is a white or pink flower with five petals that grows on an almond tree.
2285	37:20	nl54				1	See how you translated many of these words in Exodus 25:34.
2286	37:20	bx63		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive		1	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “there were 4 cups which Bezalel made to look like almond blossoms” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2287	37:21	x1u5				1	See how you translated many of these words in Exodus 25:35.
2288	37:21	v3c2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive		1	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “which he made as one piece with the lampstand” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2289	37:22	ks9z				1	See how you translated many of these words in Exodus 25:36.
2290	37:23	b2jq				1	See how you translated many of these words in Exodus 25:37-38.
2291	37:23	r4y1				1	Bezalel’s work crew continues to build the tabernacle and furniture.
2292	37:23	njx7				1	This is a tool made from two sticks of wood or metal connected at one end and used for picking up objects.
2293	37:24	uz5h				1	See how you translated many of these words in Exodus 25:39.
2294	37:24	arz1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight		1	“33 kilograms” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]])
2295	37:25	el8w				1	See how you translated many of these words in Exodus 30:1-2.
2296	37:25	li9d				1	Bezalel’s work crew continues to build the tabernacle and furniture.
2297	37:25	c8mg		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance		1	A cubit is 46 centimeters. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]])
2298	37:25	xq8k		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive		1	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “He made the horns as one piece with the altar” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2299	37:26	ep66				1	See how you translated many of these words in Exodus 30:3.
2300	37:27	zez2				1	See how you translated many of these words in Exodus 30:4.
2301	37:27	d2v9				1	Bezalel’s work crew continues to build the tabernacle and furniture.
2302	37:27	p89d		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive		1	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “which they attached to the altar” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2303	37:28	hw37				1	See how you translated many of these words in Exodus 30:5.
2304	37:29	c992				1	See how you translated many of these words in Exodus 30:25.
2305	37:29	z685				1	See how you translated this in Exodus 25:6.
2306	37:29	akg9				1	A perfumer is skilled in mixing spices and oils.
2307	38:intro	hp86				0	Exodus 38 General Notes Special concepts in this chapter The altar The altar is constructed in this chapter. There are other furnishings of the tabernacle that are also produced in this chapter. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/tabernacle]]) Materials The list of materials being used is intended to give the reader an understanding of the scale of the tabernacle. It should fill the reader with awe concerning the power of Yahweh. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2308	38:1	r81c				1	See how you translated many of these words in Exodus 27:1.
2309	38:1	gk19				1	Bezalel’s work crew continues to build the tabernacle and furniture.
2310	38:1	g5ex		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance		1	One cubit is 46 centimeters. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]])
2311	38:2	g71x				1	See how you translated many of these words in Exodus 27:2.
2312	38:2	se9l		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive		1	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “He made the horns as one piece” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2313	38:3	v73t				1	See how you translated many of these words in Exodus 27:3.
2314	38:4	rx7v				1	See how you translated many of these words in Exodus 27:4 and Exodus 27:5.
2315	38:4	nb1q				1	Bezalel’s work crew continues to build the tabernacle and furniture.
2316	38:4	g5rb		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive		1	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “which they placed under the ledge” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2317	38:5	kp6w				1	See how you translated many of these words in Exodus 27:4.
2318	38:6	l258				1	See how you translated many of these words in Exodus 27:6.
2319	38:6	ihi9				1	Bezalel’s work crew continues to build the tabernacle and furniture.
2320	38:7	ys63				1	See how you translated many of these words in Exodus 27:7-8.
2321	38:7	wa8g				1	a long, flat piece of wood that is thicker than a board
2322	38:8	tqi9				1	Bezalel’s work crew continues to build the tabernacle and furniture.
2323	38:8	e6gd				1	The stand supported the bronze basin. See how you translated this in Exodus 30:18.
2324	38:8	mdx9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit		1	The bronze came from the mirrors. This can be stated clearly in the translation. Alternate translation: “The bronze for the basin came from the mirrors” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2325	38:8	e1wq				1	A mirror is a piece of polished metal or glass that reflects an image.
2326	38:9	clk6				1	See how you translated many of these words in Exodus 27:9.
2327	38:9	j2nq				1	Bezalel’s work crew continues to build the tabernacle and furniture.
2328	38:9	i24a		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers		1	“100” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
2329	38:9	su7e		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance		1	A cubit is 46 centimeters. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]])
2330	38:10	nz6q				1	See how you translated many of these words in Exodus 27:10.
2331	38:10	x9jn		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers		1	“20” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
2332	38:11	mp6n				1	See how you translated many of these words in Exodus 27:11.
2333	38:11	kl3h		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers		1	“100 … 20” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
2334	38:11	xl4c		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance		1	A cubit is 46 centimeters. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]])
2335	38:12	g5iz				1	See how you translated many of these words in Exodus 27:12.
2336	38:12	vuw5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers		1	“50 … 10” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
2337	38:13	iju3				1	See how you translated many of these words in Exodus 27:13.
2338	38:13	fw1k		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers		1	“50” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
2339	38:13	jl57		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance		1	A cubit is 46 centimeters. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]])
2340	38:14	n1xj				1	See how you translated many of these words in Exodus 27:14.
2341	38:14	b85e		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers		1	“15 … 3” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
2342	38:15	dlq7				1	See how you translated many of these words in Exodus 27:15.
2343	38:16	s5zf		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive		1	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “Bezalel and the workers made all the hangings around the courtyard with fine linen” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2344	38:17	s5g5				1	See how you translated many of these words in Exodus 27:17.
2345	38:17	r7g6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive		1	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “Bezalel and the workers made the bases for the posts out of bronze” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2346	38:17	va1m		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive		1	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “They made the hooks, the rods for the posts, and the covering for the tops of the posts out of silver” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2347	38:17	i3bf		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive		1	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “They covered the courtyard posts with silver” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2348	38:18	hmi5				1	See how you translated many of these words in Exodus 27:16.
2349	38:18	h4ki		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers		1	“20 … 5” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
2350	38:18	yf6z		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance		1	A cubit is 46 centimeters. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]])
2351	38:18	trz5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive		1	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “They made the curtain out of” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2352	38:19	fjw4				1	See how you translated many of these words in Exodus 27:17.
2353	38:19	kqf3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers		1	“4” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
2354	38:19	a2ix		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive		1	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “They made the covering for the tops of the posts and their rods out of silver” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2355	38:20	ye5c				1	See how you translated many of these words in Exodus 27:19.
2356	38:20	p55d		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive		1	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “They made all of the tent pegs for the tabernacle and courtyard out of bronze” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2357	38:21	wqi5				1	Bezalel’s work crew continues to build the tabernacle and furniture.
2358	38:21	k2ex		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive		1	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “which Moses instructed the Levites to write down” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2359	38:21	ex1t		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names		1	This is the name of a man. See how you translated this name in Exodus 6:23. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
2360	38:22	d86g		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names		1	“Bezalel” and “uri” are the name of men. See how you translated this in Exodus 31:2. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
2361	38:22	i4ha				1	“everything that Yahweh told Moses to do”
2362	38:23	f93b		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names		1	“Oholiab” and “Ahisamak” are names of men. See how you translated this in Exodus 31:6. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
2363	38:23	wvw4				1	“as a skilled engraver and embroiderer”
2364	38:24	tl4k		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive		1	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “All the gold that the people used for the project” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2365	38:24	y7hy		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers		1	A talent is about 33 kilograms. Alternate translation: “29 talents” or “about 960 kilograms” (See: [[rc:///ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]] and [[rc:///ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]])
2366	38:24	tg3f		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers		1	A shekel is 11 grams. Alternate translation: “seven hundred and thirty shekels” or “about 8 kilograms.” (See: [[rc:///ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]] and [[rc:///ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]])
2367	38:24	f6sq		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight		1	There were evidently shekels of more than one weight at the time. This specified which one was to be used. See how you translated this in Exodus 30:13. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]])
2368	38:25	ni5b		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers		1	A talent is about 33 kilograms. Alternate translation: “100 talents” or “about 330 kilograms” (See: [[rc:///ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]] and [[rc:///ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]])
2369	38:25	gn9f		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers		1	A shekel is 11 grams. “one thousand seven hundred and seventy-five shekels” or “about 20 kilograms” (See: [[rc:///ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]] and [[rc:///ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]])
2370	38:25	egg4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive		1	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “The silver which the community gave” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2371	38:26	t2gi		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight		1	A beka is 1/2 a shekel. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]])
2372	38:26	fyy5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight		1	A shekel is 11 grams. Alternate translation: “1/2 a shekel” or “five and a half grams” or “5 1/2 grams” (See: [[rc:///ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]] and [[rc:///ta/man/translate/translate-fraction]])
2373	38:26	ll8b				1	Every man who was 20 years old or older was included in the census and was required to give half a shekel.
2374	38:26	c69c		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers		1	“20 years old” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
2375	38:27	p7r5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight		1	A talent is about 33 kilograms. Alternate translation: “The workers cast 100 talents of silver” or “The workers cast 3,300 kilograms of silver” (See: [[rc:///ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]] and [[rc:///ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2376	38:27	n8z7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers		1	“100 talents” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
2377	38:28	k2fi		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers		1	“one thousand seven hundred and seventy-five shekels” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
2378	38:28	ii3y		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney		1	A shekel is a unit of weight equal to about 11 grams. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney]])
2379	38:28	nxf5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names		1	This is the name of a man. See how you translated this in Exodus 31:2. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
2380	38:29	p3mr		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers		1	“70 talents and two thousand four hundred shekels.” This would be about 2,300 kilograms. (See: [[rc:///ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]] and [[rc:///ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]])
2381	38:30	zfk8				1	Bezalel’s work crew continues to build the tabernacle and furniture.
2382	38:30	rck7				1	This is a frame of crossed bars for holding wood when burning. See how you translated this in Exodus 27:4.
2383	38:31	bvr9				1	These are sharp bronze stakes that were used to secure the corners of a tent to the ground. See how you translated this in Exodus 27:19.
2384	39:intro	mll6				0	Exodus 39 General Notes Special concepts in this chapter The holy clothing The special, holy clothing mentioned in previous chapters is produced in this chapter to the correct specifications. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/holy]])
2385	39:1	s66r				1	Bezalel’s work crew shifts to making the priestly garments.
2386	39:1	ys6l				1	The word “they” refers to Bezalel, Oholiab, and the other workmen.
2387	39:1	h8kg				1	“just as Yahweh told Moses to do”
2388	39:2	b9mg				1	See how you translated many of these words in Exodus 28:6.
2389	39:2	ain4				1	Bezalel’s work crew continues to make the priestly garments.
2390	39:2	p5xy		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names		1	This is the name of a man. See how you translated this in Exodus 31:2. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
2391	39:4	c7lu				1	See how you translated many of these words in Exodus 28:7.
2392	39:4	pq62				1	Bezalel’s work crew continues to make the priestly garments.
2393	39:5	g75w				1	See how you translated many of these words in Exodus 28:8.
2394	39:5	wf2i		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive		1	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “they made it as one piece with the ephod with fine twisted linen” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2395	39:5	cc56				1	“just as Yahweh told Moses to do.” See how you translated this phrase in Exodus 39:1.
2396	39:6	k7vw				1	See how you translated many of these words in Exodus 28:9 and Exodus 28:11.
2397	39:6	h1bz				1	Bezalel’s work crew continues to make the priestly garments.
2398	39:6	naa8				1	This was an engraved stone that was used to stamp a design in a wax seal. See how you translated this in Exodus 28:11.
2399	39:6	ajh3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers		1	“12 sons” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
2400	39:7	ize6				1	See how you translated many of these words in Exodus 28:12.
2401	39:7	d24m				1	“just as Yahweh told Moses to do.” See how you translated this phrase in Exodus 39:1.
2402	39:8	mlf6				1	See how you translated many of these words in Exodus 28:15.
2403	39:8	gj9p				1	Bezalel’s work crew continues to make the priestly garments.
2404	39:8	k7b6				1	“Bezalel made” or “Bezalel and the workers made”
2405	39:9	lkt1				1	See how you translated many of these words in Exodus 28:16.
2406	39:9	f4ms		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance		1	A span is 23 centimeters. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]])
2407	39:10	xzb8				1	Bezalel’s work crew continues to make the priestly garments.
2408	39:10	m54c				1	“The workers set in the breastpiece”
2409	39:10	cmv1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown		1	Some languages may not have words for each of these stones. The important fact is that they were valuable and different from one another. See how you translated these in Exodus 28:17. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
2410	39:11	qx96		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown		1	Some languages may not have words for each of these stones. The important fact is that they were valuable and different from one another. See how you translated these in Exodus 28:18. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
2411	39:12	kk8t		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown		1	Some languages may not have words for each of these stones. The important fact is that they were valuable and different from one another. See how you translated these in Exodus 28:19. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
2412	39:13	l9wa		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown		1	Some languages may not have words for each of these stones. The important fact is that they were valuable and different from one another. See how you translated these in Exodus 28:20. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
2413	39:13	h3bw		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive		1	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “They mounted the stones in gold settings” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2414	39:14	z5va				1	See how you translated many of these words in Exodus 28:21.
2415	39:14	a9bw				1	Bezalel’s work crew continues to make the priestly garments.
2416	39:14	yby8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive		1	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “The workers arranged the stones” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2417	39:15	byz8				1	See how you translated many of these words in Exodus 28:22.
2418	39:16	b8m6				1	See how you translated many of these words in Exodus 28:23-24.
2419	39:17	w2s4				1	See how you translated many of these words in Exodus 28:24.
2420	39:17	v4i5				1	Bezalel’s work crew continues to make the priestly garments.
2421	39:17	lc2x				1	“chains that are made of pure gold and are braided like cords.” See how you translated this in Exodus 28:14.
2422	39:18	bw76				1	See how you translated many of these words in Exodus 28:25.
2423	39:19	nd41				1	See how you translated many of these words in Exodus 28:26.
2424	39:19	del5				1	Bezalel’s work crew continues to make the priestly garments.
2425	39:20	w8wz				1	See how you translated many of these words in Exodus 28:27.
2426	39:20	l1dz				1	This was a cloth belt made from narrow linen threads that someone twisted together to make a stronger thread. See how you translated this in Exodus 28:8.
2427	39:21	zu91				1	See how you translated many of these words in Exodus 28:28.
2428	39:21	uq61				1	Bezalel’s work crew continues to make the priestly garments.
2429	39:21	h1yb		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive		1	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “so they could attach it” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2430	39:21	scn8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives		1	The double negative can be translated as a positive. Alternate translation: “the breastpiece would stay attached to the ephod” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
2431	39:22	vdw1				1	See how you translated many of these words in Exodus 28:31-32.
2432	39:22	n25q				1	Bezalel’s work crew continues to make the priestly garments.
2433	39:22	p8nv		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names		1	This is the name of a man. See how you translated this in Exodus 31:2. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
2434	39:23	cyc1				1	See how you translated many of these words in Exodus 28:32.
2435	39:24	eak6				1	See how you translated many of these words in Exodus 28:33.
2436	39:25	sx9b				1	See how you translated many of these words in Exodus 28:34-35.
2437	39:25	f8t3				1	Bezalel’s work crew continues to make the priestly garments as commanded in Exodus 28:34-35.
2438	39:25	x1ww				1	These were tiny bells.
2439	39:26	gtg5				1	See how you translated many of these words in Exodus 28:34-35.
2440	39:27	pz63				1	See how you translated many of these words in Exodus 28:39.
2441	39:27	rp6p				1	Bezalel’s work crew continues to make the priestly garments.
2442	39:28	um4e				1	This is a head covering worn by men made of a long strip of cloth wound around the head. See how you translated this in Exodus 28:4.
2443	39:28	jex8				1	A headband is a narrow, decorative strip of cloth that is worn around the head above the eyes. See how you translated this in Exodus 28:40.
2444	39:28	c4pr		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit		1	This is clothing worn under the outer clothes, next to the skin. See how you translated this in Exodus 28:42. Alternate translation: “underwear” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2445	39:29	hn5g				1	This is a long piece of cloth worn over the shoulder or around the waist. See how you translated this word in Exodus 28:4
2446	39:30	kq33				1	See how you translated many of these words in Exodus 28:36.
2447	39:30	m6jj				1	Bezalel’s work crew continues to make the priestly garments..
2448	39:30	d85k				1	This was an engraved crown made of pure gold. See how you translated this in Exodus 29:6.
2449	39:31	fml2				1	See how you translated many of these words in Exodus 28:37.
2450	39:32	jh64				1	The Israelites finish making the things Yahweh commanded in Exodus 35:4-9 and Exodus 35:10-12.
2451	39:32	z1z7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet		1	The “tabernacle” and “tent of meeting” are the same thing. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “So the people of Israel finished all of the work on the tabernacle” (See: [[rc:///ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]] and [[rc:///ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2452	39:33	y9ym				1	The clasps fit into the loops to hold the curtains together. See how you translated these in Exodus 26:6.
2453	39:33	b3q3				1	These are heavy objects that rest on the ground and keep the object attached to them from moving. See how you translated this in Exodus 25:31.
2454	39:34	z6r6				1	See how you translated similar phrases in this in Exodus 25:5.
2455	39:35	i7d9				1	This is the lid that sits on top of the ark where the atonement offering was made. See how you translated this in Exodus 25:17.
2456	39:36	lvq3				1	Bezalel’s work crew continues to present all that they made to Moses.
2457	39:36	knn8				1	This bread represented the presence of God. See how you translated this in Exodus 25:30.
2458	39:39	e755				1	This is a frame of crossed bars that held wood while burning. See how you translated this in Exodus 27:4.
2459	39:40	i8lm				1	Bezalel’s work crew continues to present all that they made to Moses.
2460	39:40	m3x9				1	“The people of Israel brought”
2461	39:40	ajt4				1	These refer to the same place.
2462	39:42	ct6k				1	“And so the people”
2463	39:43	t26m				1	The word “behold” here draws attention to the information that follows.
2464	39:43	z79s				1	“They did it in the way that Yahweh had commanded them”
2465	40:intro	fa6e				0	Exodus 40 General Notes Structure and formatting This chapter is repetitive and should read as a series of instructions. It is repeated as well to show that Moses was obedient to every detail of Yahweh’s command. Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter “Yahweh’s glory filled the tabernacle” This phrase indicates that Yahweh began to dwell within the tabernacle, among Israel, in a special way. (See: [[rc:///tw/dict/bible/kt/glory]] and [[rc:///tw/dict/bible/kt/tabernacle]])
2466	40:2	crr5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths		1	The new year marks the time when God rescued his people from Egypt. This happens around the middle of March on Western calendars. (See: [[rc:///ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]] and [[rc:///ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
2467	40:3	iv52				1	Yahweh continues to tell Moses what the people must do.
2468	40:3	l7fp				1	“place the ark of the covenant decrees in the sacred chest”
2469	40:3	psu3				1	“put the ark behind the curtain”
2470	40:5	n4wx				1	Yahweh continues to tell Moses what the people must do.
2471	40:5	a4xe				1	This refers to the “sacred chest.”
2472	40:8	zfl6				1	Yahweh continues to tell Moses what the people must do.
2473	40:9	ce7i				1	“all the things that are a part of it”
2474	40:12	yiq8				1	Yahweh continues speaking to Moses.
2475	40:12	j7ea				1	Moses will do these things himself.
2476	40:13	bs4j		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive		1	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “that you have set apart to me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2477	40:14	w7yw				1	Yahweh continues speaking to Moses.
2478	40:15	js17				1	“through all the generations of their descendants.” See how you translated a similar phrase in Exodus 12:14.
2479	40:17	r6pc		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive		1	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “So the people set up the tabernacle” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2480	40:17	gzu5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths		1	This refers to exactly one year after God rescued his people from Egypt. This happens around the middle of March on Western calendars. See how you translated this in Exodus 40:2. (See: [[rc:///ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]] and [[rc:///ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
2481	40:17	wnh8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal		1	This is the second year after Yahweh brought his people out of Egypt. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
2482	40:18	kk4n		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit		1	Moses was the leader. The people helped him set up the tabernacle. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2483	40:18	c6rm				1	a strong piece of wood set upright and used as a support
2484	40:21	l31p				1	Moses was the leader. He had workers helping him.
2485	40:21	n8r9				1	“in front of”
2486	40:24	sw1w		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit		1	Moses instructed his workers to move the lampstand. This can be stated clearly in the translation. Alternate translation: “Moses’ workmen set the lampstand inside the sacred tent” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2487	40:26	i5gg		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit		1	This curtain separated the holy place from the very holy place. This can be stated clearly in the translation. Alternate translation: “in front of the curtain that separated the holy place from the very holy place” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2488	40:31	bf9c		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit		1	They washed with water from the basin. This can be stated clearly in the translation. Alternate translation: “washed their hands and their feet with water from the basin” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2489	40:33	y62k			וַ⁠יְצַ֣ו	1	“And so”
2490	40:34	ysd8			כָּל־הַ⁠בֵּ֣ן הַ⁠יִּלּ֗וֹד הַ⁠יְאֹ֨רָ⁠ה֙ תַּשְׁלִיכֻ֔⁠הוּ	1	“Yahweh’s awesome presence filled”
2491	40:36	ak35		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	לֵ⁠אמֹ֑ר כָּל־הַ⁠בֵּ֣ן הַ⁠יִּלּ֗וֹד הַ⁠יְאֹ֨רָ⁠ה֙ תַּשְׁלִיכֻ֔⁠הוּ וְ⁠כָל־הַ⁠בַּ֖ת תְּחַיּֽוּ⁠ן	1	saying, “You shall throw every new-born son into the river, but every daughter you shall let live.” - A single level direct quote. While this particular instruction is very easy to rephrase as an indirect quote (in English), the use of saying in Hebrew suggests that this should be translated as a direct quotation if possible. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
2492	40:37	s8y2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	תַּשְׁלִיכֻ֔⁠הוּ תְּחַיּֽוּ⁠ן	1	you shall - These are plural referring to all Pharaoh’s people.